WO2014103526A1 - Accepting and dispensing device, media storage, and media handling device - Google Patents

Accepting and dispensing device, media storage, and media handling device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014103526A1
WO2014103526A1 PCT/JP2013/080151 JP2013080151W WO2014103526A1 WO 2014103526 A1 WO2014103526 A1 WO 2014103526A1 JP 2013080151 W JP2013080151 W JP 2013080151W WO 2014103526 A1 WO2014103526 A1 WO 2014103526A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
fixed
blades
banknote
impeller
rotation
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2013/080151
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
和宏 細川
Original Assignee
沖電気工業株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 沖電気工業株式会社 filed Critical 沖電気工業株式会社
Priority to CN201380064500.5A priority Critical patent/CN104837753B/en
Publication of WO2014103526A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014103526A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H29/00—Delivering or advancing articles from machines; Advancing articles to or into piles
    • B65H29/70—Article bending or stiffening arrangements
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H3/00—Separating articles from piles
    • B65H3/02—Separating articles from piles using friction forces between articles and separator
    • B65H3/06—Rollers or like rotary separators
    • B65H3/0638—Construction of the rollers or like rotary separators
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H31/00—Pile receivers
    • B65H31/04—Pile receivers with movable end support arranged to recede as pile accumulates
    • B65H31/08—Pile receivers with movable end support arranged to recede as pile accumulates the articles being piled one above another
    • B65H31/10—Pile receivers with movable end support arranged to recede as pile accumulates the articles being piled one above another and applied at the top of the pile
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H7/00—Controlling article feeding, separating, pile-advancing, or associated apparatus, to take account of incorrect feeding, absence of articles, or presence of faulty articles
    • B65H7/02—Controlling article feeding, separating, pile-advancing, or associated apparatus, to take account of incorrect feeding, absence of articles, or presence of faulty articles by feelers or detectors
    • B65H7/04—Controlling article feeding, separating, pile-advancing, or associated apparatus, to take account of incorrect feeding, absence of articles, or presence of faulty articles by feelers or detectors responsive to absence of articles, e.g. exhaustion of pile
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H83/00—Combinations of piling and depiling operations, e.g. performed simultaneously, of interest apart from the single operation of piling or depiling as such
    • B65H83/02—Combinations of piling and depiling operations, e.g. performed simultaneously, of interest apart from the single operation of piling or depiling as such performed on the same pile or stack
    • B65H83/025—Combinations of piling and depiling operations, e.g. performed simultaneously, of interest apart from the single operation of piling or depiling as such performed on the same pile or stack onto and from the same side of the pile or stack
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07D—HANDLING OF COINS OR VALUABLE PAPERS, e.g. TESTING, SORTING BY DENOMINATIONS, COUNTING, DISPENSING, CHANGING OR DEPOSITING
    • G07D11/00—Devices accepting coins; Devices accepting, dispensing, sorting or counting valuable papers
    • G07D11/10—Mechanical details
    • G07D11/16—Handling of valuable papers
    • G07D11/165—Picking
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07D—HANDLING OF COINS OR VALUABLE PAPERS, e.g. TESTING, SORTING BY DENOMINATIONS, COUNTING, DISPENSING, CHANGING OR DEPOSITING
    • G07D11/00—Devices accepting coins; Devices accepting, dispensing, sorting or counting valuable papers
    • G07D11/50—Sorting or counting valuable papers
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07F—COIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F19/00—Complete banking systems; Coded card-freed arrangements adapted for dispensing or receiving monies or the like and posting such transactions to existing accounts, e.g. automatic teller machines
    • G07F19/20—Automatic teller machines [ATMs]
    • G07F19/202—Depositing operations within ATMs
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07F—COIN-FREED OR LIKE APPARATUS
    • G07F19/00—Complete banking systems; Coded card-freed arrangements adapted for dispensing or receiving monies or the like and posting such transactions to existing accounts, e.g. automatic teller machines
    • G07F19/20—Automatic teller machines [ATMs]
    • G07F19/203—Dispensing operations within ATMs
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H2301/00—Handling processes for sheets or webs
    • B65H2301/50—Auxiliary process performed during handling process
    • B65H2301/51—Modifying a characteristic of handled material
    • B65H2301/512—Changing form of handled material
    • B65H2301/5121—Bending, buckling, curling, bringing a curvature
    • B65H2301/51214—Bending, buckling, curling, bringing a curvature parallel to direction of displacement of handled material
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H2403/00—Power transmission; Driving means
    • B65H2403/70—Clutches; Couplings
    • B65H2403/73—Couplings
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H2404/00—Parts for transporting or guiding the handled material
    • B65H2404/10—Rollers
    • B65H2404/11—Details of cross-section or profile
    • B65H2404/111—Details of cross-section or profile shape
    • B65H2404/1114—Paddle wheel
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H2404/00—Parts for transporting or guiding the handled material
    • B65H2404/10—Rollers
    • B65H2404/13—Details of longitudinal profile
    • B65H2404/133—Limited number of active elements on common axis
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H2404/00—Parts for transporting or guiding the handled material
    • B65H2404/10—Rollers
    • B65H2404/14—Roller pairs
    • B65H2404/141—Roller pairs with particular shape of cross profile
    • B65H2404/1414—Roller pairs with particular shape of cross profile complementary relief
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H2511/00—Dimensions; Position; Numbers; Identification; Occurrences
    • B65H2511/20—Location in space
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H2511/00—Dimensions; Position; Numbers; Identification; Occurrences
    • B65H2511/50—Occurence
    • B65H2511/515—Absence
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H2513/00—Dynamic entities; Timing aspects
    • B65H2513/40—Movement
    • B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B65—CONVEYING; PACKING; STORING; HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL
    • B65H—HANDLING THIN OR FILAMENTARY MATERIAL, e.g. SHEETS, WEBS, CABLES
    • B65H2515/00—Physical entities not provided for in groups B65H2511/00 or B65H2513/00
    • B65H2515/30—Forces; Stresses
    • B65H2515/34—Pressure, e.g. fluid pressure
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G07—CHECKING-DEVICES
    • G07B—TICKET-ISSUING APPARATUS; FARE-REGISTERING APPARATUS; FRANKING APPARATUS
    • G07B1/00—Machines for printing and issuing tickets

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a take-out / feeding device, a medium storage, and a medium handling device.
  • a take-out / feeding device for example, an automatic teller machine is provided with a banknote storage for storing banknotes as cash and performs transactions of depositing and withdrawing the banknotes.
  • ATM Automatic Teller Machine
  • a conventional automatic teller machine receives a banknote for deposit from a customer, and a banknote delivery unit for delivering a banknote for withdrawal to a customer, a banknote storage for storing a plurality of banknotes, and the banknote receiving machine.
  • a conveyance path for conveying banknotes between the transfer unit and the banknote storage is provided.
  • the automatic teller machine when depositing banknotes, receives one or a plurality of banknotes for depositing from the customer by the banknote delivery unit, and then feeds the banknotes for depositing one by one from the banknote delivery unit. Via the banknote storage.
  • the automatic teller machine when withdrawing banknotes, conveys banknotes for the amount specified by the customer from the banknote storage box one by one to the banknote delivery section through the delivery path for withdrawal.
  • the banknote for delivery was delivered to the customer from the banknote delivery section.
  • the bill storage space has a bill storage space formed therein.
  • the banknote storage has a stage that can be moved up and down in the banknote storage space, and a storage unit for stacking a plurality of banknotes on the stage in order and storing a plurality of banknotes in the banknote storage space. Is provided.
  • the bill storage has a take-in / feed-out path for transporting banknotes for taking-in and feeding-out, and takes in banknotes transported through the transport path into the banknote storage space through the take-out / feed-out path.
  • a take-out / feeding unit for placing the bill on the stage and taking out the banknote on the stage from the bill storage space to the transport path via the take-out / feeding path.
  • the take-out / feeding part is a rotating shaft (hereinafter referred to as a first rotating shaft) supported in the vicinity of the bill storage space on the upper side of the take-out / feeding path so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and in the other rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction. 1 rotation axis).
  • the first rotating shaft has, for example, two rollers (hereinafter also referred to as feed rollers) for taking in and feeding out banknotes while taking a part of the outer peripheral surface into the take-in and feeding path. It is fixed so as to rotate integrally with one rotation shaft.
  • the take-out portion is a rotary shaft supported in the vicinity of the bill storage space on the lower side of the take-out route so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction (hereinafter also referred to as a second rotation shaft). Also have.
  • two rollers for taking in banknotes are fed into the second rotary shaft by feeding a part of the outer peripheral surface into the take-out feeding path. It is fixed so that it may rotate integrally with the second rotating shaft while facing a part of the outer peripheral surface of the second rotating shaft.
  • the second rotating shaft 200 has a substantially annular push-up portion 201 that rotates integrally with the second rotating shaft 200 on the left side of two take-in rollers (not shown). So that it is fixed.
  • the second rotating shaft 200 is provided with an impeller 202 adjacent to the left side of the push-up portion 201 so as to be able to rotate in one rotation direction (direction indicated by an arrow in the drawing) and another rotation direction.
  • the impeller 202 adjacent to the left side of the push-up portion 201 has an annular main body portion 202A, and a plurality of strip-like shapes each having elasticity within a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less on the outer peripheral surface of the main body portion 202A.
  • the blades 202B are planted so as to protrude radially.
  • the impeller 202 has a plurality of blades 202B implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body 202A. And since the impeller 202 can rotate with respect to the 2nd rotating shaft 200, the position of the some blade
  • the impeller 202 that is rotatably provided on the second rotation shaft 200 and can change the positions of the plurality of blades 202B with respect to the second rotation shaft 200 is also referred to as a variable impeller 202.
  • the second rotating shaft 200 is inserted into the hole of the coil spring 203 on the left side of the variable impeller 202, and the impeller 204 is integrated with the second rotating shaft 200 on the left side of the coil spring 203. It is fixed to rotate.
  • the left impeller 204 of the coil spring 203 has an annular main body portion 204A, and a plurality of strip-like elastic members each having elasticity within a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less on the outer peripheral surface of the main body portion 204A.
  • the blades 204B are planted so as to protrude radially.
  • the impeller 204 has a plurality of blades 204B planted on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body 204A in the same manner as the variable impeller 202.
  • the impeller 204 fixed to the second rotating shaft 200 and having the positions of the plurality of blades 204B with respect to the second rotating shaft 200 is also referred to as a fixed impeller 204.
  • the second rotating shaft 200 is fixed at the right end so that the rotor 205 rotates integrally with the second rotating shaft 200, for example.
  • the second rotating shaft 200 is provided with a drive gear 207 via a one-way clutch 206 for rotating the second rotating shaft 200 only in one rotation direction on the right side of the rotor 205, for example.
  • a strip-shaped detected portion 205B protrudes from a part of the outer periphery of a flat washer-shaped main body portion 205A.
  • the take-out / feeding unit has a substantially U-shaped rotation position detection unit 208 arranged to face the right end of the second rotation shaft 200.
  • the rotor 205 is fixed to the second rotation shaft 200 so that the detected portion 205B passes through the groove of the rotation position detection portion 208 when the rotor 205 rotates integrally with the second rotation shaft 200.
  • the rotational position detection unit 208 optically detects whether or not the detected portion 205B of the rotor 205 has entered the groove for the purpose of controlling the rotation of the second rotary shaft 200.
  • variable impeller 202 has, for example, 180 degrees on the non-projecting side and the projecting side of the plurality of blades 202B on the left side surface (that is, the surface on the fixed impeller 204 side) of the main body 202A.
  • convex first engagement portions 202C and second engagement portions 202D are provided for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 202B with respect to the second rotation shaft 200.
  • the second rotary shaft 200 (FIG. 22) has a second rotary shaft at a predetermined position on the outer peripheral surface on the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades 204B of the fixed impeller 204 and in the vicinity of the left side surface of the variable impeller 202.
  • a pin-like third engagement portion 209 is projected to control the position of the plurality of blades 202 ⁇ / b> B of the variable impeller 202 with respect to 200.
  • variable impeller 202 is located at a position where the second engaging portion 202D is brought into contact with the third engaging portion 209 from a position where the first engaging portion 202C is brought into contact with the third engaging portion 209 with respect to the second rotating shaft 200.
  • the position of the plurality of blades 202B with respect to the second rotation shaft 200 is changed so as to rotate within an angular range of approximately 180 degrees until.
  • variable impeller 202 rotates in the one rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 200 to bring the first engagement portion 202C into contact with the third engagement portion 209, the plurality of blades 202B are moved to the second rotation shaft.
  • the fixed impeller 204 with respect to 200 is positioned on the protruding side of the plurality of blades 204B.
  • variable impeller 202 rotates in the other rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 200 to bring the second engagement portion 202D into contact with the third engagement portion 209, the plurality of blades 202B are moved to the second rotation shaft 200.
  • the fixed impeller 204 is positioned on the non-projecting side (that is, the side opposite to the projecting side) of the plurality of blades 204B.
  • the coil spring 203 has one end locked to the variable impeller 202 and the other end locked to the fixed impeller 204, and rotates the variable impeller 202 in one rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 200. It is energized to let you.
  • the push-up portion 201 has, for example, an annular main body 201A, and is fixed at the right edge of the outer peripheral surface of the main body 201A (that is, the edge on the variable impeller 202 side).
  • An arcuate push-up plate 201B protrudes from the protruding side of the plurality of blades 204B of the impeller 204.
  • the second rotating shaft 200 is not particularly shown, but also on the right side of the two intake rollers (that is, between the two intake rollers and the rotor 205), As with the left side, a push-up portion, a variable impeller, a pin-shaped third engaging portion, a coil spring, and a fixed impeller are provided in this order.
  • the take-out feeding unit rotates the variable impeller 202 in one rotation direction in accordance with the urging of the coil spring 203, and the third engagement unit 209.
  • the first engaging portion 202 ⁇ / b> C is brought into contact with the plurality of blades 202 ⁇ / b> B of the variable impeller 202 so as to be positioned on the protruding side of the blades 204 ⁇ / b> B of the fixed impeller 204 with respect to the second rotating shaft 200.
  • variable impeller 202 when the take-out feeding unit rotates the second rotating shaft 200 in one rotation direction, if the plurality of blades 202B of the variable impeller 202 are not subjected to any load, the variable impeller 202 is moved to the third engaging portion. 209 is rotated in one rotation direction together with the fixed impeller 204 while keeping the second engagement portion 202 ⁇ / b> C in contact with 209.
  • the take-out feeding unit stops the rotation of the variable impeller 202
  • the fixed impeller 204 is rotated in one rotation direction so as to separate the third engagement portion 209 from the first engagement portion 202C.
  • the take-out / feeding part rotates the fixed impeller 204 together with the second rotating shaft 200 in one rotation direction, and brings the third engaging part 209 into contact with the second engaging part 202D of the variable impeller 202, thereby making a plurality of
  • the blade 202B is displaced to the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades 204B of the fixed impeller 204 with respect to the second rotation shaft 200, the variable impeller 202 is rotated together with the fixed impeller 204 in one rotation direction.
  • the take-out feeding unit has a plurality of fixed impellers 204.
  • the blade 204B is taken in from the take-out path and the bill storage space.
  • the take-out feeding unit rotates the variable impeller 202 in one rotation direction with respect to the second rotating shaft 200 in accordance with the bias of the coil spring 203, and also takes the plurality of blades 202B of the variable impeller 202.
  • the take-out feeding unit rotates the variable impeller 202 in one rotation direction with respect to the second rotating shaft 200 in accordance with the bias of the coil spring 203, and also takes the plurality of blades 202B of the variable impeller 202.
  • a taking-out delivery part rotates a 1st rotating shaft to another rotation direction, and rotates the 2nd rotating shaft 200 to one rotation direction, and reversely mutually reverses a banknote within a taking-out delivery path. It is fed out to the bill storage space side while being sandwiched between the feeding roller and the taking-in roller.
  • the take-out feeding unit rotates the left and right variable impellers 202 and the fixed impeller 204 together with the second rotating shaft 200 in one rotation direction, and also rotates the left and right push-up parts 201 in one rotation direction.
  • the taking-out delivery part is the one end part of the banknote by the raising board 201B of the raising part 201, or the some blade
  • the take-out feeding unit discharges the banknote from the take-out feeding path to the banknote storage space while suppressing flapping at one end and the other end.
  • the take-out feeding unit discharges the banknote into the banknote storage space
  • the edge on the take-out feeding path side of the banknote is hit from above with the blade 202B of the variable impeller 202 or the blade 204B of the fixed impeller 204. In this way, the banknote is placed on the stage.
  • the banknote storage case stores the banknotes transported via the transport path by taking them into the banknote storage space and placing them on the stage when storing banknotes.
  • the take-out feeding unit takes in the plurality of blades 204B of the fixed impeller 204 and the plurality of blades 202B of the variable impeller 202 by stopping the rotation of the second rotating shaft 200 in the same manner as described above during bill feeding.
  • the take-in / feed-out unit takes the banknote on the stage from the banknote storage space into the take-out / feed path, and transports the banknote in the take-out / feed path by a feed roller rotating in one rotation direction together with the first rotation shaft. Send to the road.
  • the banknote storage is configured so that the banknote on the stage is not brought into contact with the plurality of blades 202 ⁇ / b> B of the variable impeller 202 and the plurality of blades 204 ⁇ / b> B of the fixed impeller 204 via the take-out feeding path at the time of bill feeding.
  • Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-120760 pages 3 to 5, FIGS. 1 to 6
  • the present invention proposes a take-out and feeding device, a medium storage, and a medium handling device that can simplify the configuration.
  • a plurality of types of fixed fixing parts for taking in a medium into a medium storage space through a predetermined take-out feeding path are fixed.
  • the shaft is provided to be rotatable in one rotation direction and in another rotation direction opposite to the one rotation direction, and a plurality of blades are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body, and the plurality of the rotation shafts
  • a variable impeller provided with a blade-side engaging portion is provided, and any one of a plurality of types of fixed installation parts including a fixed impeller is attached to the rotating shaft.
  • the blade side provided in the variable impeller is not provided with an engaging part which is separate from the fixed component for taking in for controlling the position of the plurality of blades of the variable impeller on the rotating shaft.
  • a plurality of blades of the variable impeller are rotated with respect to the rotation shaft to be retracted from the take-in delivery path and from the medium storage space by the engagement portion and the component side engagement portion provided in the fixed component for intake.
  • To the projecting side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the shaft, and to the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft for taking in the medium storage space via the medium take-out path Can be changed.
  • a rotary shaft that is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and on which a plurality of types of fixed components for taking in a medium are taken into a medium storage space via a predetermined take-out feeding path.
  • a fixed impeller fixed on the rotating shaft as one of a plurality of types of fixed components for taking in, a plurality of blades planted on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body, and a rotating direction on the rotating shaft
  • a plurality of blades are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body, and the position of the plurality of blades is controlled with respect to the rotation axis.
  • a variable impeller provided with a blade-side engaging portion for use, and the rotation of the variable impeller relative to the rotation shaft in any of a plurality of types of fixed components including a fixed impeller
  • the contact location with the blade side engaging portion is changed according to the plurality of variable impellers with respect to the rotating shaft.
  • a component side engaging portion is provided for displacing the root to the protruding side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft, or to displace the root to the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft. did.
  • the blade-side engagement provided in the variable impeller is not provided on the rotating shaft without providing an engaging part that is different from the fixed component for taking in for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades of the variable impeller.
  • the component-side engaging portion provided in the fixed component for take-in, the plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the rotary shaft are connected to the rotary shaft for withdrawal from the take-in delivery path and the medium storage space. Displacement to the projecting side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller, or change to the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft for taking into the medium storage space through the medium take-out path. be able to.
  • Embodiment (1-1) External configuration of automatic teller machine
  • reference numeral 1 denotes an overall external configuration of an automatic teller machine to which the present invention is applied.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 has a substantially L-shaped casing (hereinafter also referred to as a teller machine casing) 2 in which an upper front corner is notched.
  • the left direction indicated by the arrow a1 in the figure is Also referred to as the left direction of the payment machine
  • the direction opposite to the left direction of the payment machine is also referred to as the right direction of the payment machine.
  • the upward direction indicated by the arrow b1 in the figure when the automatic teller machine 1 is viewed from the front surface 2A of the teller machine housing 2 is also referred to as the upward direction of the teller machine.
  • the direction opposite to the upward direction of the deposit machine is also referred to as the downward direction of the deposit machine.
  • the up-and-down direction of the teller machine when there is no need to particularly distinguish the upward direction of the teller machine and the downward direction of the teller machine, these are collectively referred to as the up-and-down direction of the teller machine.
  • the front direction indicated by the arrow c1 in the figure when the automatic teller machine 1 is viewed from the front surface 2A of the teller machine housing 2 is also referred to as the front direction of the teller machine.
  • the direction opposite to the direction before the deposit machine is also referred to as the direction after the deposit machine.
  • the teller machine housing 2 is provided with a substantially L-shaped panel for customer service (hereinafter also referred to as a customer service panel) 3 in the upper cutout portion of the front surface 2A.
  • a customer service panel for customer service
  • the upward panel 3A whose surface faces upward is, for example, a substantially circular shape for allowing the customer to insert coins for depositing and taking out coins for dispensing to the left rear end of the surface.
  • the coin input / output port (hereinafter also referred to as a coin port) 3AX is formed.
  • the upward panel 3A has, for example, a substantially rectangular banknote insertion / extraction port (hereinafter, referred to as a banknote input / exit for allowing a customer to insert a banknote for depositing and taking out a banknote for withdrawal at the right rear end of the surface thereof.
  • 3AY is also formed in parallel with the left-right direction of the deposit machine.
  • the upward panel 3A has, for example, a touch screen 4 that can display various transaction procedure guidance images for guiding transaction procedures and perform touch operations on the surface at the center front end of the surface. .
  • the teller machine housing 2 has a shutter opening / closing having a shutter (hereinafter also referred to as a coin slot shutter) 5 for opening and closing the coin slot 3AX at the left rear end of the back surface of the upward panel 3A.
  • the part is arranged.
  • the teller machine housing 2 has a shutter opening / closing unit having a shutter (hereinafter also referred to as a bill slot shutter) 6 for opening and closing the bill slot 3AY at the right rear end of the back surface of the upward panel 3A. Is arranged.
  • a shutter hereinafter also referred to as a bill slot shutter
  • the front panel 3B whose front side faces the front side of the customer service panel 3 is, for example, on the left side of the center part of the surface thereof, a substantially rectangular passbook insertion / extraction port (hereinafter referred to as a passbook insertion / extraction port) 7 is formed in parallel with the left-right direction of the deposit machine.
  • the forward panel 3B has, for example, a substantially rectangular card insertion / extraction port (hereinafter referred to as a card insertion / extraction port) for inserting and discharging a card such as a cash card or a credit card at the time of a transaction on the right side of the center of the surface. 8 (also called a card slot) is formed in parallel with the left-right direction of the deposit machine.
  • a card insertion / extraction port for inserting and discharging a card such as a cash card or a credit card at the time of a transaction on the right side of the center of the surface. 8 (also called a card slot) is formed in parallel with the left-right direction of the deposit machine.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 displays the transaction procedure guide image on the touch screen 4 and the transaction procedure displayed on the touch screen 4 in accordance with the touch operation on the surface of the touch screen 4 by the customer.
  • the guide image is switched appropriately.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 then makes a payment such as depositing coins and / or banknotes to a customer, or a payment such as paying out coins and / or banknotes, according to a transaction procedure guide image that is switched and displayed on the touch screen 4 as appropriate. Guide the procedure of the desired transaction such as gold.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 causes the customer to insert coins and banknotes for deposit into the coin slot 3AX and the banknote slot 3AY in accordance with the guidance of the transaction procedure when depositing.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 causes the customer to take out coins and banknotes for withdrawal from the coin slot 3AX and the banknote slot 3AY according to the guidance of the transaction procedure at the time of withdrawal.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 discharges the bankbook and the card from the bankbook slot 7 and the card slot 8, and allows the customer to receive the bankbook and the card according to the guidance of the transaction procedure.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 can perform transactions such as deposit and withdrawal of cash (that is, coins and banknotes) desired by the customer.
  • the teller machine housing 2 of the automatic teller machine 1 has a control unit 10 that controls the entire automatic teller machine 1 at the lower left corner below the position of the upward panel 3A. Is stored.
  • the banknote processing unit 2 stores a banknote processing unit 11 that executes banknote depositing and dispensing processes under the control of the control unit 10 at the lower right lower end of the upper panel 3A. Has been.
  • the banknote processing unit 11 has a substantially box-shaped housing (hereinafter also referred to as a unit housing) 12.
  • payment is received from a customer via the banknote port 3AY, for example in the front front corner which becomes right under the shutter opening / closing part 13 which has the shutter 6 for banknotes mentioned above, and a customer
  • withdrawal to is arranged.
  • a discrimination unit 15 for discriminating the denomination and / or state of the banknote is disposed obliquely below the banknote delivery unit 14.
  • a temporary storage unit 16 for holding the banknote at the time of depositing and temporarily retaining the deposit is disposed behind the discrimination unit 15 obliquely.
  • a banknote storage 17 for storing an abnormal banknote such as a damaged banknote and / or a folded banknote is stored under the temporary storage unit 16. ing.
  • abnormal banknotes such as damaged banknotes and / or bent banknotes are also referred to as reject banknotes as appropriate, separately from banknotes for depositing and dispensing.
  • the banknote storage 17 for storing rejected banknotes is also particularly referred to as the reject storage 17.
  • a plurality of banknotes for deposit and withdrawal are stored in denominations at the lower end (that is, below the banknote delivery section 14, the discrimination section 15 and the reject box 17) (that is, A plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 for storing banknotes of a specific denomination are arranged in order from front to back.
  • a transport unit 25 having a path forming component is disposed.
  • the front-side transport unit 25 forms a transport path (hereinafter also referred to as a front-side banknote transport path) 25A for transporting banknotes by appropriately switching the transport destination using a plurality of types of transport path forming components.
  • the front banknote transport path 25 ⁇ / b> A is connected to the banknote delivery unit 14 and the discrimination unit 15.
  • a transport unit 26 having a plurality of types of transport path forming components is disposed.
  • the upper transport section 26 forms a transport path (hereinafter also referred to as an upper banknote transport path) 26A for transporting banknotes by appropriately switching the transport destination using a plurality of types of transport path forming components.
  • a transport path hereinafter also referred to as an upper banknote transport path
  • the upper banknote conveyance path 26 ⁇ / b> A is connected to the banknote delivery unit 14, the discrimination unit 15, the temporary storage unit 16, and the reject box 17.
  • a conveyance guide (hereinafter, also referred to as a central conveyance unit) 27 having a plurality of types of conveyance path forming components such as a conveyance direction switching blade and a conveyance motor is disposed.
  • the central transport unit 27 forms a transport path (hereinafter also referred to as a central banknote transport path) 27A for transporting banknotes by appropriately switching the transport destination by using a plurality of types of transport path forming components.
  • a transport path hereinafter also referred to as a central banknote transport path
  • the central banknote transport path 27A is connected to the front banknote transport path 25A, the upper banknote transport path 26A, and the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22.
  • the front side conveyance part 25, the upper side conveyance part 26, and the center conveyance part 27 are the left side on one short side, for example, for a rectangular banknote via the front side banknote conveyance path 25A, the upper side banknote conveyance path 26A, and the central banknote conveyance path 27A.
  • the other short side is located on the right side (that is, the longitudinal direction of the banknote is substantially parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine) and is conveyed in a conveying posture in which one long side is directed in the conveying direction. .
  • the longitudinal direction of the banknote (that is, the direction parallel to the long side of the banknote) is also referred to as the banknote longitudinal direction
  • the short direction of the banknote (that is, the direction parallel to the short side of the banknote) is referred to. Also called the banknote short direction.
  • the banknote processing unit 11 is configured to transfer banknotes in the banknote delivery unit 14, the discrimination unit 15, the temporary storage unit 16, the reject storage unit 17, and the plurality of banknote storage units 18 to 22, with one short side on the left side according to the transport posture. And the other short side is positioned on the right side (that is, the banknote longitudinal direction is substantially parallel to the depositing machine left-right direction).
  • control unit 10 opens the banknote slot shutter 6 by the shutter opening / closing unit 13 and prompts the customer to insert the banknote for depositing into the banknote slot 3AY.
  • the control unit 10 receives the banknote for depositing by the banknote delivery unit 14, and receives the deposit from the banknote delivery unit 14.
  • One banknote is fed out one by one.
  • control unit 10 conveys the banknotes drawn out one by one from the banknote delivery section 14 to the discrimination section 15 via the front banknote transport path 25A, and in the discrimination section 15, the denomination and / or state of the banknotes. Make a difference.
  • control unit 10 transfers the banknotes that have been identified as being normal from the discrimination unit 15 and fed out to the temporary storage unit 16 via the upper banknote transport path 26A and temporarily holds them. Suspend the deposit of the banknote.
  • control unit 10 returns the banknotes that have been identified as abnormal due to breakage and / or breakage from the discrimination unit 15 to the banknote delivery unit 14 via the upper banknote conveyance path 26A as rejected banknotes. Transport.
  • control unit 10 opens the bill mouth shutter 6 by the shutter opening / closing portion 13 and returns the reject bill from the bill delivery portion 14 to the customer via the bill mouth 3AY.
  • control unit 10 determines the total amount of banknotes identified as normal (that is, the amount of money deposited) when all of the banknotes for deposit inserted into the banknote slot 3AY are identified in the discrimination unit 15. To the customer via the touch screen 4.
  • control unit 10 feeds out the banknotes temporarily held from the temporary storage unit 16 one by one.
  • control unit 10 conveys the banknotes fed out one by one from the temporary storage unit 16 to the discrimination unit 15 via the upper banknote transport path 26A, and the discrimination unit 15 again determines the denomination and the type of the banknote. Discrimination of the state etc.
  • the banknote storage corresponding to the money type of the said banknote through the front side banknote conveyance path 25A and the central banknote conveyance path 27A sequentially. Transport to 18 to 22 and store.
  • control unit 10 sequentially identifies the banknotes that are identified as abnormal from the discrimination unit 15 and are fed out as the reject banknotes in the front banknote transport path 25A, the central banknote transport path 27A, and the upper banknote transport path 26A. Then, it is not used for subsequent withdrawals by being conveyed and stored in the reject box 17.
  • control unit 10 can perform banknote deposit processing in the banknote processing unit 11 to deposit banknotes as a transaction desired by the customer.
  • control unit 10 selects the amount specified by the customer from the plurality of banknote storage boxes 18 to 22.
  • the banknotes are fed out one by one.
  • control unit 10 conveys the banknotes fed out one by one from the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 to the discrimination unit 15 via the central banknote transport path 27A and the front banknote transport path 25A in order, and performs the discrimination.
  • the denomination and / or state of the banknote are discriminated.
  • control unit 10 conveys the banknotes that have been identified and fed out as normal from the discrimination unit 15 to the banknote delivery unit 14 via the upper banknote transport path 26A.
  • control unit 10 conveys and stores the banknotes that have been identified as abnormal from the discrimination unit 15 to the reject store 17 via the upper banknote transport path 26A as reject banknotes. , Do not use for subsequent withdrawals.
  • control unit 10 opens the banknote mouth shutter 6 by the shutter opening / closing section 13 when the banknote for the amount designated for withdrawal has been transported to the banknote delivery section 14.
  • control unit 10 delivers the banknote for the amount specified for the withdrawal from the banknote delivery unit 14 to the customer via the banknote slot 3AY.
  • control unit 10 can execute the banknote withdrawal process in the banknote processing unit 11 to perform banknote withdrawal as a transaction desired by the customer.
  • the banknote storage 18 has a substantially box-shaped casing (hereinafter also referred to as a storage casing) 30.
  • the storage case 30 has, for example, a bottom plate 30A having a substantially rectangular flat shape that is long in the left-right direction of the cash dispenser, and the width of the bottom plate 30A (that is, the length in the left-right direction of the cash dispenser) is the same as that of the automatic teller machine 1. It is selected to have a predetermined length longer than the long side of the longest banknote (hereinafter referred to as the longest longest banknote) among the various sizes of banknotes to be handled.
  • the longest longest banknote the longest banknote
  • the storage cabinet 30 has a bottom plate 30A having a depth (that is, a length in the front-rear direction of the cash dispenser) having a longest short side among banknotes of various sizes handled by the automatic teller machine 1 (hereinafter referred to as this). Is also selected as a predetermined length longer than the short side of the short side longest bill).
  • the storage case 30 also has, for example, a substantially rectangular flat plate-like left side plate 30B and a right side plate 30C that are long in the vertical direction of the depositor, and the height of the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C (that is, the vertical direction of the depositor). Length) is selected to be a predetermined length.
  • the depth of the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C (that is, the length in the front-rear direction of the depositing machine) is selected to be a predetermined length longer than the depth of the bottom plate 30A.
  • the left side plate 30B has a front end flush with the front end of the bottom plate 30A, and the rear end protrudes rearward from the rear end of the bottom plate 30A, so that the left side plate 30B has a front portion at the lower end. It is provided so as to be joined to the left end of the bottom plate 30A.
  • the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 has the front end flush with the front end of the bottom plate 30A, and the rear end portion protrudes rearward from the rear end of the bottom plate 30A. It is provided so as to be joined to the right end of the bottom plate 30A.
  • the storage case 30 also has, for example, a front plate 30D having a substantially rectangular flat shape that is long in the vertical direction of the deposit machine, and the width of the front plate 30D (that is, the length in the horizontal direction of the deposit machine) is equal to that of the bottom plate 30A.
  • the length is selected to be approximately equal to the width.
  • the storage cabinet 30 is selected such that the height of the front plate 30D (that is, the length in the vertical direction of the depositing machine) is approximately equal to the height of the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C.
  • the storage cabinet 30 is provided such that the front plate 30D has a lower end joined to the front end of the bottom plate 30A, and a left end and a right end joined to the front ends of the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C.
  • the storage case 30 also has, for example, a substantially rectangular flat plate rear plate 30E that is long in the vertical direction of the deposit machine, and the width of the rear plate 30E (that is, the length in the horizontal direction of the deposit machine) is equal to that of the bottom plate 30A. It is selected to have a predetermined length substantially equal to the lateral width.
  • the storage case 30 is selected to have a predetermined length in which the height of the rear plate 30E (that is, the length in the vertical direction of the depositing machine) is slightly lower than the height of the front plate 30D.
  • the rear plate 30E joins the lower end to the rear end of the bottom plate 30A in a posture parallel to the front plate 30D, and joins the left end and the right end to the opposing positions of the left plate 30B and the right plate 30C. It is provided as such.
  • the storage case 30 has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape that is long in the vertical direction of the depositing machine surrounded by the front end of the left side plate 30B, the front end of the right side plate 30C, the front plate 30D, and the rear plate 30E directly above the bottom plate 30A.
  • a bill storage space is formed.
  • the banknote storage 18 is provided with a storage unit 31 for storing a plurality of banknotes in the banknote storage space.
  • the banknote storage 18 takes in the banknote conveyed via the central banknote conveyance path 27A to the banknote storage space, and the taking-out delivery part 32 for taking out a banknote from the said banknote storage space to the central banknote conveyance path 27A is provided. It has been.
  • the storage unit 31 is a banknote storage space formed by the storage case 30 and includes, for example, a substantially rectangular flat plate stage 35 for placing the banknotes on the one surface 35A in order.
  • the stage 35 has a predetermined size that is slightly larger than the size of one side of the largest banknote, for example, so that the size of one side 35A can be loaded with any of various sizes of bills handled by the automatic teller machine 1. Is selected.
  • the length of the stage 35 (hereinafter also referred to as the stage longitudinal direction) is slightly longer than the long side of the longest longest banknote among the various sizes of bills handled by the automatic teller machine 1.
  • the length is selected to be long.
  • stage 35 has a short direction (hereinafter, also referred to as a “stage short direction”) having a length shorter than the short side of the longest banknote among the various sizes of bills handled by the automatic teller machine 1. A predetermined length that is slightly longer is selected.
  • the stage 35 is stored in the banknote storage space in a posture in which the longitudinal direction of the stage is parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine and the one surface 35A is horizontal with the depositing machine upward.
  • the storage unit 31 also includes a drive motor (not shown) for moving the stage 35 up and down (hereinafter also referred to as a stage drive motor) and a predetermined stage lift unit (not shown).
  • a drive motor for moving the stage 35 up and down
  • a predetermined stage lift unit not shown
  • control unit 10 operates the stage drive motor in the storage unit 31 at the time of taking in the banknotes or paying out the banknotes. It is possible to ascend and descend (that is, to move the deposit machine upward and the deposit machine downward) while keeping the posture leveled in the direction.
  • the storage unit 31 determines whether or not the banknote located at the top of the banknotes placed on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 (hereinafter also referred to as the highest banknote) has reached the banknote taking-in position, for example.
  • a bill arrival detection unit 36 including a light emitting element and a light receiving element for optical detection is provided.
  • control unit 10 detects, for example, whether or not the uppermost banknote has reached the banknote taking-in position via the banknote arrival detection unit 36 at the time of taking in the banknote, and determines the stage drive motor according to the detection result. By controlling, the position of the stage 35 can be adjusted for taking in bills.
  • the take-out feeding unit 32 has a pair of conveyance guides 40 and 41.
  • one of the pair of transport guides 40 and 41, one transport guide 40 is also referred to as a first transport guide 40
  • the other transport guide 41 is also referred to as a second transport guide 41.
  • the first transport guide 40 is formed in, for example, a substantially S-shaped plate shape, and the width thereof is selected to be a predetermined length substantially equal to the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage case 30.
  • the second transport guide 41 is formed in, for example, a substantially J-plate shape, and the width thereof is selected to be a predetermined length that is substantially equal to the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage case 30.
  • the first transport guide 40 is configured such that one end of the first transport guide 40 is placed between the left side plate 30B and the right side plate between the rear upper end portion of the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30.
  • the plate 30 ⁇ / b> C is provided in the vicinity of the upper rear corner, and the other end is provided in contact with the upper end of the rear plate 30 ⁇ / b> E of the storage case 30.
  • the second transport guide 41 is configured such that, for example, one end of the second transport guide 41 is placed between the rear upper end of the left side plate 30B and the rear upper end of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30.
  • the other end of the first conveyance guide 40 is positioned above the other end of the first conveyance guide 40.
  • first transport guide 40 and the second transport guide 41 have a predetermined gap between one surface between the rear upper end portion of the left side plate 30B and the rear upper end portion of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30. So that they are close to each other.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 is inserted into the central banknote between the rear upper end part of the left side plate 30B and the rear upper end part of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 by the first transport guide 40 and the second transport guide 41.
  • a take-in / feed-out path 42 is formed for connecting the transport path 27A and the banknote storage space to take in and feed out banknotes.
  • one opening part on the side of the central banknote conveyance path 27A outside the banknote storage 18 in the take-out feeding path 42 is also referred to as an outer side opening, and the banknote storage space inside the banknote storage 18 The other opening on the side is also referred to as an inner opening.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 has, for example, two rotating shafts 43 and 44 having a predetermined length longer than the width of the bottom plate 30 ⁇ / b> A of the storage case 30.
  • one of the two rotating shafts 43, 44 having a predetermined length longer than the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage case 30 is also referred to as the first rotating shaft 43, and the other
  • the rotation shaft 44 is also referred to as a second rotation shaft 44.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 has, for example, a rotating shaft 45 having a length substantially equal to the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage case 30 and two pieces having a predetermined length shorter than the width of the bottom plate 30A.
  • the rotating shaft 46 (only one is shown and the other is not shown).
  • the rotating shaft 45 having a length substantially equal to the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage housing 30 is also referred to as a third rotating shaft 45.
  • one of the two rotation shafts 46 having a predetermined length shorter than the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage housing 30 is also referred to as a fourth rotation shaft 46, and the other This rotational axis is also referred to as a fifth rotational axis.
  • the taking-out delivery part 32 is opposed to the upper side vicinity of the other end part of the 2nd conveyance guide 41 in the inner surface of the rear upper end part of the left side board 30B of the storage housing
  • the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30 is provided with a first shaft insertion hole portion (not shown) corresponding to the first bearing portion.
  • the first rotating shaft 43 is in a posture parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine via the pair of first bearing portions by the storage case 30, and is opposite to the one rotating direction indicated by the arrow d1 in the drawing.
  • the other end of the left side plate 30B is protruded to the left side through the first shaft insertion hole.
  • the first rotating shaft 43 is, for example, two rollers for taking in and out bills (hereinafter referred to as these) at predetermined positions equally spaced from the center between the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 to the left and right. Are also fixedly provided).
  • the first rotation shaft 43 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two feed rollers 50 and 51, and the two feed rollers 50 and 51 are connected to the first rotation shaft 43. It is fixed so that it can rotate together.
  • the two feed rollers 50 and 51 have a predetermined equal width and a predetermined equal outer diameter.
  • each of the two feed rollers 50 and 51 extends to one end and the other end in the width direction on the outer peripheral surface over the entire circumference of the outer peripheral surface. A recess is formed.
  • the two feed rollers 50 and 51 each have a predetermined portion on the lower side of the outer peripheral surface taken through a hole (not shown) formed in the second conveyance guide 41 so as to correspond to the predetermined portion. It is made to enter into the feed-in route 42.
  • the first rotating shaft 43 has a predetermined interval between the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 on the left side of the left feed roller 50 and the right side of the right feed roller 51, respectively.
  • rollers (hereinafter also referred to as auxiliary rollers) 52 and 53 for assisting in taking in and feeding out bills are fixed.
  • the first rotating shaft 43 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53, and the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 are connected to the first rotating shaft 43. It is fixed so that it can rotate together.
  • the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 are fixed to the first rotating shaft 43, for example, among the banknotes of various sizes handled by the automatic teller machine 1, for example, the banknote having the shortest long side (hereinafter referred to as this).
  • the long side is also selected as appropriate based on the length of the long side.
  • the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 have one end and the other end in the banknote longitudinal direction on one side of the longest shortest banknote being transported even when the longest shortest banknote is transported via the take-out feeding path 42.
  • the fixed position with respect to the first rotating shaft 43 is selected so as to face the portion (that is, a predetermined position inside the pair of short sides).
  • the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 have a predetermined equal width and an outer diameter equal to the outer diameter of the feed rollers 50 and 51 (that is, the outer diameter of the convex portion on the outer peripheral surface).
  • the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 also have their respective lower predetermined portions on the outer peripheral surface taken through holes (not shown) formed in the second conveyance guide 41 so as to correspond to the predetermined portions. It is made to enter into the feed-in route 42.
  • the two feed rollers 50, 51 and the two auxiliary rollers 52, 53 are respectively in a state where the predetermined part on the lower side enters the feeding / feeding path 42.
  • the first rotary shaft 43 is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 is, for example, a first transport that is substantially directly below the first rotation shaft 43 on the inner surface of the rear upper end portion of the left side plate 30B and the inner surface of the rear upper end portion of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30. It has a pair of 2nd bearing part (not shown) opposingly arranged by the lower side of the other end part of the guide 40. As shown in FIG.
  • the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30 is provided with a second shaft insertion hole portion (not shown) corresponding to the second bearing portion.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 is supported by the storage housing 30 via the pair of second bearing portions so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction in a posture parallel to the depositing machine left-right direction, One end portion is protruded to the left side of the left side plate 30B through the second shaft insertion hole.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 has, for example, two rollers for taking in bills (in the position between the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 facing the two feed rollers 50, 51 ( These are also referred to as take-in rollers hereinafter) 55 and 56 are fixed.
  • the second rotation shaft 44 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two intake rollers 55 and 56, and the two intake rollers 55 and 56 are in the second rotation.
  • the shaft 44 is fixed so as to rotate integrally.
  • the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 have a predetermined equal width that is narrower than the width of the feed rollers 50 and 51, for example.
  • the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 have, for example, predetermined equal outer diameters, and in each outer peripheral surface, a concave portion is formed in the central portion in the width direction over the entire circumference of the outer peripheral surface.
  • the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 each take a predetermined upper portion on the outer peripheral surface through a hole (not shown) formed in the first conveyance guide 40 so as to correspond to the predetermined portion. It is made to enter into the feed-in route 42.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 is opposed to the concave and convex portions of the outer peripheral surfaces of the two feed rollers 50 and 51 in the take-out / feeding path 42 and the outer peripheral surfaces of the two take-in rollers 55 and 56.
  • the convex part and the concave part are slightly fitted in a non-contact state.
  • the two take-in rollers 55, 56 are integrated with the second rotary shaft 44 in a state where the upper predetermined portion is put into the take-out / feed path 42, respectively. It is provided to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 is, for example, 3 on the left side of the left side intake roller 55 and on the right side of the right side intake roller 56 between the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30, respectively.
  • the impellers 57 to 62 are provided at predetermined intervals.
  • a first impeller 57 is fixed to the left side from the left intake roller 55 at a predetermined position facing the space between the left feed roller 50 and the auxiliary roller 52. ing.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 is, for example, a predetermined position slightly to the left from the position facing the left auxiliary roller 52, and the second impeller 58 from the left intake roller 55 to the left side in one rotation direction and the other. It is provided to be rotatable in the rotation direction.
  • the second impeller 58 from the left take-in roller 55 to the left is being conveyed even when the longest shortest banknote is conveyed through the take-out feeding path 42 to the second rotating shaft 44, for example.
  • On the other side of the shortest banknote ie, the surface facing downward
  • a predetermined position facing one end of the banknote in the longitudinal direction that is, a predetermined position inside the short side on the left.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 has a third impeller 59 fixed to the left side from the intake roller 55 on the left side, for example, at a predetermined position on the lower left side of the left auxiliary roller 52.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 has two impellers 57 and 59 on the left side of the left take-in roller 55 and the second rotating shaft 44 through the hole formed in the center thereof. It is fixed so that it can rotate together.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 has one impeller 58 between the two impellers 57 and 59 fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 on the left side of the intake roller 55 on the left side. It is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction through a hole formed in the center.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 has, for example, a first impeller 60 fixed to the right side from the right intake roller 56 at a predetermined position facing the space between the right feed roller 51 and the auxiliary roller 53. Yes.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 is, for example, a predetermined position slightly to the right of the position facing the auxiliary roller 53 on the right side, and the second impeller 61 from the right intake roller 56 to the right side in one rotation direction and the other. It is provided to be rotatable in the rotation direction.
  • the second impeller 61 on the right side from the right take-in roller 56 is being conveyed even when the longest shortest banknote is conveyed to the second rotating shaft 44 via the take-out feeding path 42, for example.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 has a third impeller 62 fixed to the right side from the right intake roller 56 at a predetermined position which is obliquely lower right of the right auxiliary roller 53, for example.
  • the second rotary shaft 44 has two impellers 60 and 62 on the further right side of the right take-in roller 56 through the hole formed in the center thereof. It is fixed so that it can rotate together.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 has one impeller 61 between the two impellers 60 and 62 fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 on the right side of the right intake roller 56. It is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction through a hole formed in the center.
  • the four impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 have annular main bodies 57A, 59A, 60A, 62A, respectively.
  • the four impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 each include a plurality of blade-like blades 57B having elasticity within a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less on the outer peripheral surfaces of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, and 62A. 59B, 60B, and 62B are planted so as to project radially at predetermined equal intervals.
  • a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B are implanted in part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, and 62A.
  • the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are substantially aligned with the second rotating shaft 44 at the positions where the plurality of blades 57 ⁇ / b> B, 59 ⁇ / b> B, 60 ⁇ / b> B, 62 ⁇ / b> B are implanted.
  • the blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B are fixed in the same direction.
  • the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 have main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, and 62A having a predetermined equal width, and the outer diameter of the intake rollers 55 and 56 (that is, the convexity of the outer peripheral surface). A predetermined equal outer diameter smaller than the outer diameter of the part.
  • the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B have a predetermined equal length.
  • the diameter of the circle drawn by the trajectory of the tips of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B is taken in.
  • the lengths of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B are appropriately selected so as to be larger than the outer diameter of the rollers 55 and 56 (that is, the outer diameter of the convex portion on the outer peripheral surface).
  • the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 have a length from the center of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, and 62A to the tips of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B.
  • the lengths of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B are appropriately selected so as to have a predetermined length longer than the outer diameters of 55 and 56.
  • the tip portions of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B are connected to the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B. , 62B, the bill storage space is appropriately inserted through holes (not shown) formed in the rear plate 30E of the storage case 30 corresponding to the trajectory of 62B.
  • the two impellers 58 and 61 rotatably provided on the second rotating shaft 44 have annular main body portions 58A and 61A, respectively.
  • the two impellers 58 and 61 have a plurality of elastic strip-like blades 58B and 61B radially at predetermined equal intervals in a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less on the outer peripheral surfaces of the main body portions 58A and 61A. It is planted to protrude.
  • the two impellers 58, 61 are also provided with a plurality of blades 58B, 61B on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portions 58A, 61A. Has been.
  • the two impellers 58 and 61 that are rotatably provided on the second rotation shaft 44 and can change the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 are variable. Also called impellers 58 and 61.
  • the two variable impellers 58 and 61 have main body portions 58A and 61A whose width and outer diameter are equal to, for example, the width and outer diameter of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A and 62A of the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62. It has a diameter.
  • the two variable impellers 58 and 61 have, for example, a plurality of blades 55B and 61B having a length equal to the length of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B of the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62. Have.
  • the first feed guide 40 is appropriately inserted into the take-in / feed-out path 42 through a hole (not shown) drilled in the transport guide 40.
  • the tip portions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B are stored in correspondence with the trajectories of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B.
  • the bill housing space is appropriately inserted through a hole (not shown) drilled in the rear plate 30E of the storage case 30.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 is provided with a push-up portion 63 having an annular main body 63A at a position adjacent to the right side of the left variable impeller 58 and substantially opposite to the left auxiliary roller 52. Has been.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of the main body 63A of the push-up portion 63, and the push-up portion 63 is connected to the longest shortest banknote via the take-out feeding path 42. Even when being transported, the second rotating shaft is placed at a predetermined position facing the one end of the bill in the longitudinal direction on the other side of the shortest long-side bill being transported (that is, a predetermined position inside the short side on the left side). 44 is fixed so as to rotate integrally.
  • an arc-shaped push-up plate 63B is projected in a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less at the left edge portion (that is, the edge portion on the variable impeller 58 side) of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portion 63A. Yes.
  • the push-up portion 63 moves the push-up plate 63B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 and the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44. It is fixed on the protruding side (that is, the push-up plate 63B protrudes on the protruding side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B).
  • the push-up portion 63 has a main body portion 63A having a predetermined width equal to or larger than the width of the auxiliary roller 52, for example, and is larger than the outer diameter of the take-in rollers 55 and 56 (that is, the outer diameter of the convex portion on the outer peripheral surface). It has a small predetermined outer diameter.
  • the push-up portion 63 has an outer diameter of the push-up plate 63B (that is, a length from the center of the main body portion 63A to the outer peripheral surface of the push-up plate 63B), for example, an outer diameter of the take-in rollers 55 and 56 (ie, the outer periphery).
  • the outer diameter of the convex portion of the surface is selected to be approximately equal.
  • the push-up plate 63B When the push-up portion 63 rotates together with the second rotation shaft 44, the push-up plate 63B is made to correspond to the locus of the push-up plate 63B through a hole (not shown) formed in the first transport guide 40. As appropriate, it is inserted into the take-in delivery path 42 so as to be close to the lower portion of the left side surface of the auxiliary roller 52.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 is provided with a push-up portion 64 having an annular main body portion 64 ⁇ / b> A at a position adjacent to the left side of the right variable impeller 61 and substantially opposed to the right auxiliary roller 53, for example. Yes.
  • the second rotary shaft 44 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of the main body portion 64 ⁇ / b> A of the push-up portion 64, and the push-up portion 64 receives the longest shortest banknote via the take-out feeding path 42. Even when transported, the second rotation is performed at a predetermined position facing the other end of the banknote in the longitudinal direction on the other side of the longest shortest banknote being transported (that is, a predetermined position inside the short side on the right side).
  • the shaft 44 is fixed so as to rotate integrally.
  • an arc-shaped push-up plate 64B projects in a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less at the left edge portion of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portion 64A (that is, the edge portion on the variable impeller 61 side). Yes.
  • the push-up portion 64 also has a push-up plate 64B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 and a plurality of four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 in the same manner as the left push-up portion 63 described above.
  • the blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B are positioned on the protruding side (that is, the push-up plate 64B protrudes on the protruding side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B).
  • the push-up portion 64 has a main body portion 64A having a predetermined width that is equal to or larger than the width of the auxiliary roller 53, for example, as with the left push-up portion 63 described above. It has a predetermined outer diameter smaller than the outer diameter of the convex portion of the surface.
  • the push-up portion 64 also has an outer diameter of the push-up plate 64B (that is, the length from the center of the main body portion 64A to the outer peripheral surface of the push-up plate 64B), for example, as in the case of the left push-up portion 63 described above.
  • the outer diameters 55 and 56 (that is, the outer diameter of the convex portion on the outer peripheral surface) are selected to be approximately equal.
  • the push-up plate 64B When the push-up portion 64 rotates together with the second rotation shaft 44, the push-up plate 64B is made to correspond to the locus of the push-up plate 64B through a hole (not shown) formed in the first conveyance guide 40. As appropriate, it is inserted into the take-in delivery path 42 so as to be close to the lower portion of the right side surface of the auxiliary roller 53.
  • the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 rotate together with the second rotating shaft 44 while the positions of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B are substantially aligned.
  • wing 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B is provided so that it can enter into the taking-in delivery path 42 and banknote accommodation space suitably.
  • variable impellers 58 and 61 are rotated through the second rotating shaft 44 in the intake / feeding-out portion 32 so that the tip portions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B are appropriately disposed in the intake / feed-out passage 42 and It is provided so that it can enter into bill storage space.
  • the two push-up portions 63, 64 rotate together with the second rotating shaft 44 with the positions of the push-up plates 63B, 64B being substantially aligned to appropriately take in the push-up plates 63B, 64B. It is provided so that it can enter into the supply path 42.
  • the individual pushing portions 63 and 64 are collectively referred to as a fixed component for taking in.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 is, for example, the rear obliquely upper side of the second rotation shaft 44 (also the first first side) on the inner surface of the rear upper end portion of the left side plate 30B and the rear upper end portion of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30. It has a pair of 3rd bearing parts (not shown) opposingly arranged by the back diagonally lower side of the rotating shaft 43).
  • the third rotating shaft 45 is supported by the storage case 30 via the pair of third bearing portions so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction in a posture parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine.
  • the third rotating shaft 45 has, for example, two rollers for sandwiching a bill between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 at a position facing the two feed rollers 50 and 51 (hereinafter referred to as pressure).
  • a roller 68 is also fixed (only one is shown in FIG. 4 and two are not shown in FIG. 5).
  • the third rotation shaft 45 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two pressure rollers 68, and the two pressure rollers 68 rotate integrally with the third rotation shaft 45. It is fixed to do.
  • the two pressure rollers 68 have a width equal to that of the feed rollers 50 and 51, for example.
  • the two pressure rollers 68 have a predetermined equal outer diameter.
  • the two pressure rollers 68 take in a predetermined portion on the front oblique upper side on the outer peripheral surface through a hole (not shown) formed in the first conveyance guide 40 so as to correspond to the predetermined portion. It enters into the supply path 42.
  • the intake / feeding part 32 is provided with two pressures on a part of the convex portion of the outer peripheral surface of the two feed rollers 50 and 51 (that is, the rear diagonally lower part) in the intake / feeding path 42. A part of the outer peripheral surface of the roller 68 is pressed.
  • two pressure rollers 68 are respectively provided with one of the two feed rollers 50, 51 in a state where a predetermined portion on the upper front side is put into the take-out / feed path 42.
  • the two feed rollers 50 and 51 are provided so as to be rotatable in another rotation direction and one rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction of the two feed rollers 50 and 51.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 has a pair of shaft support arms 69 (only one is shown in FIG. 4 and neither is shown in FIG. 5).
  • one end of the shaft support arm 69 does not rotate to a predetermined position near the inner surface of the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30 on the first rotation shaft 43 (that is, the rotation of the first rotation shaft 43).
  • the other end is positioned on the front side of the first rotating shaft 43.
  • the fourth rotation shaft 46 is supported by the other end of one shaft support arm 69 so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction in a posture parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine, and the fourth rotation shaft 46. Is opposed to the left feed roller 50.
  • the first rotary shaft 43 is fixed to the support portion of one shaft support arm 69 so that the toothed pulley 70 rotates integrally with the first rotary shaft 43.
  • the fourth rotating shaft 46 is fixed to a support portion by one shaft supporting arm 69 so that a toothed pulley 71 rotates integrally with the fourth rotating shaft 46.
  • an endless drive belt 72 is hung from the toothed pulley 70 of the first rotating shaft 43 to the toothed pulley 71 of the fourth rotating shaft 46.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 causes the fourth rotation shaft 46 to rotate in the same direction as the rotation direction of the first rotation shaft 43 in conjunction with the rotation of the first rotation shaft 43 in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction. It can be rotated in the direction and other rotational directions.
  • the 4th rotating shaft 46 is a roller for taking in and feeding a banknote from the banknote storage space to the position facing the left feed roller 50 and the position facing the left auxiliary roller 52, respectively (for example).
  • this is also referred to as a picker roller) 73 (only one is shown in FIG. 4 and two are not shown in FIG. 5).
  • the fourth rotation shaft 46 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two picker rollers 73, and the two picker rollers 73 rotate integrally with the fourth rotation shaft 46. It is fixed to do.
  • the other shaft support arm has, for example, one end portion thereof so as not to rotate to a predetermined position near the inner surface of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 on the first rotation shaft 43 (that is, rotation of the first rotation shaft 43).
  • the other end is positioned on the front side of the first rotating shaft 43.
  • the fifth rotation shaft is supported by the other end of the other shaft support arm so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction in a posture parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine, and the left end portion of the fifth rotation shaft Is opposed to the feed roller 51 on the right side.
  • the first rotary shaft 43 is fixed to a support portion of the other shaft support arm so that a toothed pulley (not shown) rotates integrally with the first rotary shaft 43.
  • a toothed pulley (not shown) is fixed to a portion supported by the other shaft supporting arm so as to rotate integrally with the fifth rotating shaft.
  • take-out feeding portion 32 is provided with an endless drive belt (not shown) from the toothed pulley of the first rotating shaft 43 to the toothed pulley of the fifth rotating shaft.
  • the take-out / feeding unit 32 causes the fifth rotation shaft to move in the same direction as the fourth rotation shaft 46 in conjunction with the rotation of the first rotation shaft 43 in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction. It can be rotated in the same rotation direction as the rotation direction and in the other rotation direction.
  • the fifth rotation shaft is, for example, a picker roller (for picking up a bill from the bill storage space and feeding it to the feeding path 42 at a position facing the right feed roller 51 and a position facing the right auxiliary roller 53, respectively. (Not shown) is fixed.
  • the fifth rotating shaft is fixed so that the two picker rollers rotate integrally with the fifth rotating shaft in a state where the fifth rotating shaft is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two picker rollers. It is installed.
  • the four picker rollers 73 are interlocked with the rotation in the one rotation direction and the other rotation direction of the first rotation shaft 43 to rotate the first rotation shaft 43. It can be rotated in the same one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.
  • the first rotating shaft 43 has a first drive gear 75 fixed to one end protruding leftward from the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30.
  • the second rotation shaft 44 is attached to one end portion protruding leftward from the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30.
  • a second drive gear 77 is provided via a one-way clutch 76 that rotates only in one rotation direction, and the second drive gear 77 meshes with the first drive gear 75.
  • the take-out feeding unit 32 is provided at a predetermined position of the banknote storage 18 for rotating various rollers such as the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-up rollers 55 and 56 described above.
  • a drive motor (not shown) (hereinafter also referred to as a roller drive motor) is connected, and an output shaft of the roller drive motor is connected to the second drive gear 77 via a plurality of gears (not shown).
  • the take-out feeding unit 32 rotates the output shaft of the roller drive motor via a plurality of gears.
  • the second drive gear 77 can be rotated in one rotation direction.
  • the take-out / feeding unit 32 rotates the second rotating shaft 44 together with the second drive gear 77 in one rotation direction by the action of the one-way clutch 76.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 has two take-up rollers 55, 56, four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two push-up parts provided on the second rotary shaft 44.
  • 63 and 64 can be rotated in one rotation direction for taking in bills, and the two variable impellers 58 and 61 can be rotated in one rotation direction as appropriate, as will be described later.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 can rotate the first drive gear 75 meshed with the second drive gear 77 in a rotation direction other than the rotation direction of the second drive gear 77. it can.
  • the take-out / feeding unit 32 rotates the first rotating shaft 43 together with the first drive gear 75 in the other rotation direction for taking in bills, and the two feed rollers 50 provided on the first rotating shaft 43. , 51 and the two auxiliary rollers 52, 53 can also be rotated in other rotational directions for taking in banknotes.
  • the take-out / feeding section 32 causes the two feed rollers 50 and 51 to rotate in the other direction of rotation, and the two pressure rollers 68 are used for taking in the banknotes. It can be rotated in one rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction of 50 and 51.
  • the take-out and feeding unit 32 is configured to rotate the output shaft of the roller drive motor through a plurality of gears when the roller drive motor is operated for feeding bills under the control of the control unit 10 during bill feeding.
  • the second drive gear 77 can be rotated in the other rotation direction by transmitting to the second drive gear 77.
  • the take-out feeding unit 32 keeps the second rotation shaft 44 stopped without rotating due to the action of the one-way clutch 76.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 includes two take-in rollers 55 and 56 provided on the second rotating shaft 44, four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62, and two push-up parts 63 and 64. As described later, the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are also stopped without being rotated.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 can rotate the first drive gear 75 meshed with the second drive gear 77 in one rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction of the second drive gear 77. it can.
  • the take-out / feeding unit 32 rotates the first rotating shaft 43 in one rotation direction for feeding bills together with the first drive gear 75, and the two feed rollers provided on the first rotating shaft 43. 50 and 51 and the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 can also be rotated in one rotation direction for feeding banknotes.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 causes the two feed rollers 50 and 51 to rotate in the one rotation direction, and the two pressure rollers 68 are used for feeding the banknotes. , 51 can be rotated in the other rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 moves the four picker rollers 73 together with the fourth rotating shaft 46 and the fifth rotating shaft in association with the rotation of the first rotating shaft 43 in one rotation direction, and the bill storage space. Can be rotated in the same rotation direction as the rotation direction of the first rotation shaft 43 for sending the bills to the take-out feeding path 42.
  • a bill passage detection unit 80 including a light emitting element and a light receiving element for detection is provided.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 is disposed at a position facing the other end (that is, the end on the banknote storage space side) of the first transport guide 40 and the second transport guide 41 in the front plate 30D of the storage case 30.
  • a bill stopper 81 for stopping a banknote released into the banknote storage space from the inner opening of the take-out feeding path 42 at the time of loading by colliding one of its long sides is provided via a shock absorbing spring (not shown). Attached.
  • the take-out / feeding unit 32 (FIG. 6) is for controlling the rotation of the second rotating shaft 44 (that is, for controlling the stopping position when stopping the rotation of the second rotating shaft 44 in one rotation direction).
  • the take-out / feeding unit 32 (FIG. 6) is for controlling the rotation of the second rotating shaft 44 (that is, for controlling the stopping position when stopping the rotation of the second rotating shaft 44 in one rotation direction).
  • it has a rotor 85 and a substantially U-shaped rotational position detector 86.
  • the rotor 85 has, for example, a flat washer-shaped main body 85A, and a strip-shaped detected portion 85B is projected from a part of the outer periphery of the main body 85A.
  • the rotor 85 is positioned at a predetermined position between the outer surface of the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30 and the second drive gear 77 at one end of the second rotation shaft 44 through a hole in the center of the main body 85A.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 is fixed so as to rotate integrally therewith.
  • the rotation position detection unit 86 has, for example, a light emitting element embedded in one arm and facing the light emitting element (that is, the light emitted by the light emitting element can be received), and the other arm.
  • a light receiving element is embedded in the part.
  • the rotational position detector 86 detects that the detected part 85B of the rotor 85 has a groove between one arm and the other arm (hereinafter referred to as this). Is provided on the outer surface of the left side plate 30 ⁇ / b> B of the storage case 30, for example.
  • the control unit 10 operates the roller drive motor for taking in bills and rotates the second rotation shaft 44 in one rotation direction
  • the rotor 85 is inserted into the detection groove portion via the rotation position detection portion 86. It is optically detected whether or not the detected portion 85B has entered.
  • the control unit 10 detects that the detected portion 85B of the rotor 85 has entered the detection groove through the rotational position detector 86 when the taking-in of the bill by the take-out feeding portion 32 is completed. Accordingly, the operation of the roller drive motor is stopped.
  • control unit 10 detects the detected portion 85B of the rotor 85 via the rotational position detector 86, the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are provided. 62B and the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 are retracted from the inside of the take-in feeding path 42 and the bill storage space in the one rotation direction of the second rotating shaft 44 along with the operation of the roller drive motor. The rotation of is stopped.
  • the taking-in delivery part 32 makes the 2nd rotating shaft 44 by the effect
  • the take-out / feeding section 32 has a plurality of blades of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 not only while the roller drive motor is stopped but also during operation for feeding bills.
  • 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B and the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 are continuously retracted from the inside of the take-out feeding path 42 and the bill storage space.
  • variable impeller 61 positioned on the right side has a plurality of blades 61 ⁇ / b> B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 at a predetermined position on the left side on the protruding side of the plurality of blades 61 ⁇ / b> B.
  • an engaging portion 61 ⁇ / b> C made of a fan-shaped protrusion is provided for controlling the position.
  • the push-up portion 64 located on the right side is provided with a push-up plate 64B protruding near the center of the right side surface facing the left side surface of the variable impeller 61 (that is, the edge portion of the central hole).
  • a push-up plate 64B protruding near the center of the right side surface facing the left side surface of the variable impeller 61 (that is, the edge portion of the central hole).
  • an engagement portion 64C made of an arcuate protrusion for controlling the position of the plurality of blades 61B of the variable impeller 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 within a range (that is, a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less).
  • the engaging portion 61C provided in the variable impeller 61 is also referred to as a blade-side engaging portion 61C
  • the engaging portion 64C provided in the push-up portion 64 is referred to as a push-up side engaging portion 64C.
  • the end surfaces 61CX, 64CX in one rotation direction are also referred to as one end surfaces 61CX, 64CX
  • the end surfaces 61CY, 64CY in the other rotation directions are Both are also referred to as the other end surfaces 61CY and 64CY.
  • the second rotary shaft 44 is fixedly provided with a push-up portion 64 with its right side face close to the left side face of the variable impeller 61.
  • variable impeller 61 is a position at which the one end surface 61CX of the blade-side engagement portion 61C is brought into contact with (ie, engaged with) the other end surface 64CY of the push-up side engagement portion 64C of the push-up portion 64 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44. From the one end surface 64CX of the push-up side engaging portion 64C of the push-up portion 64 to the position where the other end surface 61CY of the blade-side engaging portion 61C contacts (ie, engages) with one rotation direction and approximately 180 degrees. It can rotate in the other direction of rotation.
  • variable impeller 61 contacts the blade side engagement portion 61C with the push-up side engagement portion 64C of the push-up portion 64 so as to rotate in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction relative to the second rotation shaft 44.
  • the positions of the plurality of blades 61B relative to the second rotating shaft 44 can be changed by switching the positions (that is, the engagement positions).
  • variable impeller 61 rotates in one rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 and contacts one end surface 61CX of the blade side engagement portion 61C with the other end surface 64CY of the push-up side engagement portion 64C of the push-up portion 64.
  • the plurality of blades 61B are projected from the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up portions 63, 64. Can be located to the side.
  • variable impeller 61 rotates in the other rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 to bring the other end surface 61CY of the blade side engagement portion 61C into contact with the one end surface 64CX of the push-up side engagement portion 64C of the push-up portion 64.
  • the plurality of blades 61B are arranged on the projecting side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up portions 63, 64. Can be located on the opposite side.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 (FIGS. 5 and 6) is inserted into the hole of the coil spring 87 between the right variable impeller 61 and the right fixed impeller 62.
  • One end of the coil spring 87 is inserted into a hole formed in the right side surface of the variable impeller 61, or is hooked into a groove formed at a predetermined position on the outer peripheral surface of the main body 61A.
  • the variable impeller 61 is locked.
  • the other end of the coil spring 87 is inserted into a hole formed in the left side surface of the fixed impeller 62, or is hooked on a groove formed at a predetermined position on the outer peripheral surface of the main body 62A.
  • the fixed impeller 62 is locked.
  • the coil spring 87 urges the second rotating shaft 44 to rotate the variable impeller 61 in one rotation direction.
  • the coil spring 87 is in the second rotation unless a load that impedes rotation in the one rotation direction is applied to the blade 61B in a state where no external force is applied to the variable impeller 61 in the one rotation direction.
  • the variable impeller 61 can be rotated in one rotation direction with respect to the shaft 44.
  • the coil spring 87 is configured so that the variable impeller is subjected to a load that impedes rotation in one rotation direction on the blade 61B in a state where an external force that rotates the variable impeller 61 in one rotation direction is not applied. 61 is urged by an urging force that stops rotation in one rotation direction.
  • the coil spring 87 urges the variable impeller 61 to rotate in one rotation direction with an urging force smaller than the elastic force of the plurality of blades 61B (that is, the waist strength of the blades 61B). ing.
  • variable impeller 58 located on the left side is not particularly illustrated, but on a virtual plane perpendicular to the left-right direction of the depositing machine at an intermediate position between the variable impeller 58 located on the left side and the variable impeller 61 located on the right side.
  • it is formed so as to have a shape symmetrical to the variable impeller 61 located on the right side thereof.
  • the push-up portion 63 located on the left side is not particularly shown, but the right side of the push-up portion 63 located on the left side and the push-up portion 64 located on the right side with respect to a virtual plane perpendicular to the left-right direction of the depositing machine. It is formed so as to have a shape symmetrical to the push-up portion 64 located at the surface.
  • the second rotary shaft 44 has the left push-up portion 63 with the left side surface provided with the push-up side engaging portion close to the right side surface provided with the blade-side engaging portion of the left variable impeller 58. It is fixed.
  • variable impeller 58 is engaged with the push-up portion 63 of the push-up portion 63 from the position where the other end surface of the push-up side engagement portion of the push-up portion 63 is brought into contact with the second rotating shaft 44. It is possible to rotate in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction within an angle range of approximately 180 degrees up to a position where the other end surface of the blade side engaging portion is brought into contact with one end surface of the blade portion.
  • variable impeller 58 also rotates in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction relative to the second rotation shaft 44 in the same manner as the variable impeller 61 on the right side.
  • the positions of the plurality of blades 58B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 can be changed by switching the contact location of the blade side engagement portion with respect to the second rotation shaft 44.
  • variable impeller 58 rotates in the one rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 and the other end surface of the push-up side engaging portion of the push-up portion 63 is brought into contact with one end surface of the blade-side engaging portion
  • the blades 58B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are positioned on the protruding side of the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B and the two push-up portions 63, 64. Can do.
  • variable impeller 58 When the variable impeller 58 rotates in the other rotational direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 and the other end surface of the blade side engagement portion is brought into contact with one end surface of the push-up side engagement portion of the push-up portion 63, a plurality of variable impellers 58
  • the blade 58B is moved to the opposite side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the protruding side of the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up portions 63, 64. Can be positioned.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 (FIG. 5) is also inserted into the hole of the coil spring 88 between the left variable impeller 58 and the left fixed impeller 59.
  • One end of the coil spring 88 is inserted into a hole formed in the left side surface of the variable impeller 58, or is hooked into a groove formed at a predetermined position on the outer peripheral surface of the main body 58A. Are engaged with the variable impeller 58.
  • the other end of the coil spring 88 is inserted into a hole formed in the right side surface of the fixed impeller 59, or is hooked into a groove formed at a predetermined position on the outer peripheral surface of the main body 59A.
  • the fixed impeller 59 is engaged.
  • the coil spring 88 urges the second rotating shaft 44 to rotate the variable impeller 58 in one rotation direction.
  • the coil spring 88 is in the second rotation unless a load is applied to the blades 58B to prevent rotation in the one rotation direction without applying an external force to the variable impeller 58 in one rotation direction.
  • the variable impeller 58 can be rotated in one rotation direction with respect to the shaft 44.
  • the coil spring 88 also prevents the blades 58B from rotating in one rotation direction when no external force is applied to the variable impeller 58 in one rotation direction, like the right coil spring 87 described above. When such a load is applied, the variable impeller 58 is urged with an urging force that stops rotation in one rotation direction.
  • the coil spring 88 also urges the variable impeller 58 to rotate in one rotation direction with an urging force smaller than the elastic force of the plurality of blades 58B (that is, the waist strength of the blades 58B). ing.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 is applied to the blades 58B and 61B in a state where no external force is applied to the two variable impellers 58 and 61 so as to rotate in one rotation direction. If there is no load F1 that prevents rotation in one rotation direction, the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are applied to the second rotation shaft 44 by the biasing force F2 applied by the coil springs 87 and 88. Rotate in the direction of rotation.
  • the take-out / feeding portion 32 contacts the one end surface 61CX of the two blades 58C, 61C of the blade-side engagement portion 61C with the other end surface 64CY of the push-up side engagement portion 64C of the two push-up portions 63, 64.
  • the plurality of blades 58B, 61B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 be the four blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the two push-ups.
  • the parts 63 and 64 are positioned on the protruding side of the push-up plates 63B and 64B (FIG. 9A).
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 performs the second rotation by the biasing force F2 applied to the two variable impellers 58 and 61 by the coil springs 87 and 88. Following the rotation of the shaft 44, it is rotated in one rotation direction.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 places the two variable impellers 58 and 61 on the other end face 64CY of the push-up side engaging part 64C of the two push-up parts 63 and 64.
  • a plurality of blades 58B and 61B are brought into contact with one end surface 61CX of the blade-side engaging portion 61C of 58 and 61, and a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B of four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62 are brought into contact with each other. And it is made to rotate to one rotation direction with the 2nd rotating shaft 44, keeping it located in the protrusion side of the raising plates 63B and 64B of the two raising parts 63 and 64 (FIG. 9B).
  • the take-out feeding portion 32 has two variable in accordance with the rotation.
  • the other end surfaces 64CY of the push-up side engaging portions 64C of the two push-up portions 63, 64 are gradually separated from the one end surface 61CX of the blade-side engaging portion 61C of the impellers 58, 61 (FIG. 9C).
  • the take-out feeding portion 32 is the other end face of the blade-side engaging portion 61C of the two variable impellers 58 and 61.
  • One end surface 64CX of the push-up side engaging portion 64C of the two push-up portions 63, 64 is brought into contact with 61CY.
  • the intake / feeding-out unit 32 is configured to replace the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62, and
  • the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up parts 63 and 64 are positioned on the side opposite to the protruding side (FIG. 10A).
  • the take-out / feeding portion 32 has two variable blades by the push-up side engaging portions 64C of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 according to the rotation.
  • the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are rotated in one rotation direction together with the second rotation shaft 44 by pushing the blade-side engagement portion 61C of the wheels 58 and 61 in one rotation direction.
  • the intake / feeding-out part 32 is connected to the other end face 61CY of the blade-side engaging part 61C of the two variable impellers 58, 61 on one of the push-up upper engaging parts 64C of the two pushing-up parts 63, 64.
  • a plurality of blades 58B and 61B are brought into contact with the end face 64CX, and a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62, and a push-up plate of the two push-up portions 63 and 64
  • the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are rotated in one rotation direction together with the second rotating shaft 44 while being positioned on the protruding side of 63B and 64B (FIG. 10B).
  • the take-out feeding section 32 has two variables with respect to the second rotation shaft 44.
  • the impellers 58 and 61 are rotated in one rotation direction by the bias of the coil springs 87 and 88.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 converts the plurality of blades 58B, 61B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 into the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62.
  • the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are positioned in the protruding side of the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64, and the banknote storage Can be saved from space.
  • the take-out / feeding unit 32 determines whether or not the load F1 greater than the urging force F2 described above is applied to the blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61. Accordingly, the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 can be appropriately changed.
  • the take-out feeding part 32 (FIG. 4) has, for example, a substantially strip-like stopper 90 that is long in the left-right direction of the depositing machine on the lower side of the first conveyance guide 40 and on the rear side of the second rotation shaft 44.
  • the one surface is inclined so as to be directed obliquely downward to the front.
  • the take-out / feeding section 32 takes in the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the plurality of blades 57B to 62B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 from the take-out / feed path 42 and the bill storage space.
  • the position and angle of the stopper 90 are appropriately selected so that the tip portions of the plurality of blades 57B to 62B can be pressed against one surface of the stopper 90 to be deformed (ie, bent).
  • the take-out feeding section 32 takes in the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the plurality of blades 57B to 62B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 in the take-out feeding path 42 and the bill storage space.
  • the arrangement position and the arrangement angle of the stopper 90 are appropriately selected so that the load F1 greater than the urging force F2 described above can be applied to the plurality of blades 57B to 62B.
  • the take-out / feeding section 32 stops rotating in the one rotation direction of the second rotary shaft 44 in response to the stop of the roller drive motor that was operating for taking in the banknotes.
  • the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 are retracted from the inside of the take-out feeding path 42 and the bill storage space.
  • the intake / feeding-out unit 32 has, for example, one blade 57B on the leading side (hereinafter also referred to as the rotation leading side) when rotating in one rotation direction for each fixed impeller 57, 59, 60, 62. , 59B, 60B and 62B are pressed against the stopper 90 and bent.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 rotates the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 in one rotation direction by the biasing of the coil springs 87 and 88 in the same manner as described above with reference to FIG. 9A. And the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are retracted from the inside of the take-in delivery path 42 and the bill storage space.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 presses the tip of one blade 58B, 61B on the rotation head side against the stopper 90 and bends them, for example, so that these two variable impellers
  • the rotation of 58 and 61 in one rotation direction is stopped (FIG. 11A).
  • the take-out feeding unit 32 in FIG. 9C shows the two variable impellers 58 and 61.
  • the blades 58B and 61B are not rotated in one rotation direction because the load F1 is applied by pressing against the stopper 90.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 causes the four rotary impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the two push-up parts 63, 64 to rotate in one rotation direction together with the second rotary shaft 44 by the driving force of the roller drive motor. Rotate to
  • the take-out / feeding portion 32 makes contact with the stopper 90 in order from the rotation head side at the tip ends of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62. After passing the position while being bent once, it is returned to its original shape and is taken into the take-out delivery path 42 (FIG. 11B).
  • the take-out / feeding section 32 has four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two together with the second rotating shaft 44 while the rotation of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 is stopped.
  • the push-up portions 63, 64 are rotated approximately 180 degrees in one rotation direction, the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are all taken in and taken out. 42 and the bill storage space, and the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 are taken into the take-out feeding path 42.
  • the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the plurality of blades 57B to 62B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 are arranged around the entire circumference of the second rotating shaft 44 (that is, It is developed radially over a range of 360 degrees (FIG. 11C).
  • the intake / feeding part 32 includes four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two variable impellers 58, 61, and a plurality of blades 57 ⁇ / b> B to 62 ⁇ / b> B on the entire circumference of the second rotation shaft 44. It is rotated in one rotation direction while being spread radially.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 passes the tip portions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 through the position of contact with the stopper 90 in order from the rotation head side while being bent once. Then, it returns to the original shape and enters the take-in delivery path 42 (FIG. 12A).
  • the take-out / feeding section 32 receives all of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 according to the rotation of the second rotating shaft 44 in one rotation direction.
  • the take-out / feeding section 32 receives all of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 according to the rotation of the second rotating shaft 44 in one rotation direction.
  • two variables are possible. All of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the impellers 58 and 61 are allowed to enter either the take-in delivery path 42 or the bill storage space (FIG. 12B).
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 moves the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the plurality of blades 57 B to 62 B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 around the entire circumference of the second rotating shaft 44. (Ie, in a range of 360 degrees), after that, the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the second rotating shaft 44 are rotated while the second rotating shaft 44 rotates in one rotation direction.
  • the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are rotated in one rotation direction with the plurality of blades 57B to 62B being developed.
  • the take-out / feeding unit 32 is configured to include a plurality of four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two variable impellers 58, 61 while the second rotating shaft 44 rotates in one rotation direction.
  • the blades 57B to 62B of the stoppers 90B are passed through the contact positions of the stopper 90 in order, and the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and 2 together with the second rotating shaft 44 are passed.
  • the variable impellers 58 and 61 are rotated in one rotation direction.
  • the take-out feeding unit 32 has four fixed impellers 57. , 59, 60, 62 are again retracted from the take-in delivery path 42 and the bill storage space.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 bends by pressing, for example, the tip of one blade 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B on the rotation leading side against the stopper 90 for each fixed impeller 57, 59, 60, 62 ( FIG. 12B).
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 makes one rotation of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 by the urging of the coil springs 87 and 88, similarly to the case described above with reference to FIG. 9A.
  • the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are retracted from the inside of the take-out feeding path 42 and the bill storage space.
  • the take-out / feeding part 32 presses the tip of one blade 58B, 61B on the rotation head side against the stopper 90 and bends them, for example, so that these two variable impellers
  • the rotation of 58 and 61 in one rotation direction is stopped (FIG. 12C).
  • the take-out feeding section 32 has the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44. While changing the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B, the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are delayed by about a half turn and started to rotate in one rotation direction.
  • the take-out / feeding unit 32 stops the rotation of the second rotary shaft 44 that has been rotated in one rotation direction for taking in banknotes, the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotary shaft 44.
  • the position of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B is changed so as to return to the position at the time of the rotation stop, and the rotation of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 in one rotation direction is stopped.
  • control unit 10 performs the banknote take-in process performed in the banknote storage 18 to 22 in the banknote deposit process described above, and the banknotes described above.
  • the banknote feeding process performed in the banknote storages 18 to 22 in the withdrawal process will be described in order.
  • control unit 10 raises the stage 35 by driving the stage elevating unit by operating the stage drive motor in the storage unit 31 at the time of taking in the banknote 95 by the banknote storages 18 to 22. Or lower.
  • the control unit 10 detects that the uppermost banknote 95 on one surface 35A of the stage 35 has reached the banknote take-in position via the banknote arrival detection unit 36, the operation of the stage drive motor is performed at that time.
  • the stage 35 is stopped by stopping.
  • control unit 10 is optimal for taking in the banknote 95 into the banknote storage space between the four picker rollers 73 and the uppermost banknote 95 on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 in the banknote storage 18 to 22.
  • a gap corresponding to a predetermined number of banknotes 95 is formed.
  • control unit 10 operates the roller driving motor for taking in the bills 95 in the take-out feeding unit 32.
  • control unit 10 rotates the two take-in rollers 55, 56, the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the two push-up portions 63, 64 in one rotation direction together with the second rotating shaft 44.
  • control unit 10 delays two variable positions from the start of the rotation of the second rotation shaft 44 in one rotation direction only while the second rotation shaft 44 is substantially half-rotated.
  • the impellers 58 and 61 are started to rotate in one rotation direction.
  • control unit 10 includes four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two variable impellers 58, 61, and the plurality of blades 57 ⁇ / b> B to 62 ⁇ / b> B over the entire circumference of the second rotation shaft 44. And rotate in one rotation direction in a state of being radially expanded.
  • control unit 10 rotates the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 in the other rotation direction together with the first rotation shaft 43 and performs the third rotation in conjunction with the rotation. Together with the shaft 45, the two pressure rollers 68 are rotated in one rotation direction.
  • control unit 10 conveys the banknotes 95 one by one to the banknote storages 18 to 22 via the central banknote transport path 27A.
  • control unit 10 takes the banknote 95 into the take-out feeding path 42 from the outer opening, and between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two pressure rollers 68 rotating in reverse to each other.
  • the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 are fed out while being sandwiched.
  • control unit 10 continues to feed the bills 95 passed between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two pressure rollers 68 into the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56.
  • the bill 95 is discharged from the inner opening of the take-out feeding path 42 to the bill storage space (that is, the upper side of the stage 35) with the other side of the bill 95 facing downward.
  • the control unit 10 causes the bill stopper 81 to collide with the long side on the front side of the bill 95 released from the inner opening of the take-in delivery path 42 to the bill storage space, and stops the bill 95 from moving in the forward direction.
  • the rear end of one side of the bill 95 (that is, the surface facing upward) is composed of four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two variable impellers 58, 61 with blades 57B to 62B. Tap from above.
  • control unit 10 drops the bill 95 in the bill storage space and places it on the uppermost bill 95 on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 so as to be stacked.
  • the banknote 95 is similarly taken in the banknote storage 18 to 22. It can be taken into the bill storage space via the feeding path 42 and stored so as to overlap one surface 35 ⁇ / b> A of the stage 35 in order.
  • a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B of four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62, and push-up plates 63B and 64B of two push-up portions 63 and 64 are on the upper side Is located.
  • the push-up plate 63 ⁇ / b> B of the left push-up portion 63 comes close to the lower portion of the left side surface of the left auxiliary roller 52 as described above, and
  • the push-up plate 64B of the right push-up portion 64 is close to the lower portion on the right side surface.
  • the plurality of blades of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 with the second rotation shaft 44 rotating in one rotation direction.
  • the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 are located on the lower side together with 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B, the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are located on the upper side. is doing.
  • the plurality of blades 58B of the left variable impeller 58 are close to the lower portion of the left side surface of the left auxiliary roller 52, and the right side auxiliary roller.
  • a plurality of blades 61 ⁇ / b> B of the right variable impeller 61 are close to the lower portion of the right side surface of 53.
  • the banknote storages 18 to 22 sequentially alternate the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up parts 63 and 64 and the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 when the banknotes are taken in. Is taken into the take-in delivery path 42 and is positioned outside the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53.
  • the banknote storages 18 to 22 have the push-up plates 63B of the two push-up parts 63 and 64 when the banknote 95 is sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56.
  • 64B is positioned on the upper side, the one end and the other end of the bill 95 (that is, the outer portions of the two auxiliary rollers 52, 53) are deformed by being pushed up by the push-up plates 63B, 64B.
  • the banknote storages 18 to 22 are deformed so as to be pushed up in the banknote 95 sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56. Even if the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up parts 63, 64 are separated from each other, the plurality of blades 58B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 before the one end and the other end of the bill 95 are suspended. The deformation can be continued by pushing up with 61B.
  • the banknote storages 18 to 22 have the banknotes 95 of the banknote 95 while the banknotes 95 are sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56.
  • One end and the other end can be deformed so as to be always pushed up by the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up portions 63, 64 and the plurality of blades 58B, 61B of the two variable impellers 58, 61. .
  • the banknote storages 18 to 22 can discharge the banknote 95 from the take-out feeding path 42 to the banknote storage space while suppressing flapping at one end and the other end.
  • control unit 10 intermittently operates the stage drive motor to drive the stage elevating unit, thereby slightly moving the stage 35. Lower.
  • control unit 10 positions the banknote 95 newly placed on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 (that is, the new uppermost banknote 95) at the banknote taking-in position.
  • control unit 10 always causes a plurality of banknotes 95 to be taken into the banknote storage space in the banknote storages 18 to 22 under the same taking-in conditions.
  • control unit 10 sequentially packs the plurality of banknotes 95 in the banknote storage space in the banknote storages 18 to 22 in the take-out feeding path 42 or between the plurality of picker rollers 73 and the top banknote 95. It can be accommodated without being taken in and stacked in order on one surface 35A of the stage 35.
  • control unit 10 operates the stage lift motor by operating the stage drive motor in the storage unit 31 during the feeding process of the banknote 95 by the banknote storage 18 to 22, thereby driving the stage 35. Raise.
  • control unit 10 detects that the uppermost banknote 95 on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 has reached the banknote take-in position via the banknote arrival detection unit 36, a further predetermined time from that time point, After operating the stage drive motor to raise the stage 35, the operation of the stage drive motor is stopped and the stage 35 is stopped.
  • control unit 10 applies the uppermost banknote 95 (that is, one surface of the uppermost banknote 95) on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 to the lower part of the outer peripheral surface of the four picker rollers 73 with a predetermined pressing force. Press.
  • control unit 10 operates the roller drive motor for feeding the bills 95 in the take-out feeding unit 32.
  • control unit 10 does not rotate the second rotating shaft 44 by the action of the one-way clutch, but rotates the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 with the first rotating shaft 43 once.
  • the two pressure rollers 68 are rotated in the other rotation direction together with the third rotation shaft 45 in conjunction with the rotation.
  • control unit 10 also rotates the four picker rollers 73 in the one rotation direction together with the fourth rotation shaft 46 and the fifth rotation shaft in conjunction with the rotation in the one rotation direction of the first rotation shaft 43. .
  • control unit 10 causes the four picker rollers 73 to shift the uppermost banknote 95 from the upper surface 35A of the stage 35 to the take-out feeding path 42 side and send it out to the inner opening.
  • control unit 10 takes in the bill 95 (that is, the uppermost bill 95) fed from the stage 35 to the inner opening of the take-out feeding path 42 into the take-out feeding path 42 from the inner opening.
  • the feed rollers 50 and 51 feed out to the two pressure rollers 68 side.
  • control unit 10 sends the banknote 95 to the outer opening of the take-out feeding path 42 while being sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two pressure rollers 68 that are rotating in reverse to each other.
  • control unit 10 can feed the banknote 95 stored in the banknote storage 18 to 22 from the outer opening of the take-out delivery path 42 to the central banknote transport path 27A.
  • the control unit 10 has two pieces.
  • the rotation of the take-in rollers 55 and 56 is stopped, so that the feeding of the lower bill 95 is temporarily stopped by the two take-up rollers 55 and 56, and only the upper bill 95 is fed with two feed rollers. 50, 51 and the two pressure rollers 68 can be sent out.
  • control unit 10 is sent out from the one surface 35A of the stage 35 to the take-in / feed-out path 42 side while the two bills 95 are vertically overlapped by the four picker rollers 73 in the bill storages 18 to 22.
  • the two bills 95 can be separated between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 and fed out one by one.
  • control unit 10 detects, for example, whether or not the banknote 95 has passed through the take-out feeding path 42 via the banknote passage detection unit 80.
  • control unit 10 every time the control unit 10 detects that the banknote 95 has passed through the take-in / feed-out path 42 via the banknote passage detection unit 80, the control unit 10 intermittently operates the stage drive motor to drive the stage elevating unit. As a result, the stage 35 is slightly raised.
  • the control unit 10 renews it.
  • the uppermost banknote 95 is pressed against the lower part of the outer peripheral surface of the four picker rollers 73 with a predetermined pressing force.
  • control unit 10 always feeds the plurality of banknotes 95 on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 to the take-out feeding path 42 side by the plurality of picker rollers 73 under the same delivery conditions.
  • control unit 10 can accurately feed the banknotes 95 stored in the banknote storages 18 to 22 one by one from the outer opening of the take-in delivery path 42 to the central banknote transport path 27A.
  • a plurality of blades 58B and 61B are implanted on the second rotating shaft 44 in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portions 58A and 61A in the take-out and feeding portion 32 of the bill storages 18 to 22.
  • the variable impellers 58 and 61 are provided to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.
  • variable impellers 58 and 61 in the take-out and feeding unit 32 of the banknote storages 18 to 22 are arranged on the blade side for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B with respect to the second rotating shaft 44.
  • the engaging portion 61C is provided.
  • a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 59B of the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 are displaced to the projecting side of the blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of 57, 59, 60, 62. , 60B, 62B, a push-up side engaging portion 64C for displacing to the non-projecting side is provided.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 is different from the fixed component for taking in the second rotating shaft 44 for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44.
  • the blade side engaging part 61C provided in the variable impellers 58 and 61 and the push-up side engaging provided in the push-up parts 63 and 64 as fixed parts for taking in With the joint portion 64C, the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 are moved with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 to be retracted from the take-in feeding path 42 and the bill storage space.
  • the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are displaced to the projecting side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B, and the bill 95 is taken into the bill storage space via the take-out feeding path 42.
  • Fixed impellers 57, 59, 6 for the two rotating shafts 44 A plurality of blades 57B of 62, can be displaced 59B, 60B, to 62B whether protruding side of the.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 takes the banknote 95 in the banknote storages 18 to 22 into the banknote storage space via the take-out feeding path 42 and stores the banknote 95 in the banknote storage space.
  • the second rotary shaft 44 which is rotatable in one rotation direction for taking in the bills 95 and is fixedly provided with the take-in fixed parts, Fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 in which a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, 62A as the fixed parts for taking-in,
  • a variable impeller 58 in which a plurality of blades 58B and 61B are implanted in part of the outer
  • variable impellers 58 and 61 are provided with blade side engaging portions 61C for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44. Further, the push-up parts 63 and 64 as the fixed parts for taking-in are changed in contact positions with the blade-side engaging portion 61C according to the rotation of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44, The plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the two rotation shafts 44, and the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B of the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44.
  • Push-up side engaging portion 64C for displacing to the projecting side or displacing to the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 Is provided.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 is different from the fixed component for taking in the second rotary shaft 44 for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotary shaft 44.
  • the blade side engaging part 61C provided in the variable impellers 58 and 61 and the push-up side engaging provided in the push-up parts 63 and 64 as fixed parts for taking in With the joint portion 64C, the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 are fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 so that the fixed impellers 57 and 59 are retracted from the take-in feeding path 42 and the bill storage space.
  • 60, 62 are moved to the protruding side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B, or fixed impellers 57, 59, for taking in the bill storage space via the take-out feeding path 42 of the bill 95.
  • 60, 62 blades 57B, 59B, 60B It can be displaced to 62B not protruding side of the.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 can simplify the structure of the take-out / feeding part 32 of the banknote storages 18 to 22, and as a result, the configuration of the banknote storages 18 to 22 and the automatic teller machine 1 The configuration can also be simplified.
  • the automatic teller machine 1 since the automatic teller machine 1 does not need to provide an engaging part such as a pin, which is a separate part from the fixed component for taking in, on the second rotating shaft 44 due to such a configuration, the automatic teller machine 1 At the time of manufacturing, it is possible to simplify the process for assembling the plurality of fixed components for taking-in on the second rotating shaft 44, to reduce the time required for the process, and to reduce the manufacturing cost.
  • the blade-side engaging portion formed of a fan-like protrusion for controlling the position of the plurality of blades 58B, 61B with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 on the right side surface or the left side surface of the variable impellers 58, 61. 61C is provided, and a push-up side engaging portion 64C made of an arcuate protrusion is used for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 61B of the variable impeller 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 on the left or right side of the push-up portions 63, 64 The case where it was made to provide was described.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the hole 100 ⁇ / b> AX for inserting the second rotating shaft 44 is inserted into the left side surface of the main body 100 ⁇ / b> A of the variable impeller 100 located on the right side.
  • a circular recess 100AY having a predetermined inner diameter larger than the inner diameter is formed.
  • the present invention provides a substantially trapezoidal shape for controlling the position of the plurality of blades 100B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 at a predetermined position on the protruding side of the plurality of blades 100B on the inner peripheral surface of the recess 100AY of the main body 100A.
  • a blade side engaging portion 100C made of a protrusion is provided.
  • variable impeller positioned on the left side is located on the right side of the virtual plane perpendicular to the left-right direction of the depositing machine at an intermediate position between the variable impeller 100 positioned on the right side shown in FIG. It forms so that it may have a shape symmetrical with the impeller 100.
  • the present invention provides the second rotary shaft 44 with the right variable impeller 100 and the left variable impeller, the recess 100AY with the right push-up portion 64 and the left push-up portion 63 described above with reference to FIG.
  • the push-up-side engaging portion 64C is inserted so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.
  • the push-up engagement between the blade-side engaging portions 100C of the left and right variable impellers 100 and the left and right push-up portions 63, 64 is achieved.
  • the positions of the plurality of blades 100B of the left and right variable impellers 100 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 may be changed by changing the place of contact with the joint portion 64C.
  • the right and left push-up portions 63 and 64 can be fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 so as to be as close as possible to or in contact with the left and right variable impellers 100. It is possible to improve the degree of freedom of design for providing the second rotary shaft 44 with another fixed component for taking in.
  • the present invention is for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 61 ⁇ / b> B of the variable impeller 61 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 on the right side surface of the main body 101 ⁇ / b> A of the push-up portion 101 positioned on the right side.
  • an arc-shaped push-up side engaging portion 101B having a predetermined thickness that also has a function as a push-up plate is provided.
  • the push-up portion 101 located on the left side is located at the middle of the push-up portion 101 located on the right side shown in FIG. And have a shape symmetrical to the plane.
  • the right push-up portion 101 and the left push-up portion are fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 in a state in which they are close to the right variable impeller 61 and the left variable impeller described above with reference to FIG. To do.
  • the blade side engaging portion 61C of the left and right variable impellers 58 and 61 and the left and right push-up portions 101 are pushed up.
  • the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the left and right variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 may be changed by changing the contact location with the side engaging portion 101B.
  • the shape of the left and right push-up portions 101 can be simplified and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.
  • the present invention provides, for example, a blade-side engagement formed by a single protrusion for controlling the positions of a plurality of blades of the variable impeller relative to the second rotating shaft 44 at a predetermined position on one side surface of the main body of the variable impeller.
  • a blade-side engagement formed by a single protrusion for controlling the positions of a plurality of blades of the variable impeller relative to the second rotating shaft 44 at a predetermined position on one side surface of the main body of the variable impeller.
  • the present invention also provides, for example, a push-up engagement formed by protrusions for controlling the positions of a plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 at two predetermined positions on one side surface of the main body of the push-up portion. Provide a part.
  • variable impeller is positioned on the second rotating shaft 44 so that the blade side engaging portion is positioned between the two push-up side engaging portions of the push-up portion, so that one rotation direction and the other rotation direction. It is provided to be rotatable.
  • this invention changes the contact location of a blade side engaging part and the pushing-up side engaging part of a raising part, and is with respect to the said 2nd rotating shaft 44. You may make it change the position of the several blade
  • the present invention provides, for example, a blade-side engagement formed by protrusions for controlling the positions of a plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 at two predetermined positions on one side of the main body of the variable impeller. Provide joints.
  • a push-up side engagement formed by a single protrusion is used for controlling the positions of a plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 at a predetermined position on one side surface of the main body portion of the push-up portion.
  • variable impeller is positioned on the second rotating shaft 44 so that the push-up side engaging portion of the push-up portion is positioned between the two blade-side engaging portions, so that the one rotating direction and the other rotating direction.
  • this invention changes the contact location of a blade side engaging part and the pushing-up side engaging part of a raising part, and is with respect to the said 2nd rotating shaft 44. You may make it change the position of the several blade
  • the present invention can obtain the same effects as those obtained by the above-described embodiment even with these configurations.
  • the second rotation shaft 44 is provided on one side surface of a fixing component other than a push-up portion such as an intake roller and a fixed impeller fixed to the second rotating shaft 44.
  • a relatively long arcuate engaging portion (hereinafter referred to as the component side) along the second rotation shaft 44 is used. (Also referred to as an engaging portion).
  • the contact location of the blade side engaging part 61C and the component side engaging part of the fixation component for taking in is changed,
  • the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 may be changed.
  • the component side The engaging portion is simply set along the second rotation shaft 44.
  • two relatively long component side engaging portions may be provided on one side surface of the fixed component for taking in.
  • the present invention provides one or two relatively long blade side engaging portions on one side surface of the variable impeller and two or one relatively short component on one side surface of the fixing fixed component.
  • a side engaging portion may be provided.
  • variable impeller 105 located on the right side also has a side surface of the main body portion 105A as shown in FIG.
  • an arc-shaped push-up plate 105C may be provided in a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less that becomes the protruding side of the plurality of blades 105B.
  • variable impeller located on the left side is located on the right side of a virtual plane perpendicular to the left-right direction of the depositing machine at an intermediate position between the variable impeller 105 located on the right side shown in FIG. You may make it form so that it may have a shape symmetrical with the impeller 105.
  • FIG. 1 the variable impeller located on the left side is located on the right side of a virtual plane perpendicular to the left-right direction of the depositing machine at an intermediate position between the variable impeller 105 located on the right side shown in FIG. You may make it form so that it may have a shape symmetrical with the impeller 105.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 rotates in one rotation direction in the banknote storage 106.
  • the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 are located on the upper side. be able to.
  • the two rotary shafts 44 are rotated in one rotation direction in the banknote storage 106 and two push-ups are performed.
  • the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the parts 63 and 64 are positioned on the lower side, the plurality of blades 105B and 107A and the push-up plates 105C and 107B of the two variable impellers 105 and 107 can be positioned on the upper side.
  • the second rotating shaft 44 when the second rotating shaft 44 is rotated in one rotation direction in the banknote storage 106, it is sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56. Even if the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 that have pushed them up are separated from the one end and the other end of the bill 95, before the one end and the other end of the bill 95 hang down.
  • the two variable impellers 105 and 107 can be continuously deformed by being pushed up by the push-up plates 105C and 107B and the plurality of blades 105B and 107A.
  • the banknote 95 while the banknote 95 is sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 in the banknote storage 106, one end of the banknote 95 is stored. And the other end are always pushed up by the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64, the push-up plates 105C and 107B of the two variable impellers 105 and 107, and the plurality of blades 105B and 107A. Can be deformed.
  • the bill 95 is transferred from the take-in / feed-out path 42 to the bill storage space while suppressing flapping of the one end and the other end in the bill storage 106. Can be released.
  • Embodiment 3 Furthermore, in embodiment mentioned above, in the automatic teller machine 1 (namely, also in the banknote storages 18 thru
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and in the automatic teller machine 1 (that is, also in the banknote storages 18 to 22), the rectangular banknote 95 is set so that the short side direction of the banknote is substantially parallel to the left-right direction of the cashier. , One of the short sides may be transported in a transport posture directed in the transport direction, and may be handled according to the transport posture.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and in each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, the first transport guide 40 and the other end of the first transport guide 40 are the upper end of the rear plate 30 ⁇ / b> E of the storage housing 30. You may make it protrude in a banknote storage space rather than the upper end, without contacting.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and in each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, the third rotation shaft 45 is fixed to the storage housing 30, and the two pressure rollers are attached to the third rotation shaft 45.
  • 68 may be provided to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction through a hole formed in each center.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and in each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the two pressure rollers 68 fixed to the third rotating shaft 45 is placed in the take-out feeding path 42. Then, it may be pressed against a part of the outer peripheral surface of the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 (that is, the rear obliquely lower part).
  • the third rotation shaft 45 is fixed to the storage housing 30, and two pressure rollers 68 are respectively attached to the third rotation shaft 45. It is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction through a hole formed in the center, and two of the outer peripheral surfaces of these two pressure rollers 68 are provided in the take-out delivery path 42.
  • the auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 may be pressed against a part of the outer peripheral surface (that is, the rear obliquely lower part).
  • control unit 10 is the top banknote 95 on one surface 35A of the stage 35 via the banknote arrival detection part 36 at the time of the delivery process of the banknote 95 by the several banknote storage 18 thru
  • the stage drive motor is operated for a certain period of time to raise the stage 35 by moving the stage 35 below the outer peripheral surface of the four picker rollers 73. The case where the side portion was pressed with a predetermined pressing force was described.
  • each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 is provided with four picker rollers 73 that can be displaced upward and downward, and the reference positions of the four picker rollers 73.
  • a displacement amount detection unit for detecting the displacement amount from is provided.
  • control unit 10 operates the stage drive motor to raise the stage 35 during the feeding process of the banknote 95 by the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, and moves the four through the displacement amount detection unit.
  • the presence or absence of upward displacement of the picker roller 73 is monitored, and when it is detected that the four picker rollers 73 are displaced upward by a predetermined amount, the operation of the stage drive motor is stopped and the stage 35 is stopped.
  • the uppermost banknote 95 on the stage 35 may be pressed against the lower part of the outer peripheral surface of the four picker rollers 73 with a predetermined pressing force.
  • control unit 10 passed the inside of the taking-in delivery path 42 via the banknote passage detection part 80 at the time of the delivery process of the banknote 95 by the several banknote storage 18 thru
  • stage 35 is slightly raised by driving the stage elevating unit by intermittently operating the stage drive motor each time this is detected has been described.
  • each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 is provided with four picker rollers 73 that can be displaced upward and downward, and the reference positions of the four picker rollers 73.
  • a displacement amount detection unit for detecting the displacement amount from is provided.
  • the control unit 10 feeds the uppermost banknote 95 on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 to the two feed rollers by the four picker rollers 73 when the banknote 95 is fed out by the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22. 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56, while monitoring whether or not there is a downward displacement of the four picker rollers 73 via the displacement amount detection unit, Each time it is detected that the picker roller 73 has been displaced by a predetermined amount, the stage 35 is slightly raised by intermittently operating the stage drive motor to drive the stage elevating unit.
  • the stage 35 The new uppermost banknote 95 may be pressed against the lower portion of the outer peripheral surface of the four picker rollers 73 with a predetermined pressing force.
  • the taking-out delivery apparatus by this invention is applied to the taking-out delivery part 32 provided in the banknote storage 18-18 in the automatic teller machine 1 mentioned above about FIG. 1 thru
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and is a cash machine (CD: Cash Dispenser), a money changer, a train ticket, a ticket vending machine, a vending machine, a pachinko machine,
  • CD Cash Dispenser
  • the present invention can be applied to a banknote take-out portion provided in a game machine such as a slot base.
  • the present invention provides a take-out device in a ticket or ticket take-out portion provided in a ticket vending machine, a securities take-out portion provided in a securities handling machine, or a copy machine.
  • the present invention is also widely applied to a fetching and feeding unit for taking in and feeding out various other media, such as a fetching and feeding unit for a copy paper, a fetching and feeding unit for a postcard provided in a postcard handling device. be able to.
  • the medium storage by this invention is applied to the banknote storage 18 to 22 fixedly installed in the banknote processing unit 11 of the automatic teller machine 1 mentioned above about FIG. 1 thru
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and a banknote storage detachably attached to the banknote processing unit 11 of the automatic teller machine 1, a cash dispenser, a change machine, a ticket vending machine, a checkout machine, and a vending machine.
  • the present invention can be applied to a banknote storage that is fixedly attached to or removable from a game machine.
  • the present invention also relates to a securities storage box that is fixedly or detachably mounted on a securities handling machine, a copy sheet storage box that is fixed or detachably mounted on a copying machine, and a postcard handling apparatus.
  • the present invention can also be widely applied to a medium storage that stores various other media such as a postcard storage that is fixedly or detachably mounted.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, but is a cash dispenser that handles banknotes, a change machine, a ticket vending machine, a payment machine, a vending machine and a game machine, a ticket vending machine that handles tickets or tickets, and a securities handling machine that handles securities.
  • the present invention can be widely applied to medium handling devices that handle various other media, such as copiers that handle copy paper, postcard handling devices that handle postcards, and the like.
  • Embodiment 12 Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, a plurality of types of fixing fixed parts are provided so as to be able to rotate in one rotation direction, and to take in the medium into the medium storage space via a predetermined take-out feeding path. The case where the second rotating shaft 44 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21 is applied as the rotating shaft is described.
  • the present invention is not limited to this.
  • the second rotating shaft on which one or three or more intake rollers are fixed as the fixed component for intake, or the component side engaging portion is provided.
  • Various other types of rotary shafts can be widely applied, such as the second rotary shaft to which the insertion roller is fixed.
  • Embodiment 13 Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, as a fixed impeller fixed on the rotating shaft as one of a plurality of types of fixed components for intake and having a plurality of blades planted on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body. The case where the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21 are applied has been described.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, a fixed impeller having a substantially C-shaped main body, a fixed impeller provided with a plurality of blades having different lengths from a plurality of blades provided in the variable impeller, It is possible to apply fixed impellers having different lengths of some or all of the blades.
  • the present invention provides a fixed impeller fixed to the second rotating shaft and fixed to the second rotating shaft, the plurality of fixed impellers having different blade lengths, and has at least one of a width and an outer diameter.
  • a fixed impeller fixed to the second rotating shaft and fixed to the second rotating shaft the plurality of fixed impellers having different blade lengths, and has at least one of a width and an outer diameter.
  • Other various configurations of fixed impellers can also be widely applied.
  • the rotating shaft is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and in another rotation direction opposite to the one rotation direction, and a plurality of blades are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body.
  • the two variable impellers 58, 61, 100 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21 are used as variable impellers provided with the blade-side engaging portions for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades with respect to the rotation shaft. The case where it was made to apply was described.
  • variable impeller having a substantially C-shaped main body, a variable impeller provided with a plurality of blades having different lengths from a plurality of blades provided in the fixed impeller, It is possible to apply variable impellers having different lengths of some or all of the blades.
  • the present invention also provides a variable impeller that is rotatably provided on the second rotating shaft and has a variable impeller having at least one of a width and an outer diameter different from those of a plurality of variable impellers and fixed impellers having different blade lengths.
  • a car can also be applied.
  • variable impeller three or more variable impellers provided on the second rotary shaft 44 so as to be rotatable between the two intake rollers 55 and 56 on the second rotary shaft 44 are provided.
  • Variable blades of various configurations such as a variable impeller, or a variable impeller in which one or two blade side engaging portions of various shapes such as an arc shape, a fan shape, and a rod shape are provided at arbitrary positions. Cars can also be widely applied.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and one or two component-side engagement portions of various shapes such as an arc shape, a fan shape, or a rod shape provided at an arbitrary position on the side surface of the fixed component for taking-in, Various other types such as one or two parts-side engaging portions of various shapes such as an arc shape, a fan shape, or a rod shape provided at an arbitrary position in the concave portion on the side surface of the fixed component for take-in
  • the component side engaging portion having the configuration can be widely applied.
  • Embodiment 16 Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the rotary shaft is fixed so as to be positioned next to the variable impeller as one of a plurality of types of fixed fixed components, and a component-side engagement portion is provided in the main body.
  • a push-up portion provided with a push-up plate for deforming so as to push up an end portion of the medium when the medium is conveyed for take-in via the take-out feeding path, FIGS. The case where the above-described push-up portions 63, 64, 101 are applied has been described.
  • the present invention is not limited to this, and a push-up portion having a substantially C-shaped main body, or a predetermined larger than the inner diameter of the hole for inserting the second rotating shaft 44 into one side surface of the main body.
  • a push-up portion in which a circular or arc-shaped concave portion having an inner diameter is formed and a push-up side engaging portion made of a substantially trapezoidal protrusion is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the concave portion. Can be widely applied.
  • the present invention relates to a take-out / feed-out device that takes in and feeds out a medium such as paper money such as banknotes, securities, tickets, tickets, copy papers, or postcards, banknotes, securities, tickets, tickets, copy papers, or Automatic cash dispenser or automatic cash dispenser that handles media such as postcards and other media such as paper sheets, banknotes, securities, tickets, tickets, copy paper, or postcards It can be used for a medium handling device such as a machine.
  • a medium handling device such as a machine.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Accounting & Taxation (AREA)
  • Finance (AREA)
  • Discharge By Other Means (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an accepting and dispensing device provided with: a rotary shaft on which a fixed component for accepting is fixedly mounted; a fixed bladed wheel fixed, as one of the fixed components for accepting, on the rotary shaft; and a variable bladed wheel that is provided, on the rotary shaft, to be able to rotate in one direction of rotation or the other direction of rotation, and that is provided with a blade-side engaging part for control of the position of a plurality of blades with respect to the rotary shaft. A component-side engaging part is provided, on one of the fixed components for accepting, for displacing the plurality of blades of the variable bladed wheel, with respect to the rotary shaft, to the side that the plurality of blades of the fixed bladed wheel project with respect to the rotary shaft or displacing to the side that the plurality of blades of the fixed bladed wheel do not project with respect to the rotary shaft by changing the contact point with the blade-side engaging part.

Description

取込繰出装置、媒体収納庫及び媒体取扱装置Take-out and feeding device, medium storage, and medium handling device
　本発明は取込繰出装置、媒体収納庫及び媒体取扱装置に関し、例えば、現金としての紙幣を収納するための紙幣収納庫が設けられ、当該紙幣の入金及び出金の取引を行う現金自動預払機（ATM：Automatic　Teller　Machine）に適用して好適なものである。 BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to a take-out / feeding device, a medium storage, and a medium handling device. For example, an automatic teller machine is provided with a banknote storage for storing banknotes as cash and performs transactions of depositing and withdrawing the banknotes. (ATM: Automatic Teller Machine) is suitable.
　従来の現金自動預払機は、顧客から入金用の紙幣を受け取り、また顧客に出金用の紙幣を引き渡すための紙幣受渡部と、複数の紙幣を収納するための紙幣収納庫と、当該紙幣受渡部及び紙幣収納庫の間で紙幣を搬送するための搬送路とが設けられている。 A conventional automatic teller machine receives a banknote for deposit from a customer, and a banknote delivery unit for delivering a banknote for withdrawal to a customer, a banknote storage for storing a plurality of banknotes, and the banknote receiving machine. A conveyance path for conveying banknotes between the transfer unit and the banknote storage is provided.
　そして現金自動預払機は、紙幣の入金時、紙幣受渡部により顧客から入金用の１又は複数の紙幣を受け取った後、当該紙幣受渡部から、その入金用の紙幣を１枚ずつ繰り出し搬送路を介して紙幣収納庫へ搬送して収納していた。 The automatic teller machine, when depositing banknotes, receives one or a plurality of banknotes for depositing from the customer by the banknote delivery unit, and then feeds the banknotes for depositing one by one from the banknote delivery unit. Via the banknote storage.
　また現金自動預払機は、紙幣の出金時、紙幣収納庫から、顧客により指定された金額分の紙幣を出金用として１枚ずつ繰り出し搬送路を介して紙幣受渡部へ搬送して、当該紙幣受渡部から、その出金用の紙幣を顧客に引き渡していた。 In addition, the automatic teller machine, when withdrawing banknotes, conveys banknotes for the amount specified by the customer from the banknote storage box one by one to the banknote delivery section through the delivery path for withdrawal. The banknote for delivery was delivered to the customer from the banknote delivery section.
　ところで、紙幣収納庫は、内部に紙幣収納空間が形成されている。そして紙幣収納庫は、紙幣収納空間で昇降可能なステージを有し、当該ステージに複数の紙幣を順に重ねるように載上して、その紙幣収納空間に複数の紙幣を収納するための収納部が設けられている。 By the way, the bill storage space has a bill storage space formed therein. The banknote storage has a stage that can be moved up and down in the banknote storage space, and a storage unit for stacking a plurality of banknotes on the stage in order and storing a plurality of banknotes in the banknote storage space. Is provided.
　また紙幣収納庫は、紙幣を取込及び繰出用に搬送するための取込繰出路を有し、搬送路を介して搬送される紙幣を、取込繰出路を介して紙幣収納空間に取り込んでステージに載せ、また紙幣収納空間からステージ上の紙幣を取込繰出路を介して搬送路へ繰り出すための取込繰出部も設けられている。 In addition, the bill storage has a take-in / feed-out path for transporting banknotes for taking-in and feeding-out, and takes in banknotes transported through the transport path into the banknote storage space through the take-out / feed-out path. There is also provided a take-out / feeding unit for placing the bill on the stage and taking out the banknote on the stage from the bill storage space to the transport path via the take-out / feeding path.
　実際に取込繰出部は、取込繰出路の上側において紙幣収納空間の近傍に、一回転方向、及びこれとは逆の他回転方向へ回転可能に支持された回転軸（以下、これを第１回転軸とも呼ぶ）を有している。 Actually, the take-out / feeding part is a rotating shaft (hereinafter referred to as a first rotating shaft) supported in the vicinity of the bill storage space on the upper side of the take-out / feeding path so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and in the other rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction. 1 rotation axis).
　そして第１回転軸には、紙幣取込繰出用の例えば、２個のローラ（以下、これらをフィードローラとも呼ぶ）が、その外周面の一部を取込繰出路内に入り込ませながら当該第１回転軸と一体に回転するように固設されている。 The first rotating shaft has, for example, two rollers (hereinafter also referred to as feed rollers) for taking in and feeding out banknotes while taking a part of the outer peripheral surface into the take-in and feeding path. It is fixed so as to rotate integrally with one rotation shaft.
　また取込繰出部は、取込繰出路の下側において紙幣収納空間の近傍に、一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に支持された回転軸（以下、これを第２回転軸とも呼ぶ）も有している。 In addition, the take-out portion is a rotary shaft supported in the vicinity of the bill storage space on the lower side of the take-out route so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction (hereinafter also referred to as a second rotation shaft). Also have.
　そして第２回転軸には、紙幣取込用の例えば、２個のローラ（以下、これらを取込ローラとも呼ぶ）が、その外周面の一部を取込繰出路内に入り込ませてフィードローラの外周面の一部と対向させながら当該第２回転軸と一体に回転するように固設されている。 For example, two rollers (hereinafter also referred to as take-in rollers) for taking in banknotes are fed into the second rotary shaft by feeding a part of the outer peripheral surface into the take-out feeding path. It is fixed so that it may rotate integrally with the second rotating shaft while facing a part of the outer peripheral surface of the second rotating shaft.
　また図２２に示すように、第２回転軸２００は、例えば、２個の取込ローラ（図示せず）の左側に、略環状の押上部２０１が当該第２回転軸２００と一体に回転するように固設されている。 As shown in FIG. 22, for example, the second rotating shaft 200 has a substantially annular push-up portion 201 that rotates integrally with the second rotating shaft 200 on the left side of two take-in rollers (not shown). So that it is fixed.
　さらに第２回転軸２００は、押上部２０１の左隣に羽根車２０２が、一回転方向（図中に矢印で示した方向）及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられている。 Further, the second rotating shaft 200 is provided with an impeller 202 adjacent to the left side of the push-up portion 201 so as to be able to rotate in one rotation direction (direction indicated by an arrow in the drawing) and another rotation direction.
　この場合、押上部２０１の左隣の羽根車２０２は、環状の本体部２０２Ａを有し、当該本体部２０２Ａの外周面において１８０度以下の所定の角度範囲に、それぞれ弾性を有する短冊状の複数の羽根２０２Ｂが放射状に突出するように植設されている。 In this case, the impeller 202 adjacent to the left side of the push-up portion 201 has an annular main body portion 202A, and a plurality of strip-like shapes each having elasticity within a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less on the outer peripheral surface of the main body portion 202A. The blades 202B are planted so as to protrude radially.
　すなわち、羽根車２０２は、本体部２０２Ａの外周面の一部に複数の羽根２０２Ｂが植設されている。そして羽根車２０２は、第２回転軸２００に対して回転し得るため、その第２回転軸２００に対する複数の羽根２０２Ｂの位置を変化させることができる。 That is, the impeller 202 has a plurality of blades 202B implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body 202A. And since the impeller 202 can rotate with respect to the 2nd rotating shaft 200, the position of the some blade | wing 202B with respect to the 2nd rotating shaft 200 can be changed.
　よって、以下の説明では、第２回転軸２００に回転可能に設けられ、その第２回転軸２００に対する複数の羽根２０２Ｂの位置を変化可能な羽根車２０２を、可変羽根車２０２とも呼ぶ。 Therefore, in the following description, the impeller 202 that is rotatably provided on the second rotation shaft 200 and can change the positions of the plurality of blades 202B with respect to the second rotation shaft 200 is also referred to as a variable impeller 202.
　さらに第２回転軸２００は、可変羽根車２０２よりも左側の部分がコイルばね２０３の孔部に挿入されると共に、当該コイルばね２０３の左側に羽根車２０４が当該第２回転軸２００と一体に回転するように固設されている。 Further, the second rotating shaft 200 is inserted into the hole of the coil spring 203 on the left side of the variable impeller 202, and the impeller 204 is integrated with the second rotating shaft 200 on the left side of the coil spring 203. It is fixed to rotate.
　この場合、コイルばね２０３の左側の羽根車２０４は、環状の本体部２０４Ａを有し、当該本体部２０４Ａの外周面において１８０度以下の所定の角度範囲に、それぞれ弾性を有する短冊状の複数の羽根２０４Ｂが放射状に突出するように植設されている。 In this case, the left impeller 204 of the coil spring 203 has an annular main body portion 204A, and a plurality of strip-like elastic members each having elasticity within a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less on the outer peripheral surface of the main body portion 204A. The blades 204B are planted so as to protrude radially.
　すなわち、係る羽根車２０４も、可変羽根車２０２と同様に本体部２０４Ａの外周面の一部に複数の羽根２０４Ｂが植設されている。 That is, the impeller 204 has a plurality of blades 204B planted on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body 204A in the same manner as the variable impeller 202.
　ただし、羽根車２０４は、第２回転軸２００に固設されているため、当該第２回転軸２００に対する複数の羽根２０４Ｂの位置も固定されている。 However, since the impeller 204 is fixed to the second rotation shaft 200, the positions of the plurality of blades 204B with respect to the second rotation shaft 200 are also fixed.
　よって、以下の説明では、第２回転軸２００に固設され、その第２回転軸２００に対する複数の羽根２０４Ｂの位置が固定された羽根車２０４を、固定羽根車２０４とも呼ぶ。 Therefore, in the following description, the impeller 204 fixed to the second rotating shaft 200 and having the positions of the plurality of blades 204B with respect to the second rotating shaft 200 is also referred to as a fixed impeller 204.
　さらに第２回転軸２００は、例えば、右端部に、回転子２０５が当該第２回転軸２００と一体に回転するように固設されている。 Furthermore, the second rotating shaft 200 is fixed at the right end so that the rotor 205 rotates integrally with the second rotating shaft 200, for example.
　さらにまた第２回転軸２００は、例えば、回転子２０５の右側に、当該第２回転軸２００を一回転方向へのみ回転させるためのワンウェイクラッチ２０６を介して駆動ギア２０７が設けられている。 Furthermore, the second rotating shaft 200 is provided with a drive gear 207 via a one-way clutch 206 for rotating the second rotating shaft 200 only in one rotation direction on the right side of the rotor 205, for example.
　因みに、回転子２０５は、例えば、平ワッシャ状の本体部２０５Ａの外周の一部に短冊状の被検出部２０５Ｂが突設されている。 Incidentally, in the rotor 205, for example, a strip-shaped detected portion 205B protrudes from a part of the outer periphery of a flat washer-shaped main body portion 205A.
　また取込繰出部は、第２回転軸２００の右端部と対向させて配置された略Ｕ字状の回転位置検出部２０８を有している。 Further, the take-out / feeding unit has a substantially U-shaped rotation position detection unit 208 arranged to face the right end of the second rotation shaft 200.
　そして回転子２０５は、第２回転軸２００と一体に回転した場合、被検出部２０５Ｂが回転位置検出部２０８の溝部内を通るように、当該第２回転軸２００に固設されている。 The rotor 205 is fixed to the second rotation shaft 200 so that the detected portion 205B passes through the groove of the rotation position detection portion 208 when the rotor 205 rotates integrally with the second rotation shaft 200.
　なお、回転位置検出部２０８は、第２回転軸２００の回転制御用に、溝部内に回転子２０５の被検出部２０５Ｂが入り込んだか否かを光学的に検出するものである。 Note that the rotational position detection unit 208 optically detects whether or not the detected portion 205B of the rotor 205 has entered the groove for the purpose of controlling the rotation of the second rotary shaft 200.
　ところで、図２３に示すように、可変羽根車２０２は、本体部２０２Ａの左側面（すなわち、固定羽根車２０４側の面）において複数の羽根２０２Ｂの否突出側及び突出側に例えば、１８０度のような所定の間隔で、第２回転軸２００に対する複数の羽根２０２Ｂの位置の制御用として凸状の第１係合部２０２Ｃ及び第２係合部２０２Ｄが設けられている。 By the way, as shown in FIG. 23, the variable impeller 202 has, for example, 180 degrees on the non-projecting side and the projecting side of the plurality of blades 202B on the left side surface (that is, the surface on the fixed impeller 204 side) of the main body 202A. At such a predetermined interval, convex first engagement portions 202C and second engagement portions 202D are provided for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 202B with respect to the second rotation shaft 200.
　また第２回転軸２００（図２２）は、外周面において固定羽根車２０４の複数の羽根２０４Ｂの否突出側で、かつ可変羽根車２０２の左側面の近傍となる所定箇所に、第２回転軸２００に対する可変羽根車２０２の複数の羽根２０２Ｂの位置の制御用としてピン状の第３係合部２０９が突設されている。 The second rotary shaft 200 (FIG. 22) has a second rotary shaft at a predetermined position on the outer peripheral surface on the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades 204B of the fixed impeller 204 and in the vicinity of the left side surface of the variable impeller 202. A pin-like third engagement portion 209 is projected to control the position of the plurality of blades 202 </ b> B of the variable impeller 202 with respect to 200.
　そして可変羽根車２０２は、第２回転軸２００に対して第３係合部２０９に第１係合部２０２Ｃを接触させる位置から第３係合部２０９に第２係合部２０２Ｄを接触させる位置までのほぼ１８０度の角度範囲で回転するようにして、その第２回転軸２００に対する複数の羽根２０２Ｂの位置を変化させている。 The variable impeller 202 is located at a position where the second engaging portion 202D is brought into contact with the third engaging portion 209 from a position where the first engaging portion 202C is brought into contact with the third engaging portion 209 with respect to the second rotating shaft 200. The position of the plurality of blades 202B with respect to the second rotation shaft 200 is changed so as to rotate within an angular range of approximately 180 degrees until.
　実際に可変羽根車２０２は、第２回転軸２００に対し一回転方向へ回転して第３係合部２０９に第１係合部２０２Ｃを接触させた場合、複数の羽根２０２Ｂを第２回転軸２００に対する固定羽根車２０４の複数の羽根２０４Ｂの突出側へ位置させている。 Actually, when the variable impeller 202 rotates in the one rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 200 to bring the first engagement portion 202C into contact with the third engagement portion 209, the plurality of blades 202B are moved to the second rotation shaft. The fixed impeller 204 with respect to 200 is positioned on the protruding side of the plurality of blades 204B.
　また可変羽根車２０２は、第２回転軸２００に対し他回転方向へ回転して第３係合部２０９に第２係合部２０２Ｄを接触させた場合、複数の羽根２０２Ｂを第２回転軸２００に対する固定羽根車２０４の複数の羽根２０４Ｂの否突出側（すなわち、突出側とは反対側）へ位置させている。 Further, when the variable impeller 202 rotates in the other rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 200 to bring the second engagement portion 202D into contact with the third engagement portion 209, the plurality of blades 202B are moved to the second rotation shaft 200. The fixed impeller 204 is positioned on the non-projecting side (that is, the side opposite to the projecting side) of the plurality of blades 204B.
　そしてコイルばね２０３は、一端部が可変羽根車２０２に係止されると共に、他端部が固定羽根車２０４に係止され、第２回転軸２００に対し可変羽根車２０２を一回転方向へ回転させるように付勢している。 The coil spring 203 has one end locked to the variable impeller 202 and the other end locked to the fixed impeller 204, and rotates the variable impeller 202 in one rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 200. It is energized to let you.
　さらにまた図２４に示すように、押上部２０１は、例えば、環状の本体部２０１Ａを有し、当該本体部２０１Ａの外周面の右縁部（すなわち、可変羽根車２０２側の縁部）において固定羽根車２０４の複数の羽根２０４Ｂの突出側に円弧状の押上板２０１Ｂが突設されている。 Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 24, the push-up portion 201 has, for example, an annular main body 201A, and is fixed at the right edge of the outer peripheral surface of the main body 201A (that is, the edge on the variable impeller 202 side). An arcuate push-up plate 201B protrudes from the protruding side of the plurality of blades 204B of the impeller 204.
　なお第２回転軸２００は、特に図示しないが、２個の取込ローラの右側（すなわち、２個の取込ローラと、回転子２０５との間）にも、当該２個の取込ローラの左側と同様に押上部、可変羽根車、ピン状の第３係合部、コイルばね及び固定羽根車が順に設けられている。 The second rotating shaft 200 is not particularly shown, but also on the right side of the two intake rollers (that is, between the two intake rollers and the rotor 205), As with the left side, a push-up portion, a variable impeller, a pin-shaped third engaging portion, a coil spring, and a fixed impeller are provided in this order.
　そして取込繰出部は、第２回転軸２００の一回転方向への回転を停止させた場合、可変羽根車２０２をコイルばね２０３の付勢に従って一回転方向へ回転させて第３係合部２０９に第１係合部２０２Ｃを接触させて、可変羽根車２０２の複数の羽根２０２Ｂを第２回転軸２００に対する固定羽根車２０４の羽根２０４Ｂの突出側へ位置させる。 Then, when stopping the rotation of the second rotating shaft 200 in one rotation direction, the take-out feeding unit rotates the variable impeller 202 in one rotation direction in accordance with the urging of the coil spring 203, and the third engagement unit 209. The first engaging portion 202 </ b> C is brought into contact with the plurality of blades 202 </ b> B of the variable impeller 202 so as to be positioned on the protruding side of the blades 204 </ b> B of the fixed impeller 204 with respect to the second rotating shaft 200.
　また取込繰出部は、第２回転軸２００を一回転方向へ回転させた場合、可変羽根車２０２の複数の羽根２０２Ｂが何ら負荷を受けなければ、当該可変羽根車２０２を第３係合部２０９に第２係合部２０２Ｃを接触させたまま固定羽根車２０４と共に一回転方向へ回転させる。 Further, when the take-out feeding unit rotates the second rotating shaft 200 in one rotation direction, if the plurality of blades 202B of the variable impeller 202 are not subjected to any load, the variable impeller 202 is moved to the third engaging portion. 209 is rotated in one rotation direction together with the fixed impeller 204 while keeping the second engagement portion 202 </ b> C in contact with 209.
　さらに取込繰出部は、第２回転軸２００を一回転方向へ回転させた場合に可変羽根車２０２の羽根２０２Ｂが紙幣等に接触して負荷を受けると、当該可変羽根車２０２の回転を停止させて第３係合部２０９を第１係合部２０２Ｃから引き離すようにして固定羽根車２０４は一回転方向へ回転させる。 Further, when the second rotating shaft 200 is rotated in one rotation direction and the blade 202B of the variable impeller 202 comes into contact with a bill or the like and receives a load when the second rotation shaft 200 is rotated in one rotation direction, the take-out feeding unit stops the rotation of the variable impeller 202 Thus, the fixed impeller 204 is rotated in one rotation direction so as to separate the third engagement portion 209 from the first engagement portion 202C.
　そして取込繰出部は、第２回転軸２００と共に固定羽根車２０４を一回転方向へ回転させて、第３係合部２０９を可変羽根車２０２の第２係合部２０２Ｄに接触させて複数の羽根２０２Ｂを第２回転軸２００に対する固定羽根車２０４の複数の羽根２０４Ｂの否突出側へ変位させると、そのまま可変羽根車２０２を固定羽根車２０４と共に一回転方向へ回転させる。 Then, the take-out / feeding part rotates the fixed impeller 204 together with the second rotating shaft 200 in one rotation direction, and brings the third engaging part 209 into contact with the second engaging part 202D of the variable impeller 202, thereby making a plurality of When the blade 202B is displaced to the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades 204B of the fixed impeller 204 with respect to the second rotation shaft 200, the variable impeller 202 is rotated together with the fixed impeller 204 in one rotation direction.
　取込繰出部は、係る構成のもと、回転位置検出部２０８による回転子２０５の被検出部２０５Ｂの検出結果に応じて第２回転軸２００の回転が停止すると、固定羽根車２０４の複数の羽根２０４Ｂを取込繰出路内及び紙幣収納空間から待機させる。 When the rotation of the second rotating shaft 200 is stopped according to the detection result of the detected portion 205B of the rotor 205 by the rotational position detecting unit 208 in the configuration, the take-out feeding unit has a plurality of fixed impellers 204. The blade 204B is taken in from the take-out path and the bill storage space.
　また取込繰出部は、この際、可変羽根車２０２をコイルばね２０３の付勢に従って第２回転軸２００に対して一回転方向へ回転させて、当該可変羽根車２０２の複数の羽根２０２Ｂも取込繰出路内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させる。 At this time, the take-out feeding unit rotates the variable impeller 202 in one rotation direction with respect to the second rotating shaft 200 in accordance with the bias of the coil spring 203, and also takes the plurality of blades 202B of the variable impeller 202. Retreat from the inside of the loading path and the bill storage space.
　そして取込繰出部は、紙幣取込時、第１回転軸を他回転方向へ回転させると共に第２回転軸２００を一回転方向へ回転させて、取込繰出路内で紙幣を、互いに逆回転しているフィードローラ及び取込ローラの間に挟み込みながら紙幣収納空間側へ送り出す。 And at the time of taking in a banknote, a taking-out delivery part rotates a 1st rotating shaft to another rotation direction, and rotates the 2nd rotating shaft 200 to one rotation direction, and reversely mutually reverses a banknote within a taking-out delivery path. It is fed out to the bill storage space side while being sandwiched between the feeding roller and the taking-in roller.
　この際、取込繰出部は、第２回転軸２００と共に左右の可変羽根車２０２及び固定羽根車２０４を一回転方向へ回転させると共に、左右の押上部２０１も一回転方向へ回転させる。 At this time, the take-out feeding unit rotates the left and right variable impellers 202 and the fixed impeller 204 together with the second rotating shaft 200 in one rotation direction, and also rotates the left and right push-up parts 201 in one rotation direction.
　そして取込繰出部は、取込繰出路内の紙幣が第２回転軸２００の上側を通るときには、押上部２０１の押上板２０１Ｂや可変羽根車２０２の複数の羽根２０２Ｂにより、その紙幣の一端部及び他端部を押し上げるようにして変形させる。 And when the banknote in a taking-in delivery path passes the upper side of the 2nd rotating shaft 200, the taking-out delivery part is the one end part of the banknote by the raising board 201B of the raising part 201, or the some blade | wing 202B of the variable impeller 202. And the other end is pushed up and deformed.
　これにより取込繰出部は、取込繰出路から紙幣を、その一端部及び他端部のばたつきを抑えながら紙幣収納空間へ放出する。 Thus, the take-out feeding unit discharges the banknote from the take-out feeding path to the banknote storage space while suppressing flapping at one end and the other end.
　そして取込繰出部は、紙幣を紙幣収納空間へ放出した際には、当該紙幣の取込繰出路側の縁部を、可変羽根車２０２の羽根２０２Ｂや固定羽根車２０４の羽根２０４Ｂで上から叩くようにして、その紙幣をステージに載せる。 When the take-out feeding unit discharges the banknote into the banknote storage space, the edge on the take-out feeding path side of the banknote is hit from above with the blade 202B of the variable impeller 202 or the blade 204B of the fixed impeller 204. In this way, the banknote is placed on the stage.
　このようにして紙幣収納庫は、紙幣の収納時、搬送路を介して搬送される紙幣を取込繰出部により紙幣収納空間に取り込んでステージに載せるようにして収納していた。 In this way, the banknote storage case stores the banknotes transported via the transport path by taking them into the banknote storage space and placing them on the stage when storing banknotes.
　また取込繰出部は、紙幣繰出時、上述と同様に第２回転軸２００の回転が停止することにより、固定羽根車２０４の複数の羽根２０４Ｂ及び可変羽根車２０２の複数の羽根２０２Ｂを取込繰出路内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させる。 The take-out feeding unit takes in the plurality of blades 204B of the fixed impeller 204 and the plurality of blades 202B of the variable impeller 202 by stopping the rotation of the second rotating shaft 200 in the same manner as described above during bill feeding. Retreat from the feeding path and banknote storage space.
　そして取込繰出部は、ステージ上の紙幣を紙幣収納空間から取込繰出路へ取り込んで、第１回転軸と共に一回転方向へ回転しているフィードローラにより当該紙幣を取込繰出路内で搬送路へ送り出す。 The take-in / feed-out unit takes the banknote on the stage from the banknote storage space into the take-out / feed path, and transports the banknote in the take-out / feed path by a feed roller rotating in one rotation direction together with the first rotation shaft. Send to the road.
　このようにして紙幣収納庫は、紙幣繰出時、ステージ上の紙幣を、可変羽根車２０２の複数の羽根２０２Ｂ及び固定羽根車２０４の複数の羽根２０４Ｂに接触させることなく取込繰出路を介して搬送路へ繰り出していた（例えば、特開２０１０－１２０７６０公報（第３頁乃至第５頁、図１乃至図６）参照）。 In this way, the banknote storage is configured so that the banknote on the stage is not brought into contact with the plurality of blades 202 </ b> B of the variable impeller 202 and the plurality of blades 204 </ b> B of the fixed impeller 204 via the take-out feeding path at the time of bill feeding. (See, for example, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2010-120760 (pages 3 to 5, FIGS. 1 to 6)).
　ところが、係る構成の現金自動預払機では、上述したように紙幣収納庫の取込繰出部に設ける部品の数が比較的多く、当該取込繰出部の構成が煩雑化している。 However, in the automatic teller machine having such a configuration, as described above, the number of parts provided in the take-out / feeding part of the banknote storage is relatively large, and the structure of the take-out / feeding part is complicated.
　本発明は、構成を簡易化し得る取込繰出装置、媒体収納庫及び媒体取扱装置を提案するものである。 The present invention proposes a take-out and feeding device, a medium storage, and a medium handling device that can simplify the configuration.
　かかる課題を解決するため本発明においては、一回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、媒体を所定の取込繰出路を介して媒体収納空間に取り込むための複数種類の取込用固設部品が固設される回転軸と、回転軸に複数種類の取込用固設部品の１つとして固設され、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設された固定羽根車と、回転軸に一回転方向、及び当該一回転方向とは逆の他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設されると共に、回転軸に対する当該複数の羽根の位置の制御用として羽根側係合部が設けられた可変羽根車とを設けるようにして、固定羽根車を含む複数種類の取込用固設部品のうちの何れかに、回転軸に対する可変羽根車の回転に応じて羽根側係合部との接触箇所を変えて、当該回転軸に対して可変羽根車の複数の羽根を、回転軸に対する固定羽根車の複数の羽根の突出側へ変位させ、また当該回転軸に対する固定羽根車の複数の羽根の否突出側へ変位させるための部品側係合部を設けるようにした。 In order to solve such a problem, in the present invention, a plurality of types of fixed fixing parts for taking in a medium into a medium storage space through a predetermined take-out feeding path are fixed. A rotating impeller, a fixed impeller fixed to the rotating shaft as one of a plurality of types of fixing fixed parts, and having a plurality of blades planted on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body, and rotation The shaft is provided to be rotatable in one rotation direction and in another rotation direction opposite to the one rotation direction, and a plurality of blades are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body, and the plurality of the rotation shafts In order to control the position of the blade, a variable impeller provided with a blade-side engaging portion is provided, and any one of a plurality of types of fixed installation parts including a fixed impeller is attached to the rotating shaft. Depending on the rotation of the variable impeller, the contact point with the blade side engaging portion is changed, and the rotation shaft On the other hand, a component for displacing the plurality of blades of the variable impeller to the protruding side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft and to displace the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft to the non-projecting side A side engaging portion was provided.
　従って本発明では、回転軸に可変羽根車の複数の羽根の位置の制御用として取込用固設部品とは別部品となる係合部を特に設けることなく、可変羽根車に設けた羽根側係合部と取込用固設部品に設けた部品側係合部とにより、回転軸に対して可変羽根車の複数の羽根を、取込繰出路内及び媒体収納空間からの待避用に回転軸に対する固定羽根車の複数の羽根の突出側へ変位させ、また媒体の取込繰出路を介した媒体収納空間への取込用に回転軸に対する固定羽根車の複数の羽根の否突出側へ変化させることができる。 Therefore, in the present invention, the blade side provided in the variable impeller is not provided with an engaging part which is separate from the fixed component for taking in for controlling the position of the plurality of blades of the variable impeller on the rotating shaft. A plurality of blades of the variable impeller are rotated with respect to the rotation shaft to be retracted from the take-in delivery path and from the medium storage space by the engagement portion and the component side engagement portion provided in the fixed component for intake. To the projecting side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the shaft, and to the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft for taking in the medium storage space via the medium take-out path Can be changed.
　本発明によれば、一回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、媒体を所定の取込繰出路を介して媒体収納空間に取り込むための複数種類の取込用固設部品が固設される回転軸と、回転軸に複数種類の取込用固設部品の１つとして固設され、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設された固定羽根車と、回転軸に一回転方向、及び当該一回転方向とは逆の他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設されると共に、回転軸に対する当該複数の羽根の位置の制御用として羽根側係合部が設けられた可変羽根車とを設けるようにして、固定羽根車を含む複数種類の取込用固設部品のうちの何れかに、回転軸に対する可変羽根車の回転に応じて羽根側係合部との接触箇所を変えて、当該回転軸に対して可変羽根車の複数の羽根を、回転軸に対する固定羽根車の複数の羽根の突出側へ変位させ、又は当該回転軸に対する固定羽根車の複数の羽根の否突出側へ変位させるための部品側係合部を設けるようにした。これにより、回転軸に可変羽根車の複数の羽根の位置の制御用として取込用固設部品とは別部品となる係合部を特に設けることなく、可変羽根車に設けた羽根側係合部と取込用固設部品に設けた部品側係合部とにより、回転軸に対して可変羽根車の複数の羽根を、取込繰出路内及び媒体収納空間からの待避用に回転軸に対する固定羽根車の複数の羽根の突出側へ変位させ、又は媒体の取込繰出路を介した媒体収納空間への取込用に回転軸に対する固定羽根車の複数の羽根の否突出側へ変化させることができる。かくして構成を簡易化し得る取込繰出装置、媒体収納庫及び媒体取扱装置を実現することができる。 According to the present invention, a rotary shaft that is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and on which a plurality of types of fixed components for taking in a medium are taken into a medium storage space via a predetermined take-out feeding path. And a fixed impeller fixed on the rotating shaft as one of a plurality of types of fixed components for taking in, a plurality of blades planted on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body, and a rotating direction on the rotating shaft And a plurality of blades are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body, and the position of the plurality of blades is controlled with respect to the rotation axis. A variable impeller provided with a blade-side engaging portion for use, and the rotation of the variable impeller relative to the rotation shaft in any of a plurality of types of fixed components including a fixed impeller The contact location with the blade side engaging portion is changed according to the plurality of variable impellers with respect to the rotating shaft. A component side engaging portion is provided for displacing the root to the protruding side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft, or to displace the root to the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft. did. Thus, the blade-side engagement provided in the variable impeller is not provided on the rotating shaft without providing an engaging part that is different from the fixed component for taking in for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades of the variable impeller. And the component-side engaging portion provided in the fixed component for take-in, the plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the rotary shaft are connected to the rotary shaft for withdrawal from the take-in delivery path and the medium storage space. Displacement to the projecting side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller, or change to the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft for taking into the medium storage space through the medium take-out path. be able to. Thus, it is possible to realize a take-out and feeding device, a medium storage, and a medium handling device that can simplify the configuration.
本実施の形態による現金自動預払機の外観構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the external appearance structure of the automatic teller machine by this Embodiment. 現金自動預払機の内部構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the internal structure of an automatic teller machine. 紙幣処理ユニットの構成を示す略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view which shows the structure of a banknote processing unit. 紙幣収納庫の構成（１）を示す略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view which shows the structure (1) of banknote storage. 紙幣収納庫の構成（２）を示す略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view which shows the structure (2) of banknote storage. 第２回転軸の構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the structure of a 2nd rotating shaft. 可変羽根車の構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the structure of a variable impeller. 押上部の構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the structure of a raising part. 第２回転軸に対する可変羽根車の回転（１）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (1) of the variable impeller with respect to a 2nd rotating shaft. 第２回転軸に対する可変羽根車の回転（１）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (1) of the variable impeller with respect to a 2nd rotating shaft. 第２回転軸に対する可変羽根車の回転（１）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (1) of the variable impeller with respect to a 2nd rotating shaft. 第２回転軸に対する可変羽根車の回転（２）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (2) of the variable impeller with respect to a 2nd rotating shaft. 第２回転軸に対する可変羽根車の回転（２）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (2) of the variable impeller with respect to a 2nd rotating shaft. 紙幣取込時の固定羽根車及び可変羽根車の回転（１）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (1) of a fixed impeller at the time of banknote taking in, and a variable impeller. 紙幣取込時の固定羽根車及び可変羽根車の回転（１）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (1) of a fixed impeller at the time of banknote taking in, and a variable impeller. 紙幣取込時の固定羽根車及び可変羽根車の回転（１）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (1) of a fixed impeller at the time of banknote taking in, and a variable impeller. 紙幣取込時の固定羽根車及び可変羽根車の回転（２）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (2) of a fixed impeller at the time of banknote taking in, and a variable impeller. 紙幣取込時の固定羽根車及び可変羽根車の回転（２）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (2) of a fixed impeller at the time of banknote taking in, and a variable impeller. 紙幣取込時の固定羽根車及び可変羽根車の回転（２）の説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of rotation (2) of a fixed impeller at the time of banknote taking in, and a variable impeller. 紙幣収納庫による紙幣の取り込みの説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of taking in of the banknote by banknote storage. 紙幣取込時の押上部による紙幣の押し上げの説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view with which it uses for description of the pushing-up of the banknote by the raising part at the time of banknote taking-in. 紙幣取込時の可変羽根車による紙幣の押し上げの説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view with which it uses for description of pushing up of the banknote by the variable impeller at the time of banknote taking-in. 紙幣収納庫による紙幣の繰り出しの説明に供する略線的側面図である。It is a rough-line side view with which it uses for description of delivery of the banknote by a banknote storage. 他の実施の形態による可変羽根車の構成（１）を示す略線的斜視図及び略線的断面図である。It is a rough-line perspective view and rough-line sectional drawing which show the structure (1) of the variable impeller by other embodiment. 他の実施の形態による可変羽根車の構成（１）を示す略線的斜視図及び略線的断面図である。It is a rough-line perspective view and rough-line sectional drawing which show the structure (1) of the variable impeller by other embodiment. 他の実施の形態による押上部の構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the structure of the pushing-up part by other embodiment. 他の実施の形態による可変羽根車の構成（２）を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the structure (2) of the variable impeller by other embodiment. 他の実施の形態による紙幣取込時の押上部による紙幣の押し上げの説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view with which it uses for description of the pushing-up of the banknote by the raising part at the time of banknote taking-in by other embodiment. 他の実施の形態による紙幣取込時の可変羽根車による紙幣の押し上げの説明に供する略線的正面図である。It is a rough-line front view with which it uses for description of pushing up of the banknote by the variable impeller at the time of banknote taking-in by other embodiment. 従来の取込繰出部に設けられた第２回転軸の構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the structure of the 2nd rotating shaft provided in the conventional taking-in delivery part. 従来の可変羽根車の構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the structure of the conventional variable impeller. 従来の押上部の構成を示す略線的斜視図である。It is a rough-line perspective view which shows the structure of the conventional raising part.
　以下図面を用いて、発明を実施するための最良の形態（以下、これを実施の形態とも呼ぶ）について説明する。なお、説明は以下の順序で行う。
（１）実施の形態
（２）他の実施の形態 The best mode for carrying out the invention (hereinafter, also referred to as an embodiment) will be described below with reference to the drawings. The description will be given in the following order.
(1) Embodiment (2) Other embodiments
（１）実施の形態
（１－１）現金自動預払機の外観構成
　図１において、１は全体として本発明を適用した現金自動預払機の外観構成を示す。係る現金自動預払機１は、上前隅部が切り欠かれたような略Ｌ字箱型の筐体（以下、これを預払機筐体とも呼ぶ）２を有している。 (1) Embodiment (1-1) External configuration of automatic teller machine In FIG. 1, reference numeral 1 denotes an overall external configuration of an automatic teller machine to which the present invention is applied. The automatic teller machine 1 has a substantially L-shaped casing (hereinafter also referred to as a teller machine casing) 2 in which an upper front corner is notched.
　因みに、以下の説明では、現金自動預払機１を、預払機筐体２の切欠部分の下側となる前面２Ａと対峙して見た場合の図中に矢印ａ１で示す左の方向を、預払機左方向とも呼び、当該預払機左方向とは逆の方向を、預払機右方向とも呼ぶ。 By the way, in the following explanation, when the automatic teller machine 1 is viewed facing the front surface 2A on the lower side of the notch portion of the teller machine housing 2, the left direction indicated by the arrow a1 in the figure is Also referred to as the left direction of the payment machine, the direction opposite to the left direction of the payment machine is also referred to as the right direction of the payment machine.
　そして、以下の説明では、預払機左方向及び預払機右方向を特に区別する必要がない場合、これらをまとめて預払機左右方向とも呼ぶ。 In the following description, when there is no need to particularly distinguish the left direction of the depositing machine and the right direction of the depositing machine, these are collectively referred to as the left and right direction of the depositing machine.
　また、以下の説明では、現金自動預払機１を、預払機筐体２の前面２Ａと対峙して見た場合の図中に矢印ｂ１で示す上の方向を、預払機上方向とも呼び、当該預払機上方向とは逆の方向を、預払機下方向とも呼ぶ。 In the following description, the upward direction indicated by the arrow b1 in the figure when the automatic teller machine 1 is viewed from the front surface 2A of the teller machine housing 2 is also referred to as the upward direction of the teller machine. The direction opposite to the upward direction of the deposit machine is also referred to as the downward direction of the deposit machine.
　そして、以下の説明では、預払機上方向及び預払機下方向を特に区別する必要がない場合、これらをまとめて預払機上下方向とも呼ぶ。 In the following description, when there is no need to particularly distinguish the upward direction of the teller machine and the downward direction of the teller machine, these are collectively referred to as the up-and-down direction of the teller machine.
　さらに、以下の説明では、現金自動預払機１を、預払機筐体２の前面２Ａと対峙して見た場合の図中に矢印ｃ１で示す手前の方向を、預払機前方向とも呼び、当該預払機前方向とは逆の方向を、預払機後方向とも呼ぶ。 Furthermore, in the following description, the front direction indicated by the arrow c1 in the figure when the automatic teller machine 1 is viewed from the front surface 2A of the teller machine housing 2 is also referred to as the front direction of the teller machine. The direction opposite to the direction before the deposit machine is also referred to as the direction after the deposit machine.
　そして、以下の説明では、預払機前方向及び預払機後方向を特に区別する必要がない場合、これらをまとめて預払機前後方向とも呼ぶ。 In the following description, when there is no need to particularly distinguish the direction before the deposit machine and the direction after the deposit machine, these are also collectively referred to as the front-rear direction of the deposit machine.
　預払機筐体２は、前面２Ａの上側の切欠部分に、接客用の略Ｌ字状のパネル（以下、これを接客パネルとも呼ぶ）３が設けられている。 The teller machine housing 2 is provided with a substantially L-shaped panel for customer service (hereinafter also referred to as a customer service panel) 3 in the upper cutout portion of the front surface 2A.
　接客パネル３において表面が上側を向く上向パネル３Ａは、例えば、その表面の左後端部に、顧客に入金用の硬貨を投入させ、また出金用の硬貨を取り出させるための略円形状の硬貨投入取出口（以下、これを硬貨口とも呼ぶ）３ＡＸが形成されている。 In the customer service panel 3, the upward panel 3A whose surface faces upward is, for example, a substantially circular shape for allowing the customer to insert coins for depositing and taking out coins for dispensing to the left rear end of the surface. The coin input / output port (hereinafter also referred to as a coin port) 3AX is formed.
　また上向パネル３Ａは、例えば、その表面の右後端部に、顧客に入金用の紙幣を投入させ、また出金用の紙幣を取り出させるための略長方形状の紙幣投入取出口（以下、これを紙幣口とも呼ぶ）３ＡＹが預払機左右方向と平行に形成されている。 Further, the upward panel 3A has, for example, a substantially rectangular banknote insertion / extraction port (hereinafter, referred to as a banknote input / exit for allowing a customer to insert a banknote for depositing and taking out a banknote for withdrawal at the right rear end of the surface thereof. 3AY is also formed in parallel with the left-right direction of the deposit machine.
　さらに上向パネル３Ａは、例えば、その表面の中央前端部に、取引の手順を案内するための種々の取引手順案内画像の表示及び表面へのタッチ操作が可能なタッチスクリーン４が配置されている。 Furthermore, the upward panel 3A has, for example, a touch screen 4 that can display various transaction procedure guidance images for guiding transaction procedures and perform touch operations on the surface at the center front end of the surface. .
　因みに、預払機筐体２は、上向パネル３Ａの裏面の左後端部に、硬貨口３ＡＸを開放及び閉塞するためのシャッタ（以下、これを硬貨口用シャッタとも呼ぶ）５を有するシャッタ開閉部が配置されている。 Incidentally, the teller machine housing 2 has a shutter opening / closing having a shutter (hereinafter also referred to as a coin slot shutter) 5 for opening and closing the coin slot 3AX at the left rear end of the back surface of the upward panel 3A. The part is arranged.
　また預払機筐体２は、上向パネル３Ａの裏面の右後端部に、紙幣口３ＡＹを開放及び閉塞するためのシャッタ（以下、これを紙幣口用シャッタとも呼ぶ）６を有するシャッタ開閉部が配置されている。 The teller machine housing 2 has a shutter opening / closing unit having a shutter (hereinafter also referred to as a bill slot shutter) 6 for opening and closing the bill slot 3AY at the right rear end of the back surface of the upward panel 3A. Is arranged.
　一方、接客パネル３において表面が前側を向く前向パネル３Ｂは、例えば、その表面の中央部の左寄りに、取引の際、通帳を挿入及び排出するための略長方形状の通帳挿入排出口（以下、これを通帳口とも呼ぶ）７が預払機左右方向と平行に形成されている。 On the other hand, the front panel 3B whose front side faces the front side of the customer service panel 3 is, for example, on the left side of the center part of the surface thereof, a substantially rectangular passbook insertion / extraction port (hereinafter referred to as a passbook insertion / extraction port) 7 is formed in parallel with the left-right direction of the deposit machine.
　また前向パネル３Ｂは、例えば、その表面の中央部の右寄りに、取引の際、キャッシュカードやクレジットカード等のカードを挿入及び排出するための略長方形状のカード挿入排出口（以下、これをカード口とも呼ぶ）８が預払機左右方向と平行に形成されている。 Further, the forward panel 3B has, for example, a substantially rectangular card insertion / extraction port (hereinafter referred to as a card insertion / extraction port) for inserting and discharging a card such as a cash card or a credit card at the time of a transaction on the right side of the center of the surface. 8 (also called a card slot) is formed in parallel with the left-right direction of the deposit machine.
　現金自動預払機１は、係る構成のもと、タッチスクリーン４に取引手順案内画像を表示すると共に、顧客によるタッチスクリーン４の表面へのタッチ操作に応じて、当該タッチスクリーン４に表示する取引手順案内画像を適宜切り換える。 The automatic teller machine 1 displays the transaction procedure guide image on the touch screen 4 and the transaction procedure displayed on the touch screen 4 in accordance with the touch operation on the surface of the touch screen 4 by the customer. The guide image is switched appropriately.
　そして現金自動預払機１は、タッチスクリーン４に適宜切り換えて表示する取引手順案内画像によって、顧客に硬貨及び／又は紙幣の預け入れのような入金、又は、硬貨及び／又は紙幣の払い出しのような出金等の所望の取引の手順を案内する。 The automatic teller machine 1 then makes a payment such as depositing coins and / or banknotes to a customer, or a payment such as paying out coins and / or banknotes, according to a transaction procedure guide image that is switched and displayed on the touch screen 4 as appropriate. Guide the procedure of the desired transaction such as gold.
　これにより現金自動預払機１は、顧客に取引の手順の案内に従って、通帳口７やカード口８に通帳やカードを挿入させる。 This causes the automatic teller machine 1 to allow the customer to insert a passbook or a card into the passbook slot 7 or the card slot 8 in accordance with the guidance of the transaction procedure.
　そのうえで、現金自動預払機１は、入金の際には顧客に取引の手順の案内に従って、硬貨口３ＡＸや紙幣口３ＡＹに入金用の硬貨や紙幣を投入させる。 In addition, the automatic teller machine 1 causes the customer to insert coins and banknotes for deposit into the coin slot 3AX and the banknote slot 3AY in accordance with the guidance of the transaction procedure when depositing.
　また現金自動預払機１は、出金の際には顧客に取引の手順の案内に従って、硬貨口３ＡＸや紙幣口３ＡＹから出金用の硬貨や紙幣を取り出させる。 The automatic teller machine 1 causes the customer to take out coins and banknotes for withdrawal from the coin slot 3AX and the banknote slot 3AY according to the guidance of the transaction procedure at the time of withdrawal.
　そして現金自動預払機１は、通帳口７やカード口８から通帳やカードを排出するようにして、顧客に取引の手順の案内に従って、その通帳やカードを受け取らせる。 Then, the automatic teller machine 1 discharges the bankbook and the card from the bankbook slot 7 and the card slot 8, and allows the customer to receive the bankbook and the card according to the guidance of the transaction procedure.
　このようにして現金自動預払機１は、顧客が所望する現金（すなわち、硬貨や紙幣）の入金や出金等の取引を行うことができる。 In this way, the automatic teller machine 1 can perform transactions such as deposit and withdrawal of cash (that is, coins and banknotes) desired by the customer.
（１－２）現金自動預払機の内部構成
　次いで、現金自動預払機１の内部構成について説明する。因みに、以下には、現金自動預払機１の内部構成として便宜上、現金としての紙幣の入金及び出金に関する構成について説明し、現金としての硬貨の入金及び出金に関する構成については説明を省略する。 (1-2) Internal configuration of automatic teller machine Next, the internal configuration of the automatic teller machine 1 will be described. By the way, below, for convenience, the configuration related to depositing and withdrawing banknotes as cash will be described as the internal configuration of the automatic teller machine 1, and description of the configuration regarding depositing and dispensing of coins as cash will be omitted.
　図２に示すように、現金自動預払機１の預払機筐体２は、上向パネル３Ａの位置よりも下側の左下隅部に、当該現金自動預払機１全体を統括制御する制御ユニット１０が収納されている。 As shown in FIG. 2, the teller machine housing 2 of the automatic teller machine 1 has a control unit 10 that controls the entire automatic teller machine 1 at the lower left corner below the position of the upward panel 3A. Is stored.
　また預払機筐体２は、上向パネル３Ａの位置よりも下側の右下端部に、制御ユニット１０の制御のもと、紙幣の入金処理及び出金処理を実行する紙幣処理ユニット１１が収納されている。 In addition, the banknote processing unit 2 stores a banknote processing unit 11 that executes banknote depositing and dispensing processes under the control of the control unit 10 at the lower right lower end of the upper panel 3A. Has been.
　図３に示すように、紙幣処理ユニット１１は、略箱型の筐体（以下、これをユニット筐体とも呼ぶ）１２を有している。 As shown in FIG. 3, the banknote processing unit 11 has a substantially box-shaped housing (hereinafter also referred to as a unit housing) 12.
　そしてユニット筐体１２内には、上述した紙幣口用シャッタ６を有するシャッタ開閉部１３の真下となる例えば上前隅部に、紙幣口３ＡＹを介して顧客から入金用の紙幣を受け取り、また顧客に出金用の紙幣を引き渡すための紙幣受渡部１４が配置されている。 And in the unit housing | casing 12, the banknote for a money_receiving | payment is received from a customer via the banknote port 3AY, for example in the front front corner which becomes right under the shutter opening / closing part 13 which has the shutter 6 for banknotes mentioned above, and a customer The banknote delivery part 14 for delivering the banknote for payment | withdrawal to is arranged.
　またユニット筐体１２内には、例えば、紙幣受渡部１４の後斜め下に、紙幣の金種及び／又は状態等を鑑別するための鑑別部１５が配置されている。 Further, in the unit housing 12, for example, a discrimination unit 15 for discriminating the denomination and / or state of the banknote is disposed obliquely below the banknote delivery unit 14.
　さらにユニット筐体１２内には、例えば、鑑別部１５の後斜め上に、入金時に紙幣を保持して、その入金を一時的に保留するための一時保留部１６が配置されている。 Further, in the unit housing 12, for example, a temporary storage unit 16 for holding the banknote at the time of depositing and temporarily retaining the deposit is disposed behind the discrimination unit 15 obliquely.
　さらにユニット筐体１２内には、例えば、一時保留部１６の下に、破損している紙幣及び／又は折れ曲がっている紙幣等のような異常な紙幣を収納するための紙幣収納庫１７が収納されている。 Further, in the unit housing 12, for example, a banknote storage 17 for storing an abnormal banknote such as a damaged banknote and / or a folded banknote is stored under the temporary storage unit 16. ing.
　因みに、以下の説明では、破損している紙幣及び／又は折れ曲がっている紙幣等のような異常な紙幣を、適宜、入金用及び出金用の紙幣とは区別してリジェクト紙幣とも呼ぶ。 Incidentally, in the following description, abnormal banknotes such as damaged banknotes and / or bent banknotes are also referred to as reject banknotes as appropriate, separately from banknotes for depositing and dispensing.
　また、以下の説明では、リジェクト紙幣を収納するための紙幣収納庫１７を、特にリジェクト庫１７とも呼ぶ。 In the following description, the banknote storage 17 for storing rejected banknotes is also particularly referred to as the reject storage 17.
　さらにまたユニット筐体１２内には、例えば、下端部（すなわち、紙幣受渡部１４、鑑別部１５及びリジェクト庫１７の下側）に、入出金用の複数の紙幣を金種別に収納する（すなわち、それぞれ特定の１金種の紙幣を収納する）ための複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２が前から後へ順に並べるようにして固設されている。 Furthermore, in the unit housing 12, for example, a plurality of banknotes for deposit and withdrawal are stored in denominations at the lower end (that is, below the banknote delivery section 14, the discrimination section 15 and the reject box 17) (that is, A plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 for storing banknotes of a specific denomination are arranged in order from front to back.
　これに加えてユニット筐体１２内には、上前端部において紙幣受渡部１４と鑑別部１５との間に、搬送ガイド、搬送ローラ、搬送方向切換ブレード、及び搬送用モータ等の複数種類の搬送路形成部品を有する搬送部（以下、これを前側搬送部とも呼ぶ）２５が配置されている。 In addition to this, a plurality of types of conveyance such as a conveyance guide, a conveyance roller, a conveyance direction switching blade, and a conveyance motor are provided in the unit housing 12 between the bill delivery unit 14 and the discrimination unit 15 at the upper front end. A transport unit (hereinafter also referred to as a front transport unit) 25 having a path forming component is disposed.
　前側搬送部２５は、複数種類の搬送路形成部品により、紙幣を、搬送先を適宜切り換えて搬送するための搬送路（以下、これを前側紙幣搬送路とも呼ぶ）２５Ａを形成している。そして前側紙幣搬送路２５Ａは、紙幣受渡部１４及び鑑別部１５に接続されている。 The front-side transport unit 25 forms a transport path (hereinafter also referred to as a front-side banknote transport path) 25A for transporting banknotes by appropriately switching the transport destination using a plurality of types of transport path forming components. The front banknote transport path 25 </ b> A is connected to the banknote delivery unit 14 and the discrimination unit 15.
　またユニット筐体１２内には、上端部において紙幣受渡部１４、鑑別部１５、一時保留部１６及びリジェクト庫１７の間に、搬送ガイド、搬送ローラ、搬送方向切換ブレード、及び搬送用モータ等の複数種類の搬送路形成部品を有する搬送部（以下、これを上側搬送部とも呼ぶ）２６が配置されている。 Further, in the unit housing 12, there are a conveyance guide, a conveyance roller, a conveyance direction switching blade, a conveyance motor, and the like between the bill delivery unit 14, the identification unit 15, the temporary storage unit 16, and the reject box 17 at the upper end. A transport unit (hereinafter also referred to as an upper transport unit) 26 having a plurality of types of transport path forming components is disposed.
　上側搬送部２６は、複数種類の搬送路形成部品により、紙幣を、搬送先を適宜切り換えて搬送するための搬送路（以下、これを上側紙幣搬送路とも呼ぶ）２６Ａを形成している。 The upper transport section 26 forms a transport path (hereinafter also referred to as an upper banknote transport path) 26A for transporting banknotes by appropriately switching the transport destination using a plurality of types of transport path forming components.
　そして上側紙幣搬送路２６Ａは、紙幣受渡部１４、鑑別部１５、一時保留部１６及びリジェクト庫１７に接続されている。 The upper banknote conveyance path 26 </ b> A is connected to the banknote delivery unit 14, the discrimination unit 15, the temporary storage unit 16, and the reject box 17.
　さらにユニット筐体１２内には、中央部において鑑別部１５、リジェクト庫１７、前側搬送部２５及び上側搬送部２６と、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２との間に、搬送ガイド、搬送ローラ、搬送方向切換ブレード、及び搬送用モータ等の複数種類の搬送路形成部品を有する搬送部（以下、これを中央搬送部とも呼ぶ）２７が配置されている。 Further, in the unit housing 12, there are a conveyance guide, a conveyance roller, a discriminating unit 15, a reject container 17, a front conveyance unit 25, an upper conveyance unit 26 and a plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 in the central part. A conveyance unit (hereinafter, also referred to as a central conveyance unit) 27 having a plurality of types of conveyance path forming components such as a conveyance direction switching blade and a conveyance motor is disposed.
　中央搬送部２７は、複数種類の搬送路形成部品により、紙幣を、搬送先を適宜切り換えて搬送するための搬送路（以下、これを中央紙幣搬送路とも呼ぶ）２７Ａを形成している。 The central transport unit 27 forms a transport path (hereinafter also referred to as a central banknote transport path) 27A for transporting banknotes by appropriately switching the transport destination by using a plurality of types of transport path forming components.
　そして中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａは、前側紙幣搬送路２５Ａ、上側紙幣搬送路２６Ａ及び複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２に接続されている。 The central banknote transport path 27A is connected to the front banknote transport path 25A, the upper banknote transport path 26A, and the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22.
　ところで、前側搬送部２５、上側搬送部２６及び中央搬送部２７は、前側紙幣搬送路２５Ａ、上側紙幣搬送路２６Ａ及び中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａを介して長方形の紙幣を例えば、一方の短辺を左側に位置させ、かつ他方の短辺を右側に位置させて（すなわち、紙幣の長手方向を預払機左右方向とほぼ平行にして）一方の長辺を搬送方向に向けた搬送姿勢で搬送している。 By the way, the front side conveyance part 25, the upper side conveyance part 26, and the center conveyance part 27 are the left side on one short side, for example, for a rectangular banknote via the front side banknote conveyance path 25A, the upper side banknote conveyance path 26A, and the central banknote conveyance path 27A. And the other short side is located on the right side (that is, the longitudinal direction of the banknote is substantially parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine) and is conveyed in a conveying posture in which one long side is directed in the conveying direction. .
　なお、以下の説明では、紙幣の長手方向（すなわち、紙幣の長辺と平行な方向）を、紙幣長手方向とも呼び、当該紙幣の短手方向（すなわち、紙幣の短辺と平行な方向）を、紙幣短手方向とも呼ぶ。 In the following description, the longitudinal direction of the banknote (that is, the direction parallel to the long side of the banknote) is also referred to as the banknote longitudinal direction, and the short direction of the banknote (that is, the direction parallel to the short side of the banknote) is referred to. Also called the banknote short direction.
　よって紙幣処理ユニット１１は、紙幣受渡部１４、鑑別部１５、一時保留部１６、リジェクト庫１７及び複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２において紙幣を、その搬送姿勢に応じて一方の短辺を左側に位置させ、かつ他方の短辺を右側に位置させた（すなわち、紙幣長手方向を預払機左右方向とほぼ平行にした）姿勢で取り扱っている。 Therefore, the banknote processing unit 11 is configured to transfer banknotes in the banknote delivery unit 14, the discrimination unit 15, the temporary storage unit 16, the reject storage unit 17, and the plurality of banknote storage units 18 to 22, with one short side on the left side according to the transport posture. And the other short side is positioned on the right side (that is, the banknote longitudinal direction is substantially parallel to the depositing machine left-right direction).
　実際に制御ユニット１０は、紙幣の入金時、シャッタ開閉部１３により紙幣口用シャッタ６を開いて、顧客に紙幣口３ＡＹへ入金用の紙幣を投入するように促す。 Actually, when the banknote is deposited, the control unit 10 opens the banknote slot shutter 6 by the shutter opening / closing unit 13 and prompts the customer to insert the banknote for depositing into the banknote slot 3AY.
　この際、制御ユニット１０は、顧客により紙幣口３ＡＹに１又は複数の入金用の紙幣が投入されると、その入金用の紙幣を紙幣受渡部１４で受け取り、当該紙幣受渡部１４から、その入金用の紙幣を１枚ずつ繰り出す。 At this time, when one or a plurality of banknotes for depositing are inserted into the banknote slot 3AY by the customer, the control unit 10 receives the banknote for depositing by the banknote delivery unit 14, and receives the deposit from the banknote delivery unit 14. One banknote is fed out one by one.
　また制御ユニット１０は、紙幣受渡部１４から１枚ずつ繰り出した紙幣を、前側紙幣搬送路２５Ａを介して鑑別部１５へ搬送して、当該鑑別部１５において、その紙幣の金種及び／又は状態等を鑑別させる。 Moreover, the control unit 10 conveys the banknotes drawn out one by one from the banknote delivery section 14 to the discrimination section 15 via the front banknote transport path 25A, and in the discrimination section 15, the denomination and / or state of the banknotes. Make a difference.
　その結果、制御ユニット１０は、鑑別部１５から正常であると鑑別されて繰り出された紙幣については、上側紙幣搬送路２６Ａを介して一時保留部１６へ搬送して一時的に保持させることにより、当該紙幣の入金を保留する。 As a result, the control unit 10 transfers the banknotes that have been identified as being normal from the discrimination unit 15 and fed out to the temporary storage unit 16 via the upper banknote transport path 26A and temporarily holds them. Suspend the deposit of the banknote.
　また制御ユニット１０は、鑑別部１５から破損及び／又は折れ等により異常であると鑑別されて繰り出された紙幣については、リジェクト紙幣として上側紙幣搬送路２６Ａを介して紙幣受渡部１４へ戻すように搬送する。 Moreover, the control unit 10 returns the banknotes that have been identified as abnormal due to breakage and / or breakage from the discrimination unit 15 to the banknote delivery unit 14 via the upper banknote conveyance path 26A as rejected banknotes. Transport.
　そして制御ユニット１０は、シャッタ開閉部１３により紙幣口用シャッタ６を開いて、顧客に紙幣口３ＡＹを介して紙幣受渡部１４からリジェクト紙幣を取り出させるようにして返却する。 Then, the control unit 10 opens the bill mouth shutter 6 by the shutter opening / closing portion 13 and returns the reject bill from the bill delivery portion 14 to the customer via the bill mouth 3AY.
　このようにして制御ユニット１０は、鑑別部１５において、紙幣口３ＡＹに投入された入金用の紙幣が全て鑑別されると、正常であると鑑別された紙幣の総額（すなわち、入金の金額）を、タッチスクリーン４を介して顧客に提示する。 In this way, the control unit 10 determines the total amount of banknotes identified as normal (that is, the amount of money deposited) when all of the banknotes for deposit inserted into the banknote slot 3AY are identified in the discrimination unit 15. To the customer via the touch screen 4.
　その結果、制御ユニット１０は、入金の金額を確認した顧客によりタッチスクリーン４を介して紙幣の入金が指示されると、一時保留部１６から一時的に保持していた紙幣を１枚ずつ繰り出す。 As a result, when the customer confirming the deposit amount is instructed to deposit banknotes via the touch screen 4, the control unit 10 feeds out the banknotes temporarily held from the temporary storage unit 16 one by one.
　この際、制御ユニット１０は、一時保留部１６から１枚ずつ繰り出した紙幣を、上側紙幣搬送路２６Ａを介して鑑別部１５へ搬送して、当該鑑別部１５において再び、その紙幣の金種や状態等を鑑別させる。 At this time, the control unit 10 conveys the banknotes fed out one by one from the temporary storage unit 16 to the discrimination unit 15 via the upper banknote transport path 26A, and the discrimination unit 15 again determines the denomination and the type of the banknote. Discrimination of the state etc.
　そして制御ユニット１０は、鑑別部１５から正常であると鑑別されて繰り出された紙幣については、前側紙幣搬送路２５Ａ及び中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａを順次介して当該紙幣の金種に応じた紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２へ搬送して収納する。 And about the banknote which the control unit 10 discriminate | determined that it was normal from the discrimination part 15 and was drawn out, the banknote storage corresponding to the money type of the said banknote through the front side banknote conveyance path 25A and the central banknote conveyance path 27A sequentially. Transport to 18 to 22 and store.
　ただし、制御ユニット１０は、この際、鑑別部１５から異常であると鑑別されて繰り出された紙幣については、リジェクト紙幣として前側紙幣搬送路２５Ａ、中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａ及び上側紙幣搬送路２６Ａを順次介してリジェクト庫１７へ搬送して収納することにより、その後の出金には用いないようにする。 However, at this time, the control unit 10 sequentially identifies the banknotes that are identified as abnormal from the discrimination unit 15 and are fed out as the reject banknotes in the front banknote transport path 25A, the central banknote transport path 27A, and the upper banknote transport path 26A. Then, it is not used for subsequent withdrawals by being conveyed and stored in the reject box 17.
　このようにして制御ユニット１０は、紙幣処理ユニット１１において紙幣の入金処理を実行して、顧客の所望する取引としての紙幣の入金を行うことができる。 In this way, the control unit 10 can perform banknote deposit processing in the banknote processing unit 11 to deposit banknotes as a transaction desired by the customer.
　一方、制御ユニット１０は、紙幣の出金時、例えば、顧客によりタッチスクリーン４を介して出金の金額が指定されると、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２から、顧客により指定された金額分の紙幣を１枚ずつ繰り出す。 On the other hand, at the time of withdrawal of banknotes, for example, when the amount of withdrawal is specified by the customer via the touch screen 4, the control unit 10 selects the amount specified by the customer from the plurality of banknote storage boxes 18 to 22. The banknotes are fed out one by one.
　この際、制御ユニット１０は、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２から１枚ずつ繰り出した紙幣を、中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａ及び前側紙幣搬送路２５Ａを順次介して鑑別部１５へ搬送して、当該鑑別部１５において紙幣の金種及び／又は状態等を鑑別させる。 At this time, the control unit 10 conveys the banknotes fed out one by one from the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 to the discrimination unit 15 via the central banknote transport path 27A and the front banknote transport path 25A in order, and performs the discrimination. In the part 15, the denomination and / or state of the banknote are discriminated.
　その結果、制御ユニット１０は、鑑別部１５から正常であると鑑別されて繰り出された紙幣については、上側紙幣搬送路２６Ａを介して紙幣受渡部１４へ搬送する。 As a result, the control unit 10 conveys the banknotes that have been identified and fed out as normal from the discrimination unit 15 to the banknote delivery unit 14 via the upper banknote transport path 26A.
　ただし、制御ユニット１０は、この際、鑑別部１５から異常であると鑑別されて繰り出された紙幣については、リジェクト紙幣として上側紙幣搬送路２６Ａを介してリジェクト庫１７へ搬送して収納することにより、その後の出金には用いないようにする。 However, at this time, the control unit 10 conveys and stores the banknotes that have been identified as abnormal from the discrimination unit 15 to the reject store 17 via the upper banknote transport path 26A as reject banknotes. , Do not use for subsequent withdrawals.
　そして制御ユニット１０は、紙幣受渡部１４へ、出金用に指定された金額分の紙幣を搬送し終えると、シャッタ開閉部１３により紙幣口用シャッタ６を開く。 Then, the control unit 10 opens the banknote mouth shutter 6 by the shutter opening / closing section 13 when the banknote for the amount designated for withdrawal has been transported to the banknote delivery section 14.
　これにより制御ユニット１０は、顧客に紙幣口３ＡＹを介して紙幣受渡部１４から、その出金用に指定された金額分の紙幣を取り出させるようにして引き渡す。 Thereby, the control unit 10 delivers the banknote for the amount specified for the withdrawal from the banknote delivery unit 14 to the customer via the banknote slot 3AY.
　このようにして制御ユニット１０は、紙幣処理ユニット１１において紙幣の出金処理を実行して、顧客の所望する取引としての紙幣の出金を行うことができる。 In this way, the control unit 10 can execute the banknote withdrawal process in the banknote processing unit 11 to perform banknote withdrawal as a transaction desired by the customer.
（１－３）紙幣収納庫の構成
　次いで、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２の構成について説明する。ただし、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２は、同様に構成されている。 (1-3) Configuration of Banknote Storage Next, the configuration of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 will be described. However, the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 are similarly configured.
　このため、以下には、１つの紙幣収納庫１８の構成について説明し、他の紙幣収納庫１９乃至２２の構成については説明を省略する。 For this reason, below, the structure of one banknote storage 18 is demonstrated, and description is abbreviate | omitted about the structure of the other banknote storages 19 thru | or 22.
　図４及び図５に示すように、紙幣収納庫１８は、略箱型の筐体（以下、これを収納庫筐体とも呼ぶ）３０を有している。 4 and 5, the banknote storage 18 has a substantially box-shaped casing (hereinafter also referred to as a storage casing) 30.
　収納庫筐体３０は、例えば、預払機左右方向に長い略長方形平板状の底板３０Ａを有し、当該底板３０Ａの幅（すなわち、預払機左右方向の長さ）が、現金自動預払機１の扱う種々の大きさの紙幣のうち最も長辺の長い紙幣（以下、これを長辺最長紙幣とも呼ぶ）の当該長辺よりも長い所定長さに選定されている。 The storage case 30 has, for example, a bottom plate 30A having a substantially rectangular flat shape that is long in the left-right direction of the cash dispenser, and the width of the bottom plate 30A (that is, the length in the left-right direction of the cash dispenser) is the same as that of the automatic teller machine 1. It is selected to have a predetermined length longer than the long side of the longest banknote (hereinafter referred to as the longest longest banknote) among the various sizes of banknotes to be handled.
　また収納庫筐体３０は、底板３０Ａの奥行（すなわち、預払機前後方向の長さ）が、現金自動預払機１の扱う種々の大きさの紙幣のうち最も短辺の長い紙幣（以下、これを短辺最長紙幣とも呼ぶ）の当該短辺よりも長い所定長さに選定されている。 The storage cabinet 30 has a bottom plate 30A having a depth (that is, a length in the front-rear direction of the cash dispenser) having a longest short side among banknotes of various sizes handled by the automatic teller machine 1 (hereinafter referred to as this). Is also selected as a predetermined length longer than the short side of the short side longest bill).
　さらに収納庫筐体３０は、例えば、預払機上下方向に長い略長方形平板状の左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃも有し、当該左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃの高さ（すなわち、預払機上下方向の長さ）が所定長さに選定されている。 Furthermore, the storage case 30 also has, for example, a substantially rectangular flat plate-like left side plate 30B and a right side plate 30C that are long in the vertical direction of the depositor, and the height of the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C (that is, the vertical direction of the depositor). Length) is selected to be a predetermined length.
　また収納庫筐体３０は、左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃの奥行（すなわち、預払機前後方向の長さ）が、底板３０Ａの奥行よりも長い所定長さに選定されている。 Further, in the storage case 30, the depth of the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C (that is, the length in the front-rear direction of the depositing machine) is selected to be a predetermined length longer than the depth of the bottom plate 30A.
　そして収納庫筐体３０は、左側板３０Ｂが、その前端を底板３０Ａの前端と面一にし、かつ後端部を当該底板３０Ａの後端よりも後へ突出させて、下端の前側の部分を底板３０Ａの左端に接合するようにして設けられている。 Then, the left side plate 30B has a front end flush with the front end of the bottom plate 30A, and the rear end protrudes rearward from the rear end of the bottom plate 30A, so that the left side plate 30B has a front portion at the lower end. It is provided so as to be joined to the left end of the bottom plate 30A.
　また収納庫筐体３０は、右側板３０Ｃが、その前端を底板３０Ａの前端と面一にし、かつ後端部を当該底板３０Ａの後端よりも後へ突出させて、下端の前側の部分を底板３０Ａの右端に接合するようにして設けられている。 Further, the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 has the front end flush with the front end of the bottom plate 30A, and the rear end portion protrudes rearward from the rear end of the bottom plate 30A. It is provided so as to be joined to the right end of the bottom plate 30A.
　さらに収納庫筐体３０は、例えば、預払機上下方向に長い略長方形平板状の前板３０Ｄも有し、当該前板３０Ｄの幅（すなわち、預払機左右方向の長さ）が、底板３０Ａの幅とほぼ等しい所定長さに選定されている。 Furthermore, the storage case 30 also has, for example, a front plate 30D having a substantially rectangular flat shape that is long in the vertical direction of the deposit machine, and the width of the front plate 30D (that is, the length in the horizontal direction of the deposit machine) is equal to that of the bottom plate 30A. The length is selected to be approximately equal to the width.
　また収納庫筐体３０は、前板３０Ｄの高さ（すなわち、預払機上下方向の長さ）が、左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃの高さとほぼ等しい所定長さに選定されている。 Also, the storage cabinet 30 is selected such that the height of the front plate 30D (that is, the length in the vertical direction of the depositing machine) is approximately equal to the height of the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C.
　そして収納庫筐体３０は、前板３０Ｄが、その下端を底板３０Ａの前端に接合すると共に、左端及び右端を左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃの前端に接合するようにして設けられている。 The storage cabinet 30 is provided such that the front plate 30D has a lower end joined to the front end of the bottom plate 30A, and a left end and a right end joined to the front ends of the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C.
　さらに収納庫筐体３０は、例えば、預払機上下方向に長い略長方形平板状の後板３０Ｅも有し、当該後板３０Ｅの幅（すなわち、預払機左右方向の長さ）が、底板３０Ａの横幅とほぼ等しい所定長さに選定されている。 Further, the storage case 30 also has, for example, a substantially rectangular flat plate rear plate 30E that is long in the vertical direction of the deposit machine, and the width of the rear plate 30E (that is, the length in the horizontal direction of the deposit machine) is equal to that of the bottom plate 30A. It is selected to have a predetermined length substantially equal to the lateral width.
　また収納庫筐体３０は、後板３０Ｅの高さ（すなわち、預払機上下方向の長さ）が、前板３０Ｄの高さよりも僅かに低い所定長さに選定されている。 Also, the storage case 30 is selected to have a predetermined length in which the height of the rear plate 30E (that is, the length in the vertical direction of the depositing machine) is slightly lower than the height of the front plate 30D.
　そして収納庫筐体３０は、後板３０Ｅが、前板３０Ｄと平行な姿勢で下端を底板３０Ａの後端に接合すると共に、左端及び右端を左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃの対向位置に接合するようにして設けられている。 In the storage cabinet 30, the rear plate 30E joins the lower end to the rear end of the bottom plate 30A in a posture parallel to the front plate 30D, and joins the left end and the right end to the opposing positions of the left plate 30B and the right plate 30C. It is provided as such.
　これにより収納庫筐体３０は、底板３０Ａの真上に左側板３０Ｂの前端部、右側板３０Ｃの前端部、前板３０Ｄ及び後板３０Ｅによって囲まれた預払機上下方向に長い略直方体状の紙幣収納空間を形成している。 As a result, the storage case 30 has a substantially rectangular parallelepiped shape that is long in the vertical direction of the depositing machine surrounded by the front end of the left side plate 30B, the front end of the right side plate 30C, the front plate 30D, and the rear plate 30E directly above the bottom plate 30A. A bill storage space is formed.
　そして紙幣収納庫１８は、紙幣収納空間に複数の紙幣を収納するための収納部３１が設けられている。 The banknote storage 18 is provided with a storage unit 31 for storing a plurality of banknotes in the banknote storage space.
　また紙幣収納庫１８は、中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａを介して搬送される紙幣を紙幣収納空間に取り込み、また当該紙幣収納空間から紙幣を中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａへ繰り出すための取込繰出部３２が設けられている。 Moreover, the banknote storage 18 takes in the banknote conveyed via the central banknote conveyance path 27A to the banknote storage space, and the taking-out delivery part 32 for taking out a banknote from the said banknote storage space to the central banknote conveyance path 27A is provided. It has been.
　収納部３１は、収納庫筐体３０が形成する紙幣収納空間で、一面３５Ａに紙幣を順に重ねるように載上するための例えば、略長方形平板状のステージ３５を有している。 The storage unit 31 is a banknote storage space formed by the storage case 30 and includes, for example, a substantially rectangular flat plate stage 35 for placing the banknotes on the one surface 35A in order.
　ステージ３５は、一面３５Ａの大きさが、現金自動預払機１の扱う種々の大きさの紙幣の何れも載上可能なように例えば、最も大きい紙幣の一面の大きさよりも僅かに大きい所定の大きさに選定されている。 The stage 35 has a predetermined size that is slightly larger than the size of one side of the largest banknote, for example, so that the size of one side 35A can be loaded with any of various sizes of bills handled by the automatic teller machine 1. Is selected.
　すなわち、ステージ３５は、その長手方向（以下、これをステージ長手方向とも呼ぶ）の長さが、現金自動預払機１の扱う種々の大きさの紙幣のうち長辺最長紙幣の長辺よりも僅かに長い所定長さに選定されている。 That is, the length of the stage 35 (hereinafter also referred to as the stage longitudinal direction) is slightly longer than the long side of the longest longest banknote among the various sizes of bills handled by the automatic teller machine 1. The length is selected to be long.
　またステージ３５は、その短手方向（以下、これをステージ短手方向とも呼ぶ）の長さが、現金自動預払機１の扱う種々の大きさの紙幣のうち短辺最長紙幣の短辺よりも僅かに長い所定長さに選定されている。 Further, the stage 35 has a short direction (hereinafter, also referred to as a “stage short direction”) having a length shorter than the short side of the longest banknote among the various sizes of bills handled by the automatic teller machine 1. A predetermined length that is slightly longer is selected.
　そしてステージ３５は、紙幣収納空間にステージ長手方向を預払機左右方向と平行にし、かつ一面３５Ａを預払機上方向へ向けて水平にした姿勢で収納されている。 The stage 35 is stored in the banknote storage space in a posture in which the longitudinal direction of the stage is parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine and the one surface 35A is horizontal with the depositing machine upward.
　また収納部３１は、ステージ３５を昇降させるための、図示しない駆動モータ（以下、これをステージ駆動モータとも呼ぶ）、及び図示しない所定のステージ昇降部も有している。 The storage unit 31 also includes a drive motor (not shown) for moving the stage 35 up and down (hereinafter also referred to as a stage drive motor) and a predetermined stage lift unit (not shown).
　これにより制御ユニット１０は、紙幣取込時や紙幣繰出時、収納部３１においてステージ駆動モータを動作させることで、ステージ昇降部を介して紙幣収納空間でステージ３５を、その一面３５Ａを預払機上方向へ向けて水平にした姿勢のまま上昇及び下降させる（すなわち、預払機上方向及び預払機下方向へ移動させる）ことができる。 As a result, the control unit 10 operates the stage drive motor in the storage unit 31 at the time of taking in the banknotes or paying out the banknotes. It is possible to ascend and descend (that is, to move the deposit machine upward and the deposit machine downward) while keeping the posture leveled in the direction.
　さらに収納部３１は、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａに載上された紙幣のうち最も上に位置する紙幣（以下、これを最上位紙幣とも呼ぶ）が例えば、紙幣取込位置に到達したか否かを光学的に検出するための発光素子及び受光素子からなる紙幣到達検出部３６が設けられている。 Furthermore, the storage unit 31 determines whether or not the banknote located at the top of the banknotes placed on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 (hereinafter also referred to as the highest banknote) has reached the banknote taking-in position, for example. A bill arrival detection unit 36 including a light emitting element and a light receiving element for optical detection is provided.
　これにより制御ユニット１０は、例えば、紙幣取込時、紙幣到達検出部３６を介して最上位紙幣が紙幣取込位置に到達したか否かを検出し、その検出結果に応じてステージ駆動モータを制御してステージ３５の位置を紙幣の取込用に調整することができる。 Thereby, the control unit 10 detects, for example, whether or not the uppermost banknote has reached the banknote taking-in position via the banknote arrival detection unit 36 at the time of taking in the banknote, and determines the stage drive motor according to the detection result. By controlling, the position of the stage 35 can be adjusted for taking in bills.
　一方、取込繰出部３２は、一対の搬送ガイド４０、４１を有している。因みに、以下の説明では、一対の搬送ガイド４０、４１のうち、一方の搬送ガイド４０を、第１搬送ガイド４０とも呼び、他方の搬送ガイド４１を、第２搬送ガイド４１とも呼ぶ。 On the other hand, the take-out feeding unit 32 has a pair of conveyance guides 40 and 41. In the following description, one of the pair of transport guides 40 and 41, one transport guide 40 is also referred to as a first transport guide 40, and the other transport guide 41 is also referred to as a second transport guide 41.
　第１搬送ガイド４０は、例えば、略Ｓ字板状に形成され、その幅が収納庫筐体３０の底板３０Ａの幅とほぼ等しい所定長さに選定されている。 The first transport guide 40 is formed in, for example, a substantially S-shaped plate shape, and the width thereof is selected to be a predetermined length substantially equal to the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage case 30.
　また第２搬送ガイド４１は、例えば、略Ｊ字板状に形成され、その幅が収納庫筐体３０の底板３０Ａの幅とほぼ等しい所定長さに選定されている。 The second transport guide 41 is formed in, for example, a substantially J-plate shape, and the width thereof is selected to be a predetermined length that is substantially equal to the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage case 30.
　そして第１搬送ガイド４０は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂの後上端部と右側板３０Ｃの後上端部との間に、当該第１搬送ガイド４０の一端を左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃの後上隅近傍に位置させ、かつ他端を収納庫筐体３０の後板３０Ｅの上端に接触させるようにして設けられている。 For example, the first transport guide 40 is configured such that one end of the first transport guide 40 is placed between the left side plate 30B and the right side plate between the rear upper end portion of the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30. The plate 30 </ b> C is provided in the vicinity of the upper rear corner, and the other end is provided in contact with the upper end of the rear plate 30 </ b> E of the storage case 30.
　また第２搬送ガイド４１は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂの後上端部と右側板３０Ｃの後上端部との間に、当該第２搬送ガイド４１の一端を第１搬送ガイド４０の一端よりも前側に位置させ、かつ他端を第１搬送ガイド４０の他端の上側に位置させるようにして設けられている。 The second transport guide 41 is configured such that, for example, one end of the second transport guide 41 is placed between the rear upper end of the left side plate 30B and the rear upper end of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30. The other end of the first conveyance guide 40 is positioned above the other end of the first conveyance guide 40.
　すなわち、第１搬送ガイド４０及び第２搬送ガイド４１は、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂの後上端部と右側板３０Ｃの後上端部との間に、互いの一面を所定の隙間を空けて近接させるようにして設けられている。 That is, the first transport guide 40 and the second transport guide 41 have a predetermined gap between one surface between the rear upper end portion of the left side plate 30B and the rear upper end portion of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30. So that they are close to each other.
　これにより取込繰出部３２は、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂの後上端部と右側板３０Ｃの後上端部との間に、第１搬送ガイド４０及び第２搬送ガイド４１により、中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａと紙幣収納空間とを繋いで紙幣を取込及び繰出用に搬送するための取込繰出路４２を形成している。 Thereby, the take-out / feeding part 32 is inserted into the central banknote between the rear upper end part of the left side plate 30B and the rear upper end part of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 by the first transport guide 40 and the second transport guide 41. A take-in / feed-out path 42 is formed for connecting the transport path 27A and the banknote storage space to take in and feed out banknotes.
　因みに、以下の説明では、取込繰出路４２において紙幣収納庫１８の外部の中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａ側の一方の開口部を、外側開口部とも呼び、当該紙幣収納庫１８の内部の紙幣収納空間側の他方の開口部を、内側開口部とも呼ぶ。 Incidentally, in the following description, one opening part on the side of the central banknote conveyance path 27A outside the banknote storage 18 in the take-out feeding path 42 is also referred to as an outer side opening, and the banknote storage space inside the banknote storage 18 The other opening on the side is also referred to as an inner opening.
　また取込繰出部３２は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の底板３０Ａの幅よりも長い所定長さの２本の回転軸４３、４４を有している。 Further, the take-out / feeding part 32 has, for example, two rotating shafts 43 and 44 having a predetermined length longer than the width of the bottom plate 30 </ b> A of the storage case 30.
　因みに、以下の説明では、収納庫筐体３０の底板３０Ａの幅よりも長い所定長さの２本の回転軸４３、４４のうち一方の回転軸４３を、第１回転軸４３とも呼び、他方の回転軸４４を、第２回転軸４４とも呼ぶ。 Incidentally, in the following description, one of the two rotating shafts 43, 44 having a predetermined length longer than the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage case 30 is also referred to as the first rotating shaft 43, and the other The rotation shaft 44 is also referred to as a second rotation shaft 44.
　さらに取込繰出部３２は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の底板３０Ａの幅とほぼ等しい長さの回転軸４５を有していると共に、当該底板３０Ａの幅よりも短い所定長さの２本の回転軸４６（一方のみ図示し、他方は図示せず）も有している。 Further, the take-out / feeding part 32 has, for example, a rotating shaft 45 having a length substantially equal to the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage case 30 and two pieces having a predetermined length shorter than the width of the bottom plate 30A. The rotating shaft 46 (only one is shown and the other is not shown).
　因みに、以下の説明では、収納庫筐体３０の底板３０Ａの幅とほぼ等しい長さの回転軸４５を、第３回転軸４５とも呼ぶ。 Incidentally, in the following description, the rotating shaft 45 having a length substantially equal to the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage housing 30 is also referred to as a third rotating shaft 45.
　また、以下の説明では、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の底板３０Ａの幅よりも短い所定長さの２本の回転軸４６のうち一方の回転軸４６を、第４回転軸４６とも呼び、他方の回転軸を、第５回転軸とも呼ぶ。 In the following description, for example, one of the two rotation shafts 46 having a predetermined length shorter than the width of the bottom plate 30A of the storage housing 30 is also referred to as a fourth rotation shaft 46, and the other This rotational axis is also referred to as a fifth rotational axis.
　そして取込繰出部３２は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂの後上端部の内面及び右側板３０Ｃの後上端部の内面において第２搬送ガイド４１の他端部の上側近傍に対向配置された一対の第１軸受部（図示せず）を有している。 And the taking-out delivery part 32 is opposed to the upper side vicinity of the other end part of the 2nd conveyance guide 41 in the inner surface of the rear upper end part of the left side board 30B of the storage housing | casing 30, and the inner surface of the rear upper end part of the right side board 30C, for example. It has a pair of 1st bearing part (not shown) arrange | positioned.
　また収納庫筐体３０の例えば、左側板３０Ｂは、第１軸受部に対応させて第１軸挿通孔部（図示せず）が穿設されている。 Further, for example, the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30 is provided with a first shaft insertion hole portion (not shown) corresponding to the first bearing portion.
　これにより第１回転軸４３は、収納庫筐体３０により一対の第１軸受部を介して預払機左右方向と平行な姿勢で、図中に矢印ｄ１で示す一回転方向、及びこれとは逆の他回転方向へ回転可能に支持されると共に、一端部を第１軸挿通孔部に通して左側板３０Ｂの左側に突出させている。 As a result, the first rotating shaft 43 is in a posture parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine via the pair of first bearing portions by the storage case 30, and is opposite to the one rotating direction indicated by the arrow d1 in the drawing. The other end of the left side plate 30B is protruded to the left side through the first shaft insertion hole.
　また第１回転軸４３は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃ間の中心から左右へ等間隔の所定位置に、紙幣取込繰出用の２個のローラ（以下、これらをフィードローラとも呼ぶ）５０、５１が固設されている。 The first rotating shaft 43 is, for example, two rollers for taking in and out bills (hereinafter referred to as these) at predetermined positions equally spaced from the center between the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 to the left and right. Are also fixedly provided).
　すなわち、第１回転軸４３は、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１各々の中心に穿設された孔部に挿入された状態で、これら２個のフィードローラ５０、５１が当該第１回転軸４３と一体に回転するように固設されている。 That is, the first rotation shaft 43 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two feed rollers 50 and 51, and the two feed rollers 50 and 51 are connected to the first rotation shaft 43. It is fixed so that it can rotate together.
　２個のフィードローラ５０、５１は、所定の等しい幅を有すると共に、所定の等しい外径を有し、例えば、それぞれ外周面において幅方向の一端部及び他端部に当該外周面の一周に亘る凹部が形成されている。 The two feed rollers 50 and 51 have a predetermined equal width and a predetermined equal outer diameter. For example, each of the two feed rollers 50 and 51 extends to one end and the other end in the width direction on the outer peripheral surface over the entire circumference of the outer peripheral surface. A recess is formed.
　そして２個のフィードローラ５０、５１は、それぞれ外周面において下側の所定部分を、当該所定部分に対応させて第２搬送ガイド４１に穿設された孔部（図示せず）を介して取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませている。 The two feed rollers 50 and 51 each have a predetermined portion on the lower side of the outer peripheral surface taken through a hole (not shown) formed in the second conveyance guide 41 so as to correspond to the predetermined portion. It is made to enter into the feed-in route 42.
　さらに第１回転軸４３は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃ間において左側のフィードローラ５０のさらに左側、及び右側のフィードローラ５１のさらに右側にそれぞれ所定の間隔を空けて、紙幣の取込及び繰出を補助するためのローラ（以下、これらを補助ローラとも呼ぶ）５２、５３が固設されている。 Further, for example, the first rotating shaft 43 has a predetermined interval between the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 on the left side of the left feed roller 50 and the right side of the right feed roller 51, respectively. In addition, rollers (hereinafter also referred to as auxiliary rollers) 52 and 53 for assisting in taking in and feeding out bills are fixed.
　すなわち、第１回転軸４３は、２個の補助ローラ５２、５３各々の中心に穿設された孔部に挿入された状態で、これら２個の補助ローラ５２、５３が当該第１回転軸４３と一体に回転するように固設されている。 That is, the first rotating shaft 43 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53, and the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 are connected to the first rotating shaft 43. It is fixed so that it can rotate together.
　２個の補助ローラ５２、５３は、第１回転軸４３に対する固設位置が、例えば、現金自動預払機１の扱う種々の大きさの紙幣のうち、最も長辺の短い紙幣（以下、これを長辺最短紙幣とも呼ぶ）の当該長辺の長さを基準にして適宜選定されている。 The two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 are fixed to the first rotating shaft 43, for example, among the banknotes of various sizes handled by the automatic teller machine 1, for example, the banknote having the shortest long side (hereinafter referred to as this). The long side is also selected as appropriate based on the length of the long side.
　すなわち、２個の補助ローラ５２、５３は、取込繰出路４２を介して長辺最短紙幣が搬送される場合でも、搬送中の長辺最短紙幣の一面において紙幣長手方向の一端部及び他端部（すなわち、一対の短辺よりも内側の所定位置）と対向するように、第１回転軸４３に対する固設位置が選定されている。 That is, the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 have one end and the other end in the banknote longitudinal direction on one side of the longest shortest banknote being transported even when the longest shortest banknote is transported via the take-out feeding path 42. The fixed position with respect to the first rotating shaft 43 is selected so as to face the portion (that is, a predetermined position inside the pair of short sides).
　また２個の補助ローラ５２、５３は、所定の等しい幅を有すると共に、フィードローラ５０、５１の外径（すなわち、外周面の凸部の外径）と等しい外径を有している。 The two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 have a predetermined equal width and an outer diameter equal to the outer diameter of the feed rollers 50 and 51 (that is, the outer diameter of the convex portion on the outer peripheral surface).
　そして２個の補助ローラ５２、５３も、それぞれ外周面において下側の所定部分を、当該所定部分に対応させて第２搬送ガイド４１に穿設された孔部（図示せず）を介して取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませている。 The two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 also have their respective lower predetermined portions on the outer peripheral surface taken through holes (not shown) formed in the second conveyance guide 41 so as to correspond to the predetermined portions. It is made to enter into the feed-in route 42.
　このようにして取込繰出部３２には、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１及び２個の補助ローラ５２、５３が、それぞれ取込繰出路４２内に下側の所定部分を入り込ませた状態で、第１回転軸４３と一体に一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられている。 In this manner, in the feeding / feeding part 32, the two feed rollers 50, 51 and the two auxiliary rollers 52, 53 are respectively in a state where the predetermined part on the lower side enters the feeding / feeding path 42. The first rotary shaft 43 is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.
　また取込繰出部３２は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂの後上端部の内面及び右側板３０Ｃの後上端部の内面において第１回転軸４３のほぼ真下となる、第１搬送ガイド４０の他端部の下側に対向配置された一対の第２軸受部（図示せず）を有している。 Further, the take-out / feeding part 32 is, for example, a first transport that is substantially directly below the first rotation shaft 43 on the inner surface of the rear upper end portion of the left side plate 30B and the inner surface of the rear upper end portion of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30. It has a pair of 2nd bearing part (not shown) opposingly arranged by the lower side of the other end part of the guide 40. As shown in FIG.
　さらに収納庫筐体３０の例えば、左側板３０Ｂは、第２軸受部に対応させて第２軸挿通孔部（図示せず）が穿設されている。 Further, for example, the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30 is provided with a second shaft insertion hole portion (not shown) corresponding to the second bearing portion.
　これにより第２回転軸４４は、収納庫筐体３０により一対の第２軸受部を介して預払機左右方向と平行な姿勢で、一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に支持されると共に、一端部を第２軸挿通孔部に通して左側板３０Ｂの左側に突出させている。 Thus, the second rotating shaft 44 is supported by the storage housing 30 via the pair of second bearing portions so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction in a posture parallel to the depositing machine left-right direction, One end portion is protruded to the left side of the left side plate 30B through the second shaft insertion hole.
　第２回転軸４４は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃ間の部分において２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と対向する位置に、紙幣取込用の２個のローラ（以下、これらを取込ローラとも呼ぶ）５５、５６が固設されている。 The second rotating shaft 44 has, for example, two rollers for taking in bills (in the position between the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 facing the two feed rollers 50, 51 ( These are also referred to as take-in rollers hereinafter) 55 and 56 are fixed.
　すなわち、第２回転軸４４は、２個の取込ローラ５５、５６各々の中心に穿設された孔部に挿入された状態で、これら２個の取込ローラ５５、５６が当該第２回転軸４４と一体に回転するように固設されている。 That is, the second rotation shaft 44 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two intake rollers 55 and 56, and the two intake rollers 55 and 56 are in the second rotation. The shaft 44 is fixed so as to rotate integrally.
　２個の取込ローラ５５、５６は、例えば、フィードローラ５０、５１の幅よりも狭い所定の等しい幅を有している。 The two take-in rollers 55 and 56 have a predetermined equal width that is narrower than the width of the feed rollers 50 and 51, for example.
　また２個の取込ローラ５５、５６は、例えば、所定の等しい外径を有し、それぞれ外周面において幅方向の中央部に当該外周面の一周に亘る凹部が形成されている。 Further, the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 have, for example, predetermined equal outer diameters, and in each outer peripheral surface, a concave portion is formed in the central portion in the width direction over the entire circumference of the outer peripheral surface.
　そして２個の取込ローラ５５、５６は、それぞれ外周面において上側の所定部分を、当該所定部分に対応させて第１搬送ガイド４０に穿設された孔部（図示せず）を介して取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませている。 Then, the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 each take a predetermined upper portion on the outer peripheral surface through a hole (not shown) formed in the first conveyance guide 40 so as to correspond to the predetermined portion. It is made to enter into the feed-in route 42.
　これにより取込繰出部３２は、取込繰出路４２内で、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１の外周面の凹部及び凸部に、２個の取込ローラ５５、５６の外周面の対向する凸部及び凹部を非接触の状態で僅かに嵌合させている。 As a result, the take-out / feeding part 32 is opposed to the concave and convex portions of the outer peripheral surfaces of the two feed rollers 50 and 51 in the take-out / feeding path 42 and the outer peripheral surfaces of the two take-in rollers 55 and 56. The convex part and the concave part are slightly fitted in a non-contact state.
　このようにして取込繰出部３２には、２個の取込ローラ５５、５６が、それぞれ取込繰出路４２内に上側の所定部分を入り込ませた状態で、第２回転軸４４と一体に一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられている。 In this way, in the take-in / feed-out part 32, the two take-in rollers 55, 56 are integrated with the second rotary shaft 44 in a state where the upper predetermined portion is put into the take-out / feed path 42, respectively. It is provided to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.
　ところで、第２回転軸４４は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂ及び右側板３０Ｃ間において左側の取込ローラ５５のさらに左側、及び右側の取込ローラ５６のさらに右側に、それぞれ３個の羽根車５７乃至６２が所定の間隔で設けられている。 By the way, the second rotating shaft 44 is, for example, 3 on the left side of the left side intake roller 55 and on the right side of the right side intake roller 56 between the left side plate 30B and the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30, respectively. The impellers 57 to 62 are provided at predetermined intervals.
　この場合、第２回転軸４４は、例えば、左側のフィードローラ５０及び補助ローラ５２の間と対向する所定位置に、左側の取込ローラ５５から左側へ１個目の羽根車５７が固設されている。 In this case, in the second rotating shaft 44, for example, a first impeller 57 is fixed to the left side from the left intake roller 55 at a predetermined position facing the space between the left feed roller 50 and the auxiliary roller 52. ing.
　また第２回転軸４４は、例えば、左側の補助ローラ５２と対向する位置から僅かに左寄りの所定位置に、左側の取込ローラ５５から左側へ２個目の羽根車５８が一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられている。 In addition, the second rotating shaft 44 is, for example, a predetermined position slightly to the left from the position facing the left auxiliary roller 52, and the second impeller 58 from the left intake roller 55 to the left side in one rotation direction and the other. It is provided to be rotatable in the rotation direction.
　すなわち、左側の取込ローラ５５から左側へ２個目の羽根車５８は、第２回転軸４４に対し例えば、取込繰出路４２を介して長辺最短紙幣が搬送される場合でも、搬送中の長辺最短紙幣の他面（すなわち、下側へ向いている面）において紙幣長手方向の一端部（すなわち、左側の短辺よりも内側の所定位置）と対向するような所定位置に設けられている。 That is, the second impeller 58 from the left take-in roller 55 to the left is being conveyed even when the longest shortest banknote is conveyed through the take-out feeding path 42 to the second rotating shaft 44, for example. On the other side of the shortest banknote (ie, the surface facing downward) at a predetermined position facing one end of the banknote in the longitudinal direction (that is, a predetermined position inside the short side on the left). ing.
　さらに第２回転軸４４は、例えば、左側の補助ローラ５２の左斜め下側となる所定位置に、左側の取込ローラ５５から左側へ３個目の羽根車５９が固設されている。 Further, the second rotating shaft 44 has a third impeller 59 fixed to the left side from the intake roller 55 on the left side, for example, at a predetermined position on the lower left side of the left auxiliary roller 52.
　このようにして第２回転軸４４は、左側の取込ローラ５５のさらに左側に２個の羽根車５７、５９が、これらの中心に穿設された孔部を介して当該第２回転軸４４と一体に回転するように固設されている。 In this way, the second rotating shaft 44 has two impellers 57 and 59 on the left side of the left take-in roller 55 and the second rotating shaft 44 through the hole formed in the center thereof. It is fixed so that it can rotate together.
　また第２回転軸４４は、左側の取込ローラ５５のさらに左側において当該第２回転軸４４に固設された２個の羽根車５７、５９の間に、１個の羽根車５８が、その中心に穿設された孔部を介して一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられている。 Further, the second rotating shaft 44 has one impeller 58 between the two impellers 57 and 59 fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 on the left side of the intake roller 55 on the left side. It is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction through a hole formed in the center.
　一方、第２回転軸４４は、例えば、右側のフィードローラ５１及び補助ローラ５３の間と対向する所定位置に、右側の取込ローラ５６から右側へ１個目の羽根車６０が固設されている。 On the other hand, the second rotating shaft 44 has, for example, a first impeller 60 fixed to the right side from the right intake roller 56 at a predetermined position facing the space between the right feed roller 51 and the auxiliary roller 53. Yes.
　また第２回転軸４４は、例えば、右側の補助ローラ５３と対向する位置から僅かに右寄りの所定位置に、右側の取込ローラ５６から右側へ２個目の羽根車６１が一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられている。 The second rotating shaft 44 is, for example, a predetermined position slightly to the right of the position facing the auxiliary roller 53 on the right side, and the second impeller 61 from the right intake roller 56 to the right side in one rotation direction and the other. It is provided to be rotatable in the rotation direction.
　すなわち、右側の取込ローラ５６から右側へ２個目の羽根車６１は、第２回転軸４４に対し例えば、取込繰出路４２を介して長辺最短紙幣が搬送される場合でも、搬送中の長辺最短紙幣の他面において紙幣長手方向の他端部（すなわち、右側の短辺よりも内側の所定位置）と対向するような所定位置に設けられている。 That is, the second impeller 61 on the right side from the right take-in roller 56 is being conveyed even when the longest shortest banknote is conveyed to the second rotating shaft 44 via the take-out feeding path 42, for example. Is provided at a predetermined position on the other surface of the longest shortest banknote so as to face the other end portion in the banknote longitudinal direction (that is, a predetermined position inside the short side on the right side).
　さらに第２回転軸４４は、例えば、右側の補助ローラ５３の右斜め下側となる所定位置に、右側の取込ローラ５６から右側へ３個目の羽根車６２が固設されている。 Further, the second rotating shaft 44 has a third impeller 62 fixed to the right side from the right intake roller 56 at a predetermined position which is obliquely lower right of the right auxiliary roller 53, for example.
　このようにして第２回転軸４４は、右側の取込ローラ５６のさらに右側に２個の羽根車６０、６２が、これらの中心に穿設された孔部を介して当該第２回転軸４４と一体に回転するように固設されている。 In this way, the second rotary shaft 44 has two impellers 60 and 62 on the further right side of the right take-in roller 56 through the hole formed in the center thereof. It is fixed so that it can rotate together.
　また第２回転軸４４は、右側の取込ローラ５６のさらに右側において当該第２回転軸４４に固設された２個の羽根車６０、６２の間に、１個の羽根車６１が、その中心に穿設された孔部を介して一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられている。 Further, the second rotating shaft 44 has one impeller 61 between the two impellers 60 and 62 fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 on the right side of the right intake roller 56. It is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction through a hole formed in the center.
　ここで、第２回転軸４４に固設された４個の羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、それぞれ環状の本体部５７Ａ、５９Ａ、６０Ａ、６２Ａを有している。 Here, the four impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 have annular main bodies 57A, 59A, 60A, 62A, respectively.
　また４個の羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、それぞれ本体部５７Ａ、５９Ａ、６０Ａ、６２Ａの外周面において１８０度以下の所定の角度範囲に、弾性を有する短冊状の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂが所定の等間隔で放射状に突出するように植設されている。 Further, the four impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 each include a plurality of blade-like blades 57B having elasticity within a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less on the outer peripheral surfaces of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, and 62A. 59B, 60B, and 62B are planted so as to project radially at predetermined equal intervals.
　すなわち、４個の羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、本体部５７Ａ、５９Ａ、６０Ａ、６２Ａの外周面の一部に複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂが植設されている。 That is, in the four impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62, a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B are implanted in part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, and 62A.
　そして４個の羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、第２回転軸４４に固設されているため、当該第２回転軸４４に対する複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの位置が固定されている。 Since the four impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are fixed to the second rotation shaft 44, the positions of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 are fixed. ing.
　よって、以下の説明では、第２回転軸４４に固設され、その第２回転軸４４に対する複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの位置が固定された４個の羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２を、それぞれ固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２とも呼ぶ。 Therefore, in the following description, the four impellers 57, 59, 60 fixed to the second rotation shaft 44 and fixed with the positions of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44. , 62 are also called fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62, respectively.
　実際に４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、第２回転軸４４に、各々の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの植設位置をほぼ合わせて（すなわち、各々の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂをほぼ同一の方向へ突出させて）固設されている。 Actually, the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are substantially aligned with the second rotating shaft 44 at the positions where the plurality of blades 57 </ b> B, 59 </ b> B, 60 </ b> B, 62 </ b> B are implanted. The blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B are fixed in the same direction.
　そして４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、本体部５７Ａ、５９Ａ、６０Ａ、６２Ａが所定の等しい幅を有すると共に、取込ローラ５５、５６の外径（すなわち、外周面の凸部の外径）よりも小さい所定の等しい外径を有している。 The four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 have main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, and 62A having a predetermined equal width, and the outer diameter of the intake rollers 55 and 56 (that is, the convexity of the outer peripheral surface). A predetermined equal outer diameter smaller than the outer diameter of the part.
　また４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、例えば、複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂが所定の等しい長さを有している。 Further, in the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62, for example, the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B have a predetermined equal length.
　ただし、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、第２回転軸４４と共に回転した際に複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの先端の軌跡が描く円の直径が、取込ローラ５５、５６の外径（すなわち、外周面の凸部の外径）よりも大きくなるように、これら複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの長さが適宜選定されている。 However, when the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 rotate with the second rotating shaft 44, the diameter of the circle drawn by the trajectory of the tips of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B is taken in. The lengths of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B are appropriately selected so as to be larger than the outer diameter of the rollers 55 and 56 (that is, the outer diameter of the convex portion on the outer peripheral surface).
　すなわち、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、本体部５７Ａ、５９Ａ、６０Ａ、６２Ａの中心から複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの先端までの長さが、取込ローラ５５、５６の外径よりも長い所定長さとなるように、これら複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの長さが適宜選定されている。 That is, the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 have a length from the center of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, and 62A to the tips of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B. The lengths of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B are appropriately selected so as to have a predetermined length longer than the outer diameters of 55 and 56.
　そして４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、第２回転軸４４と共に回転した場合、複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの先端部を、当該複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの軌跡に対応させて第１搬送ガイド４０に穿設された孔部（図示せず）を介して適宜、取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませている。 When the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 rotate together with the second rotating shaft 44, the tip portions of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B are connected to the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B. , 62 </ b> B is appropriately inserted into the take-in / feed-out path 42 through a hole (not shown) formed in the first conveyance guide 40 corresponding to the locus of 62 </ b> B.
　また４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２は、第２回転軸４４と共に回転した場合、複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの先端部を、当該複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの軌跡に対応させて収納庫筐体３０の後板３０Ｅに穿設された孔部（図示せず）を介して適宜、紙幣収納空間に入り込ませている。 Further, when the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 rotate together with the second rotating shaft 44, the tip portions of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B are connected to the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B. , 62B, the bill storage space is appropriately inserted through holes (not shown) formed in the rear plate 30E of the storage case 30 corresponding to the trajectory of 62B.
　一方、第２回転軸４４に回転可能に設けられた２個の羽根車５８、６１は、それぞれ環状の本体部５８Ａ、６１Ａを有している。 On the other hand, the two impellers 58 and 61 rotatably provided on the second rotating shaft 44 have annular main body portions 58A and 61A, respectively.
　また２個の羽根車５８、６１は、本体部５８Ａ、６１Ａの外周面において１８０度以下の所定の角度範囲に、弾性を有する短冊状の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂが所定の等間隔で放射状に突出するように植設されている。 Further, the two impellers 58 and 61 have a plurality of elastic strip- like blades 58B and 61B radially at predetermined equal intervals in a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less on the outer peripheral surfaces of the main body portions 58A and 61A. It is planted to protrude.
　すなわち、２個の羽根車５８、６１も、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２と同様に、本体部５８Ａ、６１Ａの外周面の一部に複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂが植設されている。 That is, as with the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62, the two impellers 58, 61 are also provided with a plurality of blades 58B, 61B on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portions 58A, 61A. Has been.
　そして２個の羽根車５８、６１は、第２回転軸４４に対して回転し得るため、その第２回転軸４４に対する複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置を変化させることができる。 Since the two impellers 58 and 61 can rotate with respect to the second rotation shaft 44, the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 can be changed.
　よって、以下の説明では、第２回転軸４４に回転可能に設けられ、その第２回転軸４４に対する複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置を変化可能な２個の羽根車５８、６１を、それぞれ可変羽根車５８、６１とも呼ぶ。 Therefore, in the following description, the two impellers 58 and 61 that are rotatably provided on the second rotation shaft 44 and can change the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 are variable. Also called impellers 58 and 61.
　２個の可変羽根車５８、６１は、本体部５８Ａ、６１Ａが、例えば、固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の本体部５７Ａ、５９Ａ、６０Ａ、６２Ａの幅及び外径と等しい幅及び外径を有している。 The two variable impellers 58 and 61 have main body portions 58A and 61A whose width and outer diameter are equal to, for example, the width and outer diameter of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A and 62A of the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62. It has a diameter.
　また２個の可変羽根車５８、６１は、例えば、複数の羽根５５Ｂ、６１Ｂが、固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの長さと等しい長さを有している。 The two variable impellers 58 and 61 have, for example, a plurality of blades 55B and 61B having a length equal to the length of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B of the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62. Have.
　そして２個の可変羽根車５８、６１は、第２回転軸４４を中心にして回転した場合、複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの先端部を、当該複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの軌跡に対応させて第１搬送ガイド４０に穿設された孔部（図示せず）を介して適宜、取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませている。 When the two variable impellers 58 and 61 rotate around the second rotation shaft 44, the tip ends of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B correspond to the trajectories of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B. The first feed guide 40 is appropriately inserted into the take-in / feed-out path 42 through a hole (not shown) drilled in the transport guide 40.
　また２個の可変羽根車５８、６１は、第２回転軸４４を中心にして回転した場合、複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの先端部を、当該複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの軌跡に対応させて収納庫筐体３０の後板３０Ｅに穿設された孔部（図示せず）を介して適宜、紙幣収納空間に入り込ませている。 In addition, when the two variable impellers 58 and 61 rotate around the second rotation shaft 44, the tip portions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B are stored in correspondence with the trajectories of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B. The bill housing space is appropriately inserted through a hole (not shown) drilled in the rear plate 30E of the storage case 30.
　これに加えて第２回転軸４４は、例えば、左側の可変羽根車５８の右隣で、かつ左側の補助ローラ５２とほぼ対向する位置に、環状の本体部６３Ａを有する押上部６３が固設されている。 In addition to this, for example, the second rotating shaft 44 is provided with a push-up portion 63 having an annular main body 63A at a position adjacent to the right side of the left variable impeller 58 and substantially opposite to the left auxiliary roller 52. Has been.
　すなわち、第２回転軸４４は、押上部６３の本体部６３Ａの中心に穿設された孔部に挿入された状態で当該押上部６３が、取込繰出路４２を介して長辺最短紙幣が搬送される場合でも、搬送中の長辺最短紙幣の他面において紙幣長手方向の一端部（すなわち、左側の短辺よりも内側の所定位置）と対向するような所定位置に、第２回転軸４４と一体に回転するように固設されている。 That is, the second rotating shaft 44 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of the main body 63A of the push-up portion 63, and the push-up portion 63 is connected to the longest shortest banknote via the take-out feeding path 42. Even when being transported, the second rotating shaft is placed at a predetermined position facing the one end of the bill in the longitudinal direction on the other side of the shortest long-side bill being transported (that is, a predetermined position inside the short side on the left side). 44 is fixed so as to rotate integrally.
　押上部６３は、例えば、本体部６３Ａの外周面の左縁部（すなわち、可変羽根車５８側の縁部）において１８０度以下の所定の角度範囲に円弧状の押上板６３Ｂが突設されている。 In the push-up portion 63, for example, an arc-shaped push-up plate 63B is projected in a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less at the left edge portion (that is, the edge portion on the variable impeller 58 side) of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portion 63A. Yes.
　そして押上部６３は、第２回転軸４４に対し押上板６３Ｂを、当該第２回転軸４４に対する４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの突出側に位置させて（すなわち、複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの突出側に押上板６３Ｂを突出させて）固設されている。 Then, the push-up portion 63 moves the push-up plate 63B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 and the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44. It is fixed on the protruding side (that is, the push-up plate 63B protrudes on the protruding side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B).
　また押上部６３は、本体部６３Ａが、例えば、補助ローラ５２の幅以上の所定の幅を有すると共に、取込ローラ５５、５６の外径（すなわち、外周面の凸部の外径）よりも小さい所定の外径を有している。 Further, the push-up portion 63 has a main body portion 63A having a predetermined width equal to or larger than the width of the auxiliary roller 52, for example, and is larger than the outer diameter of the take-in rollers 55 and 56 (that is, the outer diameter of the convex portion on the outer peripheral surface). It has a small predetermined outer diameter.
　ただし、押上部６３は、押上板６３Ｂの外径（すなわち、本体部６３Ａの中心から押上板６３Ｂの外周面までの長さ）が、例えば、取込ローラ５５、５６の外径（すなわち、外周面の凸部の外径）とほぼ等しく選定されている。 However, the push-up portion 63 has an outer diameter of the push-up plate 63B (that is, a length from the center of the main body portion 63A to the outer peripheral surface of the push-up plate 63B), for example, an outer diameter of the take-in rollers 55 and 56 (ie, the outer periphery). The outer diameter of the convex portion of the surface is selected to be approximately equal.
　そして押上部６３は、第２回転軸４４と共に回転した場合、押上板６３Ｂを、当該押上板６３Ｂの軌跡に対応させて第１搬送ガイド４０に穿設された孔部（図示せず）を介して適宜、取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませて、補助ローラ５２の左側面において下側の部分に近接させている。 When the push-up portion 63 rotates together with the second rotation shaft 44, the push-up plate 63B is made to correspond to the locus of the push-up plate 63B through a hole (not shown) formed in the first transport guide 40. As appropriate, it is inserted into the take-in delivery path 42 so as to be close to the lower portion of the left side surface of the auxiliary roller 52.
　また第２回転軸４４は、例えば、右側の可変羽根車６１の左隣で、かつ右側の補助ローラ５３とほぼ対向する位置にも、環状の本体部６４Ａを有する押上部６４が固設されている。 Further, the second rotating shaft 44 is provided with a push-up portion 64 having an annular main body portion 64 </ b> A at a position adjacent to the left side of the right variable impeller 61 and substantially opposed to the right auxiliary roller 53, for example. Yes.
　すなわち、第２回転軸４４は、押上部６４の本体部６４Ａの中心に穿設された孔部に挿入された状態で当該押上部６４が、取込繰出路４２を介して長辺最短紙幣が搬送される場合でも、搬送中の長辺最短紙幣の他面において紙幣長手方向の他端部（すなわち、右側の短辺よりも内側の所定位置）と対向するような所定位置に、第２回転軸４４と一体に回転するように固設されている。 That is, the second rotary shaft 44 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of the main body portion 64 </ b> A of the push-up portion 64, and the push-up portion 64 receives the longest shortest banknote via the take-out feeding path 42. Even when transported, the second rotation is performed at a predetermined position facing the other end of the banknote in the longitudinal direction on the other side of the longest shortest banknote being transported (that is, a predetermined position inside the short side on the right side). The shaft 44 is fixed so as to rotate integrally.
　押上部６４は、例えば、本体部６４Ａの外周面の左縁部（すなわち、可変羽根車６１側の縁部）において１８０度以下の所定の角度範囲に円弧状の押上板６４Ｂが突設されている。 In the push-up portion 64, for example, an arc-shaped push-up plate 64B projects in a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less at the left edge portion of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portion 64A (that is, the edge portion on the variable impeller 61 side). Yes.
　そして押上部６４も、上述した左側の押上部６３と同様に第２回転軸４４に対し押上板６４Ｂを、当該第２回転軸４４に対する４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの突出側に位置させて（すなわち、複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの突出側に押上板６４Ｂを突出させて）固設されている。 The push-up portion 64 also has a push-up plate 64B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 and a plurality of four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 in the same manner as the left push-up portion 63 described above. The blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B are positioned on the protruding side (that is, the push-up plate 64B protrudes on the protruding side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B).
　また押上部６４は、上述した左側の押上部６３と同様に本体部６４Ａが、例えば、補助ローラ５３の幅以上の所定の幅を有すると共に、取込ローラ５５、５６の外径（すなわち、外周面の凸部の外径）よりも小さい所定の外径を有している。 Further, the push-up portion 64 has a main body portion 64A having a predetermined width that is equal to or larger than the width of the auxiliary roller 53, for example, as with the left push-up portion 63 described above. It has a predetermined outer diameter smaller than the outer diameter of the convex portion of the surface.
　ただし、押上部６４も、上述した左側の押上部６３と同様に押上板６４Ｂの外径（すなわち、本体部６４Ａの中心から押上板６４Ｂの外周面までの長さ）が、例えば、取込ローラ５５、５６の外径（すなわち、外周面の凸部の外径）とほぼ等しく選定されている。 However, the push-up portion 64 also has an outer diameter of the push-up plate 64B (that is, the length from the center of the main body portion 64A to the outer peripheral surface of the push-up plate 64B), for example, as in the case of the left push-up portion 63 described above. The outer diameters 55 and 56 (that is, the outer diameter of the convex portion on the outer peripheral surface) are selected to be approximately equal.
　そして押上部６４は、第２回転軸４４と共に回転した場合、押上板６４Ｂを、当該押上板６４Ｂの軌跡に対応させて第１搬送ガイド４０に穿設された孔部（図示せず）を介して適宜、取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませて、補助ローラ５３の右側面において下側の部分に近接させている。 When the push-up portion 64 rotates together with the second rotation shaft 44, the push-up plate 64B is made to correspond to the locus of the push-up plate 64B through a hole (not shown) formed in the first conveyance guide 40. As appropriate, it is inserted into the take-in delivery path 42 so as to be close to the lower portion of the right side surface of the auxiliary roller 53.
　このようにして取込繰出部３２には、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２が複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの位置をほぼ揃えたまま第２回転軸４４と共に回転して当該複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの先端部を適宜、取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間に入り込ませることができるように設けられている。 In this way, the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 rotate together with the second rotating shaft 44 while the positions of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B are substantially aligned. And the front-end | tip part of the said some blade | wing 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B is provided so that it can enter into the taking-in delivery path 42 and banknote accommodation space suitably.
　また取込繰出部３２には、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１が、第２回転軸４４を介して回転して複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの先端部を適宜、取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間に入り込ませることができるように設けられている。 In addition, two variable impellers 58 and 61 are rotated through the second rotating shaft 44 in the intake / feeding-out portion 32 so that the tip portions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B are appropriately disposed in the intake / feed-out passage 42 and It is provided so that it can enter into bill storage space.
　さらに取込繰出部３２には、２個の押上部６３、６４が押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂの位置をほぼ揃えたまま第２回転軸４４と共に回転して当該押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂを適宜、取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませることができるように設けられている。 Further, in the take-out / feeding portion 32, the two push-up portions 63, 64 rotate together with the second rotating shaft 44 with the positions of the push-up plates 63B, 64B being substantially aligned to appropriately take in the push-up plates 63B, 64B. It is provided so that it can enter into the supply path 42.
　因みに、以下の説明では、第２回転軸４４に紙幣の取込用の部品として固設された２個の取込ローラ５５、５６、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の押上部６３、６４を、まとめて取込用固設部品とも呼ぶ。 Incidentally, in the following description, two take-in rollers 55, 56, four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62, and 2 fixed on the second rotating shaft 44 as parts for taking in banknotes. The individual pushing portions 63 and 64 are collectively referred to as a fixed component for taking in.
　また取込繰出部３２は、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂの後上端部の内面及び右側板３０Ｃの後上端部の内面において第２回転軸４４の後斜め上側（また、第１回転軸４３の後斜め下側）に対向配置された一対の第３軸受部（図示せず）を有している。 In addition, the take-out / feeding part 32 is, for example, the rear obliquely upper side of the second rotation shaft 44 (also the first first side) on the inner surface of the rear upper end portion of the left side plate 30B and the rear upper end portion of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30. It has a pair of 3rd bearing parts (not shown) opposingly arranged by the back diagonally lower side of the rotating shaft 43).
　これにより第３回転軸４５は、収納庫筐体３０により一対の第３軸受部を介して預払機左右方向と平行な姿勢で、一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に支持されている。 Thus, the third rotating shaft 45 is supported by the storage case 30 via the pair of third bearing portions so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction in a posture parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine.
　第３回転軸４５は、例えば、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と対向する位置に、これら２個のフィードローラ５０、５１の間に紙幣を挟み込むための２個のローラ（以下、これをプレッシャローラとも呼ぶ）６８（図４には１つのみ図示し、図５には２個とも図示せず）が固設されている。 The third rotating shaft 45 has, for example, two rollers for sandwiching a bill between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 at a position facing the two feed rollers 50 and 51 (hereinafter referred to as pressure). A roller 68 is also fixed (only one is shown in FIG. 4 and two are not shown in FIG. 5).
　すなわち、第３回転軸４５は、２個のプレッシャローラ６８各々の中心に穿設された孔部に挿入された状態で、これら２個のプレッシャローラ６８が当該第３回転軸４５と一体に回転するように固設されている。 That is, the third rotation shaft 45 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two pressure rollers 68, and the two pressure rollers 68 rotate integrally with the third rotation shaft 45. It is fixed to do.
　２個のプレッシャローラ６８は、例えば、フィードローラ５０、５１の幅と等しい幅を有している。また２個のプレッシャローラ６８は、所定の等しい外径を有している。 The two pressure rollers 68 have a width equal to that of the feed rollers 50 and 51, for example. The two pressure rollers 68 have a predetermined equal outer diameter.
　そして２個のプレッシャローラ６８は、それぞれ外周面において前斜め上側の所定部分を、当該所定部分に対応させて第１搬送ガイド４０に穿設された孔部（図示せず）を介して取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませている。 Then, the two pressure rollers 68 take in a predetermined portion on the front oblique upper side on the outer peripheral surface through a hole (not shown) formed in the first conveyance guide 40 so as to correspond to the predetermined portion. It enters into the supply path 42.
　これにより取込繰出部３２は、取込繰出路４２内で、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１の外周面の凸部の一部（すなわち、後斜め下側の部分）に、２個のプレッシャローラ６８の外周面の一部を押し付けている。 As a result, the intake / feeding part 32 is provided with two pressures on a part of the convex portion of the outer peripheral surface of the two feed rollers 50 and 51 (that is, the rear diagonally lower part) in the intake / feeding path 42. A part of the outer peripheral surface of the roller 68 is pressed.
　このようにして取込繰出部３２には、２個のプレッシャローラ６８が、それぞれ取込繰出路４２内に前斜め上側の所定部分を入り込ませた状態で２個のフィードローラ５０、５１の一回転方向及び他回転方向への回転に連動させて、当該２個のフィードローラ５０、５１の回転方向とは逆の他回転方向及び一回転方向へ回転可能に設けられている。 In this manner, in the take-out / feeding part 32, two pressure rollers 68 are respectively provided with one of the two feed rollers 50, 51 in a state where a predetermined portion on the upper front side is put into the take-out / feed path 42. In association with the rotation in the rotation direction and the other rotation direction, the two feed rollers 50 and 51 are provided so as to be rotatable in another rotation direction and one rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction of the two feed rollers 50 and 51.
　さらに取込繰出部３２は、一対の軸支持アーム６９（図４には１つのみ図示し、図５には２個とも図示せず）を有している。 Furthermore, the take-out / feeding part 32 has a pair of shaft support arms 69 (only one is shown in FIG. 4 and neither is shown in FIG. 5).
　一方の軸支持アーム６９は、例えば、その一端部が第１回転軸４３において収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂの内面近傍の所定位置に回転しないように（すなわち、第１回転軸４３の回転を受けないように）支持され、他端部を第１回転軸４３の前側に位置させている。 For example, one end of the shaft support arm 69 does not rotate to a predetermined position near the inner surface of the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30 on the first rotation shaft 43 (that is, the rotation of the first rotation shaft 43). The other end is positioned on the front side of the first rotating shaft 43.
　そして第４回転軸４６は、一方の軸支持アーム６９の他端部に預払機左右方向と平行な姿勢で一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に支持されると共に、当該第４回転軸４６の右端部を左側のフィードローラ５０と対向させている。 The fourth rotation shaft 46 is supported by the other end of one shaft support arm 69 so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction in a posture parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine, and the fourth rotation shaft 46. Is opposed to the left feed roller 50.
　この場合、第１回転軸４３は、一方の軸支持アーム６９の支持部分に歯付プーリ７０が、当該第１回転軸４３と一体に回転するように固設されている。 In this case, the first rotary shaft 43 is fixed to the support portion of one shaft support arm 69 so that the toothed pulley 70 rotates integrally with the first rotary shaft 43.
　また第４回転軸４６は、一方の軸支持アーム６９による支持部分に歯付プーリ７１が、当該第４回転軸４６と一体に回転するように固設されている。 Further, the fourth rotating shaft 46 is fixed to a support portion by one shaft supporting arm 69 so that a toothed pulley 71 rotates integrally with the fourth rotating shaft 46.
　そして取込繰出部３２は、第１回転軸４３の歯付プーリ７０から第４回転軸４６の歯付プーリ７１に亘り無端状の駆動ベルト７２がかけられている。 In the take-out and feeding portion 32, an endless drive belt 72 is hung from the toothed pulley 70 of the first rotating shaft 43 to the toothed pulley 71 of the fourth rotating shaft 46.
　これにより取込繰出部３２は、第４回転軸４６を、第１回転軸４３の一回転方向及び他回転方向への回転に連動させて当該第１回転軸４３の回転方向と同一の一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転させ得るようにしている。 As a result, the take-out / feeding part 32 causes the fourth rotation shaft 46 to rotate in the same direction as the rotation direction of the first rotation shaft 43 in conjunction with the rotation of the first rotation shaft 43 in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction. It can be rotated in the direction and other rotational directions.
　そして第４回転軸４６は、例えば、左側のフィードローラ５０と対向する位置、及び左側の補助ローラ５２と対向する位置に、それぞれ紙幣収納空間から紙幣を取込繰出路４２へ送り出すためのローラ（以下、これをピッカローラとも呼ぶ）７３（図４には１つのみ図示し、図５には２個とも図示せず）が固設されている。 And the 4th rotating shaft 46 is a roller for taking in and feeding a banknote from the banknote storage space to the position facing the left feed roller 50 and the position facing the left auxiliary roller 52, respectively (for example). Hereinafter, this is also referred to as a picker roller) 73 (only one is shown in FIG. 4 and two are not shown in FIG. 5).
　すなわち、第４回転軸４６は、２個のピッカローラ７３各々の中心に穿設された孔部に挿入された状態で、これら２個のピッカローラ７３が当該第４回転軸４６と一体に回転するように固設されている。 That is, the fourth rotation shaft 46 is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two picker rollers 73, and the two picker rollers 73 rotate integrally with the fourth rotation shaft 46. It is fixed to do.
　また他方の軸支持アームは、例えば、その一端部が第１回転軸４３において収納庫筐体３０の右側板３０Ｃの内面近傍の所定位置に回転しないように（すなわち、第１回転軸４３の回転を受けないように）支持され、他端部を第１回転軸４３の前側に位置させている。 The other shaft support arm has, for example, one end portion thereof so as not to rotate to a predetermined position near the inner surface of the right side plate 30C of the storage case 30 on the first rotation shaft 43 (that is, rotation of the first rotation shaft 43). The other end is positioned on the front side of the first rotating shaft 43.
　そして第５回転軸は、他方の軸支持アームの他端部に預払機左右方向と平行な姿勢で一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に支持されると共に、当該第５回転軸の左端部を右側のフィードローラ５１と対向させている。 The fifth rotation shaft is supported by the other end of the other shaft support arm so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction in a posture parallel to the left-right direction of the depositing machine, and the left end portion of the fifth rotation shaft Is opposed to the feed roller 51 on the right side.
　この場合、第１回転軸４３は、他方の軸支持アームの支持部分に歯付プーリ（図示せず）が、当該第１回転軸４３と一体に回転するように固設されている。 In this case, the first rotary shaft 43 is fixed to a support portion of the other shaft support arm so that a toothed pulley (not shown) rotates integrally with the first rotary shaft 43.
　また第５回転軸は、他方の軸支持アームによる支持部分に歯付プーリ（図示せず）が、当該第５回転軸と一体に回転するように固設されている。 In the fifth rotating shaft, a toothed pulley (not shown) is fixed to a portion supported by the other shaft supporting arm so as to rotate integrally with the fifth rotating shaft.
　そして取込繰出部３２は、第１回転軸４３の歯付プーリから第５回転軸の歯付プーリに亘り無端状の駆動ベルト（図示せず）がかけられている。 Further, the take-out feeding portion 32 is provided with an endless drive belt (not shown) from the toothed pulley of the first rotating shaft 43 to the toothed pulley of the fifth rotating shaft.
　これにより取込繰出部３２は、第４回転軸４６と同様に第５回転軸も、第１回転軸４３の一回転方向及び他回転方向への回転に連動させて当該第１回転軸４３の回転方向と同一の一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転させ得るようにしている。 As a result, the take-out / feeding unit 32 causes the fifth rotation shaft to move in the same direction as the fourth rotation shaft 46 in conjunction with the rotation of the first rotation shaft 43 in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction. It can be rotated in the same rotation direction as the rotation direction and in the other rotation direction.
　そして第５回転軸は、例えば、右側のフィードローラ５１と対向する位置、及び右側の補助ローラ５３と対向する位置に、それぞれ紙幣収納空間から紙幣を取込繰出路４２へ送り出すためのピッカローラ（図示せず）が固設されている。 The fifth rotation shaft is, for example, a picker roller (for picking up a bill from the bill storage space and feeding it to the feeding path 42 at a position facing the right feed roller 51 and a position facing the right auxiliary roller 53, respectively. (Not shown) is fixed.
　すなわち、第５回転軸は、２個のピッカローラ各々の中心に穿設された孔部に挿入された状態で、これら２個のピッカローラが当該第５回転軸と一体に回転するように固設されている。 In other words, the fifth rotating shaft is fixed so that the two picker rollers rotate integrally with the fifth rotating shaft in a state where the fifth rotating shaft is inserted into a hole formed in the center of each of the two picker rollers. It is installed.
　このようにして取込繰出部３２には、４個のピッカローラ７３が、第１回転軸４３の一回転方向及び他回転方向への回転に連動させて、当該第１回転軸４３の回転方向と同一の一回転方向及他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられている。 In this way, in the take-out feeding part 32, the four picker rollers 73 are interlocked with the rotation in the one rotation direction and the other rotation direction of the first rotation shaft 43 to rotate the first rotation shaft 43. It can be rotated in the same one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.
　そして取込繰出部３２において第１回転軸４３は、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂから左側に突出している一端部に第１駆動ギア７５が固設されている。 In the take-out / feeding section 32, the first rotating shaft 43 has a first drive gear 75 fixed to one end protruding leftward from the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30.
　また図５と共に図６に示すように、取込繰出部３２において第２回転軸４４は、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂから左側に突出している一端部に、当該第２回転軸４４を一回転方向へのみ回転させるためのワンウェイクラッチ７６を介して第２駆動ギア７７が設けられ、当該第２駆動ギア７７を第１駆動ギア７５に歯合させている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 6 together with FIG. 5, in the take-out / feed-out portion 32, the second rotation shaft 44 is attached to one end portion protruding leftward from the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30. A second drive gear 77 is provided via a one-way clutch 76 that rotates only in one rotation direction, and the second drive gear 77 meshes with the first drive gear 75.
　さらに取込繰出部３２は、上述した２個のフィードローラ５０、５１、及び２個の取込ローラ５５、５６等の各種ローラを回転させるために例えば、紙幣収納庫１８の所定位置に設けられた図示しない駆動モータ（以下、これをローラ駆動モータとも呼ぶ）を有し、当該ローラ駆動モータの出力軸が複数のギア（図示せず）を介して第２駆動ギア７７に連結されている。 Further, the take-out feeding unit 32 is provided at a predetermined position of the banknote storage 18 for rotating various rollers such as the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-up rollers 55 and 56 described above. A drive motor (not shown) (hereinafter also referred to as a roller drive motor) is connected, and an output shaft of the roller drive motor is connected to the second drive gear 77 via a plurality of gears (not shown).
　これにより取込繰出部３２は、紙幣取込時、制御ユニット１０の制御のもとローラ駆動モータが紙幣の取込用に動作すると、そのローラ駆動モータの出力軸の回転を複数のギアを介して第２駆動ギア７７に伝達して、当該第２駆動ギア７７を一回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Thereby, when the roller drive motor operates for taking in bills under the control of the control unit 10 at the time of taking in bills, the take-out feeding unit 32 rotates the output shaft of the roller drive motor via a plurality of gears. Thus, the second drive gear 77 can be rotated in one rotation direction.
　そして取込繰出部３２は、第２回転軸４４を、ワンウェイクラッチ７６の作用により第２駆動ギア７７と共に一回転方向へ回転させる。 Then, the take-out / feeding unit 32 rotates the second rotating shaft 44 together with the second drive gear 77 in one rotation direction by the action of the one-way clutch 76.
　よって取込繰出部３２は、第２回転軸４４と共に、これに設けられている２個の取込ローラ５５、５６、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の押上部６３、６４を紙幣の取込用に一回転方向へ回転させることができる共に、後述するように２個の可変羽根車５８、６１も適宜、一回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Therefore, the take-out / feeding part 32 has two take-up rollers 55, 56, four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two push-up parts provided on the second rotary shaft 44. 63 and 64 can be rotated in one rotation direction for taking in bills, and the two variable impellers 58 and 61 can be rotated in one rotation direction as appropriate, as will be described later.
　また取込繰出部３２は、この際、第２駆動ギア７７に歯合している第１駆動ギア７５を、当該第２駆動ギア７７の回転方向とは逆の他回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Further, at this time, the take-out / feeding part 32 can rotate the first drive gear 75 meshed with the second drive gear 77 in a rotation direction other than the rotation direction of the second drive gear 77. it can.
　よって取込繰出部３２は、第１回転軸４３を第１駆動ギア７５と共に紙幣の取込用に他回転方向へ回転させて、当該第１回転軸４３に設けられた２個のフィードローラ５０、５１及び２個の補助ローラ５２、５３も紙幣の取込用に他回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Therefore, the take-out / feeding unit 32 rotates the first rotating shaft 43 together with the first drive gear 75 in the other rotation direction for taking in bills, and the two feed rollers 50 provided on the first rotating shaft 43. , 51 and the two auxiliary rollers 52, 53 can also be rotated in other rotational directions for taking in banknotes.
　さらに取込繰出部３２は、この際、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１の他回転方向への回転に連動させて２個のプレッシャローラ６８を、紙幣の取込用に当該２個のフィードローラ５０、５１の回転方向とは逆の一回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Further, at this time, the take-out / feeding section 32 causes the two feed rollers 50 and 51 to rotate in the other direction of rotation, and the two pressure rollers 68 are used for taking in the banknotes. It can be rotated in one rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction of 50 and 51.
　一方、取込繰出部３２は、紙幣繰出時、制御ユニット１０の制御のもとローラ駆動モータが紙幣の繰出用に動作すると、そのローラ駆動モータの出力軸の回転を複数のギアを介して第２駆動ギア７７に伝達して、当該第２駆動ギア７７を他回転方向へ回転させることができる。 On the other hand, the take-out and feeding unit 32 is configured to rotate the output shaft of the roller drive motor through a plurality of gears when the roller drive motor is operated for feeding bills under the control of the control unit 10 during bill feeding. The second drive gear 77 can be rotated in the other rotation direction by transmitting to the second drive gear 77.
　ただし、取込繰出部３２は、第２駆動ギア７７が他回転方向へ回転してもワンウェイクラッチ７６の作用により第２回転軸４４を回転させずに停止させたままにする。 However, even if the second drive gear 77 rotates in the other rotation direction, the take-out feeding unit 32 keeps the second rotation shaft 44 stopped without rotating due to the action of the one-way clutch 76.
　よって取込繰出部３２は、第２回転軸４４に設けられている２個の取込ローラ５５、５６、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の押上部６３、６４も回転させずに停止させたままにすると共に、後述するように２個の可変羽根車５８、６１についても回転させずに停止させたままにする。 Therefore, the take-out / feeding part 32 includes two take-in rollers 55 and 56 provided on the second rotating shaft 44, four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62, and two push-up parts 63 and 64. As described later, the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are also stopped without being rotated.
　また取込繰出部３２は、この際、第２駆動ギア７７に歯合している第１駆動ギア７５を、当該第２駆動ギア７７の回転方向とは逆の一回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Further, at this time, the take-out / feeding part 32 can rotate the first drive gear 75 meshed with the second drive gear 77 in one rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction of the second drive gear 77. it can.
　よって取込繰出部３２は、第１回転軸４３を、第１駆動ギア７５と共に紙幣の繰出用に一回転方向へ回転させて、当該第１回転軸４３に設けられている２個のフィードローラ５０、５１及び２個の補助ローラ５２、５３も紙幣の繰出用に一回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Accordingly, the take-out / feeding unit 32 rotates the first rotating shaft 43 in one rotation direction for feeding bills together with the first drive gear 75, and the two feed rollers provided on the first rotating shaft 43. 50 and 51 and the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 can also be rotated in one rotation direction for feeding banknotes.
　さらに取込繰出部３２は、この際、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１の一回転方向への回転に連動させて２個のプレッシャローラ６８を、紙幣の繰出用に当該２個のフィードローラ５０、５１の回転方向とは逆の他回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Further, at this time, the take-out / feeding part 32 causes the two feed rollers 50 and 51 to rotate in the one rotation direction, and the two pressure rollers 68 are used for feeding the banknotes. , 51 can be rotated in the other rotation direction opposite to the rotation direction.
　さらにまた取込繰出部３２は、この際、第１回転軸４３の一回転方向への回転に連動させて第４回転軸４６及び第５回転軸と共に４個のピッカローラ７３を、紙幣収納空間から取込繰出路４２への紙幣の送出用に当該第１回転軸４３の回転方向と同一の一回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Further, at this time, the take-out / feeding part 32 moves the four picker rollers 73 together with the fourth rotating shaft 46 and the fifth rotating shaft in association with the rotation of the first rotating shaft 43 in one rotation direction, and the bill storage space. Can be rotated in the same rotation direction as the rotation direction of the first rotation shaft 43 for sending the bills to the take-out feeding path 42.
　因みに、取込繰出部３２は、取込繰出路４２を介して紙幣を取込用及び繰出用に搬送する際、その取込繰出路４２内での紙幣の通過の有無を例えば、光学的に検出するための発光素子及び受光素子からなる紙幣通過検出部８０が設けられている。 Incidentally, when the take-out feeding unit 32 conveys the banknotes for take-in and take-out via the take-out feed path 42, for example, the presence / absence of passage of the banknotes in the take-out feed path 42 is optically determined. A bill passage detection unit 80 including a light emitting element and a light receiving element for detection is provided.
　また取込繰出部３２は、収納庫筐体３０の前板３０Ｄにおいて第１搬送ガイド４０及び第２搬送ガイド４１の他端（すなわち、紙幣収納空間側の端）と対向する位置に、紙幣取込時に取込繰出路４２の内側開口部から紙幣収納空間に放出された紙幣を、その一方の長辺を衝突させて止めるためのビルストッパ８１が衝撃吸収用のばね（図示せず）を介して取り付けられている。 In addition, the take-out / feeding part 32 is disposed at a position facing the other end (that is, the end on the banknote storage space side) of the first transport guide 40 and the second transport guide 41 in the front plate 30D of the storage case 30. A bill stopper 81 for stopping a banknote released into the banknote storage space from the inner opening of the take-out feeding path 42 at the time of loading by colliding one of its long sides is provided via a shock absorbing spring (not shown). Attached.
　ところで、取込繰出部３２（図６）は、第２回転軸４４の回転制御用として（すなわち、第２回転軸４４の一回転方向への回転を停止させる際の停止位置の制御用として）例えば、回転子８５と、略Ｕ字状の回転位置検出部８６とを有している。 By the way, the take-out / feeding unit 32 (FIG. 6) is for controlling the rotation of the second rotating shaft 44 (that is, for controlling the stopping position when stopping the rotation of the second rotating shaft 44 in one rotation direction). For example, it has a rotor 85 and a substantially U-shaped rotational position detector 86.
　回転子８５は、例えば、平ワッシャ状の本体部８５Ａを有し、当該本体部８５Ａの外周の一部に短冊状の被検出部８５Ｂが突設されている。 The rotor 85 has, for example, a flat washer-shaped main body 85A, and a strip-shaped detected portion 85B is projected from a part of the outer periphery of the main body 85A.
　そして回転子８５は、第２回転軸４４の一端部において収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂの外面と第２駆動ギア７７との間の所定位置に、本体部８５Ａの中心の孔部を介して当該第２回転軸４４と一体に回転するように固設されている。 The rotor 85 is positioned at a predetermined position between the outer surface of the left side plate 30B of the storage case 30 and the second drive gear 77 at one end of the second rotation shaft 44 through a hole in the center of the main body 85A. The second rotating shaft 44 is fixed so as to rotate integrally therewith.
　また回転位置検出部８６は、例えば、一方の腕部に発光素子が埋設されると共に、その発光素子に対向させて（すなわち、発光素子が発射した光を受光可能なように）、他方の腕部に受光素子が埋設されている。 In addition, the rotation position detection unit 86 has, for example, a light emitting element embedded in one arm and facing the light emitting element (that is, the light emitted by the light emitting element can be received), and the other arm. A light receiving element is embedded in the part.
　そして回転位置検出部８６は、第２回転軸４４と共に回転子８５が一回転方向へ回転した場合、当該回転子８５の被検出部８５Ｂが、一方及び他方の腕部間の溝部（以下、これを検出用溝部とも呼ぶ）内を通るように、例えば、収納庫筐体３０の左側板３０Ｂの外面に設けられている。 When the rotor 85 rotates in one rotation direction together with the second rotation shaft 44, the rotational position detector 86 detects that the detected part 85B of the rotor 85 has a groove between one arm and the other arm (hereinafter referred to as this). Is provided on the outer surface of the left side plate 30 </ b> B of the storage case 30, for example.
　よって制御ユニット１０は、ローラ駆動モータを紙幣の取込用に動作させて第２回転軸４４を一回転方向へ回転させた際、回転位置検出部８６を介して検出用溝部内に回転子８５の被検出部８５Ｂが入り込んだか否かを光学的に検出している。 Accordingly, when the control unit 10 operates the roller drive motor for taking in bills and rotates the second rotation shaft 44 in one rotation direction, the rotor 85 is inserted into the detection groove portion via the rotation position detection portion 86. It is optically detected whether or not the detected portion 85B has entered.
　そして制御ユニット１０は、取込繰出部３２による紙幣の取り込みが終了した際には、回転位置検出部８６を介して検出用溝部内に回転子８５の被検出部８５Ｂが入り込んだことを検出したことに応じてローラ駆動モータの動作を停止させている。 The control unit 10 detects that the detected portion 85B of the rotor 85 has entered the detection groove through the rotational position detector 86 when the taking-in of the bill by the take-out feeding portion 32 is completed. Accordingly, the operation of the roller drive motor is stopped.
　実際に制御ユニット１０は、回転位置検出部８６を介して回転子８５の被検出部８５Ｂを検出したときには、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂを取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させるようにしてローラ駆動モータの動作と共に第２回転軸４４の一回転方向への回転を停止させている。 Actually, when the control unit 10 detects the detected portion 85B of the rotor 85 via the rotational position detector 86, the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are provided. 62B and the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 are retracted from the inside of the take-in feeding path 42 and the bill storage space in the one rotation direction of the second rotating shaft 44 along with the operation of the roller drive motor. The rotation of is stopped.
　そして取込繰出部３２は、制御ユニット１０の制御のもと、ローラ駆動モータが停止状態から紙幣の繰出用に動作しても、上述のように第２回転軸４４をワンウェイクラッチ７６の作用により回転させずに停止させたままにしている。 And even if a roller drive motor operate | moves for the delivery of a banknote from a stop state under control of the control unit 10, the taking-in delivery part 32 makes the 2nd rotating shaft 44 by the effect | action of the one-way clutch 76 as mentioned above. It is stopped without rotating.
　従って取込繰出部３２は、ローラ駆動モータが停止している間のみならず、紙幣の繰出用に動作している間も、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂを取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させ続けている。 Accordingly, the take-out / feeding section 32 has a plurality of blades of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 not only while the roller drive motor is stopped but also during operation for feeding bills. 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B and the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 are continuously retracted from the inside of the take-out feeding path 42 and the bill storage space.
　係る構成に加えて、図７に示すように、右側に位置する可変羽根車６１は、左側面において複数の羽根６１Ｂの突出側の所定位置に、第２回転軸４４に対する当該複数の羽根６１Ｂの位置を制御するための例えば、扇状の突起でなる係合部６１Ｃが設けられている。 In addition to such a configuration, as shown in FIG. 7, the variable impeller 61 positioned on the right side has a plurality of blades 61 </ b> B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 at a predetermined position on the left side on the protruding side of the plurality of blades 61 </ b> B. For example, an engaging portion 61 </ b> C made of a fan-shaped protrusion is provided for controlling the position.
　また図８に示すように、右側に位置する押上部６４は、可変羽根車６１の左側面と対向する右側面の中心寄り（すなわち、中心の孔部の縁部分）において押上板６４Ｂの突設範囲（すなわち、１８０度以下の所定の角度範囲）に、第２回転軸４４に対する当該可変羽根車６１の複数の羽根６１Ｂの位置を制御するための例えば、円弧状の突起でなる係合部６４Ｃが設けられている。 Further, as shown in FIG. 8, the push-up portion 64 located on the right side is provided with a push-up plate 64B protruding near the center of the right side surface facing the left side surface of the variable impeller 61 (that is, the edge portion of the central hole). For example, an engagement portion 64C made of an arcuate protrusion for controlling the position of the plurality of blades 61B of the variable impeller 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 within a range (that is, a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less). Is provided.
　因みに、以下の説明では、可変羽根車６１に設けられた係合部６１Ｃを、羽根側係合部６１Ｃとも呼び、押上部６４に設けられた係合部６４Ｃを、押上側係合部６４Ｃとも呼ぶ。 In the following description, the engaging portion 61C provided in the variable impeller 61 is also referred to as a blade-side engaging portion 61C, and the engaging portion 64C provided in the push-up portion 64 is referred to as a push-up side engaging portion 64C. Call.
　また以下の説明では、羽根側係合部６１Ｃ及び押上側係合部６４Ｃにおいて一回転方向の端面６１ＣＸ、６４ＣＸを、何れも一端面６１ＣＸ、６４ＣＸとも呼び、他回転方向の端面６１ＣＹ、６４ＣＹを、何れも他端面６１ＣＹ、６４ＣＹとも呼ぶ。 Further, in the following description, in the blade side engaging portion 61C and the push-up side engaging portion 64C, the end surfaces 61CX, 64CX in one rotation direction are also referred to as one end surfaces 61CX, 64CX, and the end surfaces 61CY, 64CY in the other rotation directions are Both are also referred to as the other end surfaces 61CY and 64CY.
　そして第２回転軸４４は、押上部６４が、その右側面を可変羽根車６１の左側面に近接させて固設されている。 The second rotary shaft 44 is fixedly provided with a push-up portion 64 with its right side face close to the left side face of the variable impeller 61.
　よって可変羽根車６１は、第２回転軸４４に対して押上部６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃの他端面６４ＣＹに羽根側係合部６１Ｃの一端面６１ＣＸを接触（すなわち、係合）させる位置から当該押上部６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃの一端面６４ＣＸに羽根側係合部６１Ｃの他端面６１ＣＹを接触（すなわち、係合）させる位置までのほぼ１８０度の角度範囲で一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転することができる。 Therefore, the variable impeller 61 is a position at which the one end surface 61CX of the blade-side engagement portion 61C is brought into contact with (ie, engaged with) the other end surface 64CY of the push-up side engagement portion 64C of the push-up portion 64 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44. From the one end surface 64CX of the push-up side engaging portion 64C of the push-up portion 64 to the position where the other end surface 61CY of the blade-side engaging portion 61C contacts (ie, engages) with one rotation direction and approximately 180 degrees. It can rotate in the other direction of rotation.
　そして可変羽根車６１は、第２回転軸４４に対して相対的に一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転するようにして押上部６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃに対する羽根側係合部６１Ｃの接触箇所（すなわち、係合箇所）を切り換えることで、第２回転軸４４に対する複数の羽根６１Ｂの位置を変化させることができる。 The variable impeller 61 contacts the blade side engagement portion 61C with the push-up side engagement portion 64C of the push-up portion 64 so as to rotate in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction relative to the second rotation shaft 44. The positions of the plurality of blades 61B relative to the second rotating shaft 44 can be changed by switching the positions (that is, the engagement positions).
　実際に可変羽根車６１は、第２回転軸４４に対して一回転方向へ回転して押上部６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃの他端面６４ＣＹに羽根側係合部６１Ｃの一端面６１ＣＸを接触させた場合、複数の羽根６１Ｂを４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂの突出側へ位置させることができる。 Actually, the variable impeller 61 rotates in one rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 and contacts one end surface 61CX of the blade side engagement portion 61C with the other end surface 64CY of the push-up side engagement portion 64C of the push-up portion 64. In this case, the plurality of blades 61B are projected from the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up portions 63, 64. Can be located to the side.
　また可変羽根車６１は、第２回転軸４４に対して他回転方向へ回転して押上部６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃの一端面６４ＣＸに羽根側係合部６１Ｃの他端面６１ＣＹを接触させた場合、複数の羽根６１Ｂを４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂの突出側とは反対側へ位置させることができる。 Further, the variable impeller 61 rotates in the other rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 to bring the other end surface 61CY of the blade side engagement portion 61C into contact with the one end surface 64CX of the push-up side engagement portion 64C of the push-up portion 64. In this case, the plurality of blades 61B are arranged on the projecting side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up portions 63, 64. Can be located on the opposite side.
　さらに第２回転軸４４（図５及び図６）は、右側の可変羽根車６１と、これよりも右側の固定羽根車６２との間がコイルばね８７の孔部に挿入されている。 Furthermore, the second rotating shaft 44 (FIGS. 5 and 6) is inserted into the hole of the coil spring 87 between the right variable impeller 61 and the right fixed impeller 62.
　そしてコイルばね８７は、一端部が、可変羽根車６１の右側面に穿設された孔部に挿入され、又は、その本体部６１Ａの外周面の所定位置に形成された溝部に引っ掛けられる等して当該可変羽根車６１に係止されている。 One end of the coil spring 87 is inserted into a hole formed in the right side surface of the variable impeller 61, or is hooked into a groove formed at a predetermined position on the outer peripheral surface of the main body 61A. The variable impeller 61 is locked.
　またコイルばね８７は、他端部が、固定羽根車６２の左側面に穿設された孔部に挿入され、又は、その本体部６２Ａの外周面の所定位置に形成された溝部に引っ掛けられる等して当該固定羽根車６２に係止されている。 The other end of the coil spring 87 is inserted into a hole formed in the left side surface of the fixed impeller 62, or is hooked on a groove formed at a predetermined position on the outer peripheral surface of the main body 62A. The fixed impeller 62 is locked.
　これによりコイルばね８７は、第２回転軸４４に対し可変羽根車６１を一回転方向へ回転させるように付勢している。 Thus, the coil spring 87 urges the second rotating shaft 44 to rotate the variable impeller 61 in one rotation direction.
　よってコイルばね８７は、可変羽根車６１に一回転方向へ回転させるような外力が加えられていない状態で羽根６１Ｂに一回転方向への回転を妨げるような負荷もかかっていなければ、第２回転軸４４に対し可変羽根車６１を一回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Therefore, the coil spring 87 is in the second rotation unless a load that impedes rotation in the one rotation direction is applied to the blade 61B in a state where no external force is applied to the variable impeller 61 in the one rotation direction. The variable impeller 61 can be rotated in one rotation direction with respect to the shaft 44.
　ただし、コイルばね８７は、可変羽根車６１に一回転方向へ回転させるような外力が加えられていない状態で羽根６１Ｂに一回転方向への回転を妨げるような負荷がかかったときには、可変羽根車６１を一回転方向への回転を停止させるような付勢力で付勢している。 However, the coil spring 87 is configured so that the variable impeller is subjected to a load that impedes rotation in one rotation direction on the blade 61B in a state where an external force that rotates the variable impeller 61 in one rotation direction is not applied. 61 is urged by an urging force that stops rotation in one rotation direction.
　言い換えると、コイルばね８７は、可変羽根車６１を、複数の羽根６１Ｂの有する弾性力（すなわち、羽根６１Ｂの腰の強さ）よりも小さい付勢力で一回転方向へ回転させるように付勢している。 In other words, the coil spring 87 urges the variable impeller 61 to rotate in one rotation direction with an urging force smaller than the elastic force of the plurality of blades 61B (that is, the waist strength of the blades 61B). ing.
　一方、左側に位置する可変羽根車５８は、特に図示しないが、当該左側に位置する可変羽根車５８と右側に位置する可変羽根車６１との中間位置で預払機左右方向と垂直な仮想平面に対し、その右側に位置する可変羽根車６１と面対称な形状を有するように形成されている。 On the other hand, the variable impeller 58 located on the left side is not particularly illustrated, but on a virtual plane perpendicular to the left-right direction of the depositing machine at an intermediate position between the variable impeller 58 located on the left side and the variable impeller 61 located on the right side. On the other hand, it is formed so as to have a shape symmetrical to the variable impeller 61 located on the right side thereof.
　また左側に位置する押上部６３も、特に図示しないが、当該左側に位置する押上部６３と右側に位置する押上部６４との中間位置で預払機左右方向と垂直な仮想平面に対し、その右側に位置する押上部６４と面対称な形状を有するように形成されている。 Further, the push-up portion 63 located on the left side is not particularly shown, but the right side of the push-up portion 63 located on the left side and the push-up portion 64 located on the right side with respect to a virtual plane perpendicular to the left-right direction of the depositing machine. It is formed so as to have a shape symmetrical to the push-up portion 64 located at the surface.
　そして第２回転軸４４は、左側の押上部６３が、押上側係合部が設けられた左側面を、左側の可変羽根車５８の羽根側係合部が設けられた右側面に近接させて固設されている。 The second rotary shaft 44 has the left push-up portion 63 with the left side surface provided with the push-up side engaging portion close to the right side surface provided with the blade-side engaging portion of the left variable impeller 58. It is fixed.
　よって可変羽根車５８は、第２回転軸４４に対して押上部６３の押上側係合部の他端面に羽根側係合部の一端面を接触させる位置から当該押上部６３の押上側係合部の一端面に羽根側係合部の他端面を接触させる位置までのほぼ１８０度の角度範囲で一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転することができる。 Therefore, the variable impeller 58 is engaged with the push-up portion 63 of the push-up portion 63 from the position where the other end surface of the push-up side engagement portion of the push-up portion 63 is brought into contact with the second rotating shaft 44. It is possible to rotate in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction within an angle range of approximately 180 degrees up to a position where the other end surface of the blade side engaging portion is brought into contact with one end surface of the blade portion.
　そして可変羽根車５８も、右側の可変羽根車６１と同様に、第２回転軸４４に対して相対的に一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転するようにして押上部６３の押上側係合部に対する羽根側係合部の接触箇所を切り換えることで、第２回転軸４４に対する複数の羽根５８Ｂの位置を変化させることができる。 The variable impeller 58 also rotates in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction relative to the second rotation shaft 44 in the same manner as the variable impeller 61 on the right side. The positions of the plurality of blades 58B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 can be changed by switching the contact location of the blade side engagement portion with respect to the second rotation shaft 44.
　すなわち、可変羽根車５８は、第２回転軸４４に対し一回転方向へ回転して押上部６３の押上側係合部の他端面に羽根側係合部の一端面を接触させた場合、複数の羽根５８Ｂを４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂの突出側へ位置させることができる。 That is, when the variable impeller 58 rotates in the one rotation direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 and the other end surface of the push-up side engaging portion of the push-up portion 63 is brought into contact with one end surface of the blade-side engaging portion, The blades 58B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are positioned on the protruding side of the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B and the two push-up portions 63, 64. Can do.
　また可変羽根車５８は、第２回転軸４４に対し他回転方向へ回転して押上部６３の押上側係合部の一端面に羽根側係合部の他端面を接触させた場合、複数の羽根５８Ｂを４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂの突出側とは反対側へ位置させることができる。 When the variable impeller 58 rotates in the other rotational direction with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 and the other end surface of the blade side engagement portion is brought into contact with one end surface of the push-up side engagement portion of the push-up portion 63, a plurality of variable impellers 58 The blade 58B is moved to the opposite side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the protruding side of the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up portions 63, 64. Can be positioned.
　さらに第２回転軸４４（図５）は、左側の可変羽根車５８と、これよりも左側の固定羽根車５９との間もコイルばね８８の孔部に挿入されている。 Further, the second rotating shaft 44 (FIG. 5) is also inserted into the hole of the coil spring 88 between the left variable impeller 58 and the left fixed impeller 59.
　そしてコイルばね８８は、一端部が、可変羽根車５８の左側面に穿設された孔部に挿入され、又は、その本体部５８Ａの外周面の所定位置に形成された溝部に引っ掛けられる等して当該可変羽根車５８に係止されている。 One end of the coil spring 88 is inserted into a hole formed in the left side surface of the variable impeller 58, or is hooked into a groove formed at a predetermined position on the outer peripheral surface of the main body 58A. Are engaged with the variable impeller 58.
　またコイルばね８８は、他端部が、固定羽根車５９の右側面に穿設された孔部に挿入され、又は、その本体部５９Ａの外周面の所定位置に形成された溝部に引っ掛けられる等して当該固定羽根車５９に係止されている。 The other end of the coil spring 88 is inserted into a hole formed in the right side surface of the fixed impeller 59, or is hooked into a groove formed at a predetermined position on the outer peripheral surface of the main body 59A. Thus, the fixed impeller 59 is engaged.
　これによりコイルばね８８は、第２回転軸４４に対し可変羽根車５８を一回転方向へ回転させるように付勢している。 Thus, the coil spring 88 urges the second rotating shaft 44 to rotate the variable impeller 58 in one rotation direction.
　よってコイルばね８８は、可変羽根車５８に一回転方向へ回転させるような外力が加えられていない状態で羽根５８Ｂに一回転方向への回転を妨げるような負荷もかかっていなければ、第２回転軸４４に対し可変羽根車５８を一回転方向へ回転させることができる。 Therefore, the coil spring 88 is in the second rotation unless a load is applied to the blades 58B to prevent rotation in the one rotation direction without applying an external force to the variable impeller 58 in one rotation direction. The variable impeller 58 can be rotated in one rotation direction with respect to the shaft 44.
　ただし、コイルばね８８も、上述の右側のコイルばね８７と同様に、可変羽根車５８に一回転方向へ回転させるような外力が加えられていない状態で羽根５８Ｂに一回転方向への回転を妨げるような負荷がかかったときには、可変羽根車５８を一回転方向への回転を停止させるような付勢力で付勢している。 However, the coil spring 88 also prevents the blades 58B from rotating in one rotation direction when no external force is applied to the variable impeller 58 in one rotation direction, like the right coil spring 87 described above. When such a load is applied, the variable impeller 58 is urged with an urging force that stops rotation in one rotation direction.
　言い換えると、コイルばね８８も、可変羽根車５８を、複数の羽根５８Ｂの有する弾性力（すなわち、羽根５８Ｂの腰の強さ）よりも小さい付勢力で一回転方向へ回転させるように付勢している。 In other words, the coil spring 88 also urges the variable impeller 58 to rotate in one rotation direction with an urging force smaller than the elastic force of the plurality of blades 58B (that is, the waist strength of the blades 58B). ing.
　これにより図９Ａ乃至図１０Ｂに示すように、取込繰出部３２は、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１に一回転方向へ回転させるような外力が加えられていない状態で羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂに一回転方向への回転を妨げるような負荷Ｆ１もかかっていなければ、第２回転軸４４に対し２個の可変羽根車５８、６１を、コイルばね８７、８８によってかけている付勢力Ｆ２により一回転方向へ回転させる。 As a result, as shown in FIGS. 9A to 10B, the take-out / feeding part 32 is applied to the blades 58B and 61B in a state where no external force is applied to the two variable impellers 58 and 61 so as to rotate in one rotation direction. If there is no load F1 that prevents rotation in one rotation direction, the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are applied to the second rotation shaft 44 by the biasing force F2 applied by the coil springs 87 and 88. Rotate in the direction of rotation.
　よって取込繰出部３２は、２個の押上部６３、６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃの他端面６４ＣＹに２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の羽根側係合部６１Ｃの一端面６１ＣＸを接触させて、当該２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂの突出側へ位置させる（図９Ａ）。 Accordingly, the take-out / feeding portion 32 contacts the one end surface 61CX of the two blades 58C, 61C of the blade-side engagement portion 61C with the other end surface 64CY of the push-up side engagement portion 64C of the two push-up portions 63, 64. Let the plurality of blades 58B, 61B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 be the four blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the two push-ups. The parts 63 and 64 are positioned on the protruding side of the push-up plates 63B and 64B (FIG. 9A).
　そして取込繰出部３２は、この状態で第２回転軸４４が回転した場合は、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１を、コイルばね８７、８８によってかけている付勢力Ｆ２により当該第２回転軸４４の回転に追従させて一回転方向へ回転させる。 When the second rotating shaft 44 rotates in this state, the take-out / feeding part 32 performs the second rotation by the biasing force F2 applied to the two variable impellers 58 and 61 by the coil springs 87 and 88. Following the rotation of the shaft 44, it is rotated in one rotation direction.
　すなわち、取込繰出部３２は、この際、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１を、２個の押上部６３、６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃの他端面６４ＣＹに当該２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の羽根側係合部６１Ｃの一端面６１ＣＸを接触させて、複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂの突出側へ位置させたまま、第２回転軸４４と共に一回転方向へ回転させる（図９Ｂ）。 That is, at this time, the take-out / feeding part 32 places the two variable impellers 58 and 61 on the other end face 64CY of the push-up side engaging part 64C of the two push-up parts 63 and 64. A plurality of blades 58B and 61B are brought into contact with one end surface 61CX of the blade-side engaging portion 61C of 58 and 61, and a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B of four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62 are brought into contact with each other. And it is made to rotate to one rotation direction with the 2nd rotating shaft 44, keeping it located in the protrusion side of the raising plates 63B and 64B of the two raising parts 63 and 64 (FIG. 9B).
　ただし、取込繰出部３２は、第２回転軸４４の一回転方向への回転中に、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂに付勢力Ｆ２以上の負荷Ｆ１がかかると、第２回転軸４４は一回転方向へ回転させながらも、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の一回転方向への回転は停止させる。 However, if the load F1 more than the urging force F2 is applied to the blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 during the rotation of the second rotation shaft 44 in the one rotation direction, While the second rotating shaft 44 rotates in one rotation direction, the rotation of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 in one rotation direction is stopped.
　この際、取込繰出部３２は、第２回転軸４４が、これに固設されている２個の押上部６３、６４と共に一回転方向へ回転するため、その回転に応じて２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の羽根側係合部６１Ｃの一端面６１ＣＸから２個の押上部６３、６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃの他端面６４ＣＹを徐々に引き離す（図９Ｃ）。 At this time, since the second feeding shaft 32 rotates in the one rotation direction together with the two push-up portions 63 and 64 fixed to the second rotating shaft 44, the take-out feeding portion 32 has two variable in accordance with the rotation. The other end surfaces 64CY of the push-up side engaging portions 64C of the two push-up portions 63, 64 are gradually separated from the one end surface 61CX of the blade-side engaging portion 61C of the impellers 58, 61 (FIG. 9C).
　そして取込繰出部３２は、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１に対し第２回転軸４４がほぼ半回転すると、当該２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の羽根側係合部６１Ｃの他端面６１ＣＹに２個の押上部６３、６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃの一端面６４ＣＸを接触させる。 Then, when the second rotating shaft 44 rotates approximately half with respect to the two variable impellers 58 and 61, the take-out feeding portion 32 is the other end face of the blade-side engaging portion 61C of the two variable impellers 58 and 61. One end surface 64CX of the push-up side engaging portion 64C of the two push-up portions 63, 64 is brought into contact with 61CY.
　よって取込繰出部３２は、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂの突出側とは反対側へ位置させる（図１０Ａ）。 Therefore, the intake / feeding-out unit 32 is configured to replace the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62, and The push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up parts 63 and 64 are positioned on the side opposite to the protruding side (FIG. 10A).
　この状態で取込繰出部３２は、第２回転軸４４がさらに一回転方向へ回転すると、その回転に応じて２個の押上部６３、６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃにより２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の羽根側係合部６１Ｃを一回転方向へ押すようにして、第２回転軸４４と共に当該２個の可変羽根車５８、６１を一回転方向へ回転させる。 In this state, when the second rotating shaft 44 is further rotated in one rotation direction, the take-out / feeding portion 32 has two variable blades by the push-up side engaging portions 64C of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 according to the rotation. The two variable impellers 58 and 61 are rotated in one rotation direction together with the second rotation shaft 44 by pushing the blade-side engagement portion 61C of the wheels 58 and 61 in one rotation direction.
　すなわち、取込繰出部３２は、この際、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の羽根側係合部６１Ｃの他端面６１ＣＹに２個の押上部６３、６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃの一端面６４ＣＸを接触させて、複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂの突出側へ位置させたまま、第２回転軸４４と共に２個の可変羽根車５８、６１を一回転方向へ回転させる（図１０Ｂ）。 That is, at this time, the intake / feeding-out part 32 is connected to the other end face 61CY of the blade-side engaging part 61C of the two variable impellers 58, 61 on one of the push-up upper engaging parts 64C of the two pushing-up parts 63, 64. A plurality of blades 58B and 61B are brought into contact with the end face 64CX, and a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62, and a push-up plate of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 The two variable impellers 58 and 61 are rotated in one rotation direction together with the second rotating shaft 44 while being positioned on the protruding side of 63B and 64B (FIG. 10B).
　そして取込繰出部３２は、上述のようにローラ駆動モータの動作と共に第２回転軸４４の一回転方向への回転が停止した際には、その第２回転軸４４に対して２個の可変羽根車５８、６１をコイルばね８７、８８の付勢によって一回転方向へ回転させる。 Then, when the rotation of the second rotation shaft 44 in one rotation direction is stopped together with the operation of the roller drive motor as described above, the take-out feeding section 32 has two variables with respect to the second rotation shaft 44. The impellers 58 and 61 are rotated in one rotation direction by the bias of the coil springs 87 and 88.
　これにより取込繰出部３２は、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂ及び２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂの突出側へ位置させて、当該２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂも取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させることができる。 As a result, the take-out / feeding part 32 converts the plurality of blades 58B, 61B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 into the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62. In addition, the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are positioned in the protruding side of the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64, and the banknote storage Can be saved from space.
　また取込繰出部３２は、第２回転軸４４が一回転方向へ回転したときには、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂに上述した付勢力Ｆ２以上の負荷Ｆ１がかかるか否かに応じて、当該第２回転軸４４に対する２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置を適宜変化させることができる。 In addition, when the second rotating shaft 44 rotates in one rotation direction, the take-out / feeding unit 32 determines whether or not the load F1 greater than the urging force F2 described above is applied to the blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61. Accordingly, the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 can be appropriately changed.
　実際に取込繰出部３２（図４）は、例えば、第１搬送ガイド４０の下側で、かつ第２回転軸４４の後側に、預払機左右方向に長い略短冊状のストッパ９０が、その一面を前斜め下側へ向けるように傾斜させて配置されている。 Actually, the take-out feeding part 32 (FIG. 4) has, for example, a substantially strip-like stopper 90 that is long in the left-right direction of the depositing machine on the lower side of the first conveyance guide 40 and on the rear side of the second rotation shaft 44. The one surface is inclined so as to be directed obliquely downward to the front.
　そして取込繰出部３２は、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂを取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させる場合、ストッパ９０の一面に複数の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂの先端部を押し付けさせて変形（すなわち、屈曲）させ得るように、当該ストッパ９０の配置位置及び配置角度が適宜選定されている。 The take-out / feeding section 32 takes in the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the plurality of blades 57B to 62B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 from the take-out / feed path 42 and the bill storage space. When retracting, the position and angle of the stopper 90 are appropriately selected so that the tip portions of the plurality of blades 57B to 62B can be pressed against one surface of the stopper 90 to be deformed (ie, bent).
　すなわち、取込繰出部３２は、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂを取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させる場合、これら複数の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂに上述した付勢力Ｆ２以上の負荷Ｆ１をかけることができるように、ストッパ９０の配置位置及び配置角度が適宜選定されている。 In other words, the take-out feeding section 32 takes in the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the plurality of blades 57B to 62B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 in the take-out feeding path 42 and the bill storage space. When retracting from the above, the arrangement position and the arrangement angle of the stopper 90 are appropriately selected so that the load F1 greater than the urging force F2 described above can be applied to the plurality of blades 57B to 62B.
　よって図１１Ａ乃至図１２Ｃに示すように、取込繰出部３２は、紙幣の取込用に動作していたローラ駆動モータの停止に応じて第２回転軸４４の一回転方向への回転が停止した場合、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂを取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させる。 Therefore, as shown in FIGS. 11A to 12C, the take-out / feeding section 32 stops rotating in the one rotation direction of the second rotary shaft 44 in response to the stop of the roller drive motor that was operating for taking in the banknotes. In this case, the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 are retracted from the inside of the take-out feeding path 42 and the bill storage space.
　これにより取込繰出部３２は、固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２毎に例えば、一回転方向への回転の際の先頭側（以下、これを回転先頭側とも呼ぶ）の１つの羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの先端部をそれぞれストッパ９０に押し付けて撓ませる。 As a result, the intake / feeding-out unit 32 has, for example, one blade 57B on the leading side (hereinafter also referred to as the rotation leading side) when rotating in one rotation direction for each fixed impeller 57, 59, 60, 62. , 59B, 60B and 62B are pressed against the stopper 90 and bent.
　また取込繰出部３２は、この際、図９Ａについて上述した場合と同様に、第２回転軸４４に対し２個の可変羽根車５８、６１をコイルばね８７、８８の付勢により一回転方向へ回転させて当該２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させる。 Further, in this case, the take-out / feeding part 32 rotates the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 in one rotation direction by the biasing of the coil springs 87 and 88 in the same manner as described above with reference to FIG. 9A. And the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are retracted from the inside of the take-in delivery path 42 and the bill storage space.
　よって取込繰出部３２は、可変羽根車５８、６１毎に例えば、回転先頭側の１つの羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの先端部をストッパ９０に押し付けて撓ませるようにして、これら２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の一回転方向への回転を停止させる（図１１Ａ）。 Therefore, for each variable impeller 58, 61, the take-out / feeding part 32 presses the tip of one blade 58B, 61B on the rotation head side against the stopper 90 and bends them, for example, so that these two variable impellers The rotation of 58 and 61 in one rotation direction is stopped (FIG. 11A).
　この状態で取込繰出部３２は、ローラ駆動モータが紙幣の取込用に動作して第２回転軸４４が一回転方向へ回転すると、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１については図９Ｃについて上述した場合と同様に、羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂにストッパ９０に対する押し付けで負荷Ｆ１がかかっていることにより一回転方向へは回転させない。 In this state, when the roller drive motor operates for taking in bills and the second rotating shaft 44 rotates in one rotation direction, the take-out feeding unit 32 in FIG. 9C shows the two variable impellers 58 and 61. As in the case described above, the blades 58B and 61B are not rotated in one rotation direction because the load F1 is applied by pressing against the stopper 90.
　よって取込繰出部３２は、この際、ローラ駆動モータの駆動力により第２回転軸４４と共に４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の押上部６３、６４を一回転方向へ回転させる。 Accordingly, at this time, the take-out / feeding part 32 causes the four rotary impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the two push-up parts 63, 64 to rotate in one rotation direction together with the second rotary shaft 44 by the driving force of the roller drive motor. Rotate to
　従って取込繰出部３２は、この際、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの先端部を、回転先頭側から順にストッパ９０との接触位置を一旦は撓ませながら通過させた後、元の形状に戻して取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませる（図１１Ｂ）。 Accordingly, at this time, the take-out / feeding portion 32 makes contact with the stopper 90 in order from the rotation head side at the tip ends of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62. After passing the position while being bent once, it is returned to its original shape and is taken into the take-out delivery path 42 (FIG. 11B).
　このようにして取込繰出部３２は、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の回転は停止させたまま、第２回転軸４４と共に４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の押上部６３、６４を一回転方向へほぼ１８０度回転させたときには、当該４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂを全て取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間の何れかに入り込ませると共に、２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂを取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませる。 In this way, the take-out / feeding section 32 has four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two together with the second rotating shaft 44 while the rotation of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 is stopped. When the push-up portions 63, 64 are rotated approximately 180 degrees in one rotation direction, the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are all taken in and taken out. 42 and the bill storage space, and the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 are taken into the take-out feeding path 42.
　この際、取込繰出部３２では、回転を停止させていた２個の可変羽根車５８、６１と、第２回転軸４４と共に一回転方向へ回転していた２個の押上部６３、６４とが、図１０Ａについて上述した場合と同様の位置関係になる。 At this time, in the take-out and feeding unit 32, the two variable impellers 58 and 61 that have stopped rotating, and the two push-up portions 63 and 64 that have rotated in one rotation direction together with the second rotation shaft 44, However, the positional relationship is the same as that described above with reference to FIG. 10A.
　よって取込繰出部３２では、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂが第２回転軸４４の全周（すなわち、３６０度の範囲）に亘って放射状に展開される（図１１Ｃ）。 Therefore, in the take-out feeding part 32, the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the plurality of blades 57B to 62B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 are arranged around the entire circumference of the second rotating shaft 44 (that is, It is developed radially over a range of 360 degrees (FIG. 11C).
　そして取込繰出部３２は、第２回転軸４４と共に４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の押上部６３、６４がさらに一回転方向へ回転すると、図１０Ｂについて上述した場合と同様に、第２回転軸４４と共に可変羽根車５８、６１も一回転方向へ回転し始める。 Then, when the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the two push-up portions 63, 64 are further rotated in one rotation direction together with the second rotating shaft 44, the take-out feeding unit 32 is described above with reference to FIG. 10B. Similarly to the case, the variable impellers 58 and 61 together with the second rotating shaft 44 start to rotate in one rotation direction.
　すなわち、取込繰出部３２は、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の可変羽根車５８、６１を、複数の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂを第２回転軸４４の全周に亘って放射状に展開させたまま一回転方向へ回転させる。 That is, the intake / feeding part 32 includes four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two variable impellers 58, 61, and a plurality of blades 57 </ b> B to 62 </ b> B on the entire circumference of the second rotation shaft 44. It is rotated in one rotation direction while being spread radially.
　これにより取込繰出部３２は、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの先端部を、回転先頭側から順にストッパ９０との接触位置を一旦は撓ませながら通過させた後、元の形状に戻して取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませる（図１２Ａ）。 As a result, the take-out / feeding part 32 passes the tip portions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 through the position of contact with the stopper 90 in order from the rotation head side while being bent once. Then, it returns to the original shape and enters the take-in delivery path 42 (FIG. 12A).
　そして取込繰出部３２は、第２回転軸４４の一回転方向への回転に応じて４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂが全て取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間から一時的に待避し、また２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂが取込繰出路４２内から一時的に待避したときには、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを全て取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間の何れかに入り込ませる（図１２Ｂ）。 The take-out / feeding section 32 receives all of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 according to the rotation of the second rotating shaft 44 in one rotation direction. When temporarily retracting from the inside of the take-out feeding path 42 and the bill storage space, and when the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up parts 63, 64 are temporarily retracted from inside the take-in delivery path 42, two variables are possible. All of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the impellers 58 and 61 are allowed to enter either the take-in delivery path 42 or the bill storage space (FIG. 12B).
　このようにして取込繰出部３２は、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂを第２回転軸４４の全周（すなわち、３６０度の範囲）に亘って放射状に展開させると、その後は、第２回転軸４４が一回転方向へ回転している間、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の可変羽根車５８、６１を複数の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂを展開させた状態のまま一回転方向へ回転させる。 In this way, the take-out / feeding part 32 moves the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the plurality of blades 57 B to 62 B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 around the entire circumference of the second rotating shaft 44. (Ie, in a range of 360 degrees), after that, the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the second rotating shaft 44 are rotated while the second rotating shaft 44 rotates in one rotation direction. The two variable impellers 58 and 61 are rotated in one rotation direction with the plurality of blades 57B to 62B being developed.
　すなわち、取込繰出部３２は、第２回転軸４４が一回転方向へ回転している間、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂを展開させた状態のままストッパ９０の接触位置を順に叩くようにして通過させて、当該第２回転軸４４と共に４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の可変羽根車５８、６１を一回転方向へ回転させる。 That is, the take-out / feeding unit 32 is configured to include a plurality of four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two variable impellers 58, 61 while the second rotating shaft 44 rotates in one rotation direction. The blades 57B to 62B of the stoppers 90B are passed through the contact positions of the stopper 90 in order, and the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and 2 together with the second rotating shaft 44 are passed. The variable impellers 58 and 61 are rotated in one rotation direction.
　そして取込繰出部３２は、紙幣の取込用に動作していたローラ駆動モータの停止に応じて第２回転軸４４の一回転方向への回転が停止した場合、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂを再び取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させる。 When the rotation of the second rotary shaft 44 in one rotation direction stops in response to the stop of the roller drive motor that has been operating for taking in bills, the take-out feeding unit 32 has four fixed impellers 57. , 59, 60, 62 are again retracted from the take-in delivery path 42 and the bill storage space.
　これにより取込繰出部３２は、固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２毎に例えば、回転先頭側の１つの羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの先端部をそれぞれストッパ９０に押し付けて撓ませる（図１２Ｂ）。 As a result, the take-out / feeding part 32 bends by pressing, for example, the tip of one blade 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B on the rotation leading side against the stopper 90 for each fixed impeller 57, 59, 60, 62 ( FIG. 12B).
　そして取込繰出部３２は、この際、再び図９Ａについて上述した場合と同様に、第２回転軸４４に対し２個の可変羽根車５８、６１をコイルばね８７、８８の付勢により一回転方向へ回転させて当該２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間から待避させる。 At this time, the take-out / feeding part 32 makes one rotation of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 by the urging of the coil springs 87 and 88, similarly to the case described above with reference to FIG. 9A. The plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are retracted from the inside of the take-out feeding path 42 and the bill storage space.
　よって取込繰出部３２は、可変羽根車５８、６１毎に例えば、回転先頭側の１つの羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの先端部をストッパ９０に押し付けて撓ませるようにして、これら２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の一回転方向への回転を停止させる（図１２Ｃ）。 Therefore, for each variable impeller 58, 61, the take-out / feeding part 32 presses the tip of one blade 58B, 61B on the rotation head side against the stopper 90 and bends them, for example, so that these two variable impellers The rotation of 58 and 61 in one rotation direction is stopped (FIG. 12C).
　このようにして取込繰出部３２は、紙幣の取込用に第２回転軸４４が一回転方向へ回転し始めたときには、その第２回転軸４４に対する２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置を変化させながら、当該２個の可変羽根車５８、６１をほぼ半周分遅延させて一回転方向へ回転させ始める。 Thus, when the second rotating shaft 44 starts to rotate in one rotation direction for taking in banknotes, the take-out feeding section 32 has the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44. While changing the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B, the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are delayed by about a half turn and started to rotate in one rotation direction.
　また取込繰出部３２は、紙幣の取込用に一回転方向へ回転していた第２回転軸４４の回転を停止させるときには、その第２回転軸４４に対する２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置を回転停止時の位置に戻すように変化させて、当該２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の一回転方向への回転を停止させる。 Further, when the take-out / feeding unit 32 stops the rotation of the second rotary shaft 44 that has been rotated in one rotation direction for taking in banknotes, the two variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotary shaft 44. The position of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B is changed so as to return to the position at the time of the rotation stop, and the rotation of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 in one rotation direction is stopped.
（１－４）紙幣収納庫による紙幣の取込処理及び繰出処理
　次いで、制御ユニット１０が、上述した紙幣の入金処理において紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２で行う紙幣の取込処理、及び上述した紙幣の出金処理において当該紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２で行う紙幣の繰出処理について順に説明する。 (1-4) Banknote take-in process and payout process by banknote storage Next, the control unit 10 performs the banknote take-in process performed in the banknote storage 18 to 22 in the banknote deposit process described above, and the banknotes described above. The banknote feeding process performed in the banknote storages 18 to 22 in the withdrawal process will be described in order.
　図１３に示すように、制御ユニット１０は、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２による紙幣９５の取込処理時、収納部３１においてステージ駆動モータを動作させてステージ昇降部を駆動することによりステージ３５を上昇又は下降させる。 As shown in FIG. 13, the control unit 10 raises the stage 35 by driving the stage elevating unit by operating the stage drive motor in the storage unit 31 at the time of taking in the banknote 95 by the banknote storages 18 to 22. Or lower.
　この際、制御ユニット１０は、紙幣到達検出部３６を介して、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上の最上位紙幣９５が紙幣取込位置に到達したことを検出すると、その時点でステージ駆動モータの動作を停止させて、当該ステージ３５を停止させる。 At this time, when the control unit 10 detects that the uppermost banknote 95 on one surface 35A of the stage 35 has reached the banknote take-in position via the banknote arrival detection unit 36, the operation of the stage drive motor is performed at that time. The stage 35 is stopped by stopping.
　これにより制御ユニット１０は、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２において４個のピッカローラ７３とステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上の最上位紙幣９５との間に、紙幣収納空間への紙幣９５の取り込みに最適な、当該紙幣９５の所定枚数分の厚みに相当する隙間を形成する。 Thereby, the control unit 10 is optimal for taking in the banknote 95 into the banknote storage space between the four picker rollers 73 and the uppermost banknote 95 on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 in the banknote storage 18 to 22. A gap corresponding to a predetermined number of banknotes 95 is formed.
　この状態で制御ユニット１０は、取込繰出部３２においてローラ駆動モータを紙幣９５の取込用に動作させる。 In this state, the control unit 10 operates the roller driving motor for taking in the bills 95 in the take-out feeding unit 32.
　よって制御ユニット１０は、第２回転軸４４と共に２個の取込ローラ５５、５６、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の押上部６３、６４を一回転方向へ回転させる。 Therefore, the control unit 10 rotates the two take-in rollers 55, 56, the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and the two push-up portions 63, 64 in one rotation direction together with the second rotating shaft 44. Let
　また制御ユニット１０は、この際、上述のように第２回転軸４４の一回転方向への回転の開始時点から、当該第２回転軸４４がほぼ半回転する間だけ遅延させて２個の可変羽根車５８、６１を一回転方向へ回転させ始める。 At this time, as described above, the control unit 10 delays two variable positions from the start of the rotation of the second rotation shaft 44 in one rotation direction only while the second rotation shaft 44 is substantially half-rotated. The impellers 58 and 61 are started to rotate in one rotation direction.
　よって制御ユニット１０は、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２及び２個の可変羽根車５８、６１を、これらの複数の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂを第２回転軸４４の全周に亘って放射状に展開させた状態で一回転方向へ回転させる。 Therefore, the control unit 10 includes four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two variable impellers 58, 61, and the plurality of blades 57 </ b> B to 62 </ b> B over the entire circumference of the second rotation shaft 44. And rotate in one rotation direction in a state of being radially expanded.
　さらに制御ユニット１０は、この際、第１回転軸４３と共に２個のフィードローラ５０、５１及び２個の補助ローラ５２、５３を他回転方向へ回転させると共に、その回転に連動させて第３回転軸４５と共に２個のプレッシャローラ６８を一回転方向へ回転させる。 Further, at this time, the control unit 10 rotates the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 in the other rotation direction together with the first rotation shaft 43 and performs the third rotation in conjunction with the rotation. Together with the shaft 45, the two pressure rollers 68 are rotated in one rotation direction.
　この状態で制御ユニット１０は、中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａを介して紙幣９５を１枚ずつ紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２へ搬送する。 In this state, the control unit 10 conveys the banknotes 95 one by one to the banknote storages 18 to 22 via the central banknote transport path 27A.
　これにより制御ユニット１０は、その紙幣９５を取込繰出路４２内に外側開口部から取り込んで、互いに逆回転している２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個のプレッシャローラ６８との間に挟み込みながら２個の取込ローラ５５、５６側へ送り出す。 As a result, the control unit 10 takes the banknote 95 into the take-out feeding path 42 from the outer opening, and between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two pressure rollers 68 rotating in reverse to each other. The two take-in rollers 55 and 56 are fed out while being sandwiched.
　また制御ユニット１０は、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個のプレッシャローラ６８との間を通した紙幣９５を、引き続き２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個の取込ローラ５５、５６との間に挟み込みながら取込繰出路４２の内側開口部から、当該紙幣９５の他面を下側に向けた姿勢で紙幣収納空間（すなわち、ステージ３５の上側）へ放出する。 Further, the control unit 10 continues to feed the bills 95 passed between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two pressure rollers 68 into the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56. The bill 95 is discharged from the inner opening of the take-out feeding path 42 to the bill storage space (that is, the upper side of the stage 35) with the other side of the bill 95 facing downward.
　そして制御ユニット１０は、取込繰出路４２の内側開口部から紙幣収納空間へ放出した紙幣９５の前側の長辺をビルストッパ８１に衝突させて、当該紙幣９５の前方向への移動を止めると共に、その紙幣９５の一面（すなわち、上側へ向いている面）の後端部を４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２や２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の羽根５７Ｂ乃至６２Ｂで上からたたく。 The control unit 10 causes the bill stopper 81 to collide with the long side on the front side of the bill 95 released from the inner opening of the take-in delivery path 42 to the bill storage space, and stops the bill 95 from moving in the forward direction. The rear end of one side of the bill 95 (that is, the surface facing upward) is composed of four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 and two variable impellers 58, 61 with blades 57B to 62B. Tap from above.
　これにより制御ユニット１０は、紙幣収納空間で紙幣９５を落下させて、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上の最上位紙幣９５に重ねるように載せる。 Thereby, the control unit 10 drops the bill 95 in the bill storage space and places it on the uppermost bill 95 on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 so as to be stacked.
　このようにして制御ユニット１０は、紙幣９５を、中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａを介して紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２へ搬送する毎に、当該紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２において同様に、その紙幣９５を取込繰出路４２を介して紙幣収納空間に取り込んでステージ３５の一面３５Ａに順に重ねるようにして収納することができる。 Thus, every time the control unit 10 transports the banknote 95 to the banknote storage 18 to 22 via the central banknote transport path 27A, the banknote 95 is similarly taken in the banknote storage 18 to 22. It can be taken into the bill storage space via the feeding path 42 and stored so as to overlap one surface 35 </ b> A of the stage 35 in order.
　ここで、図１４に示すように、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２では、第２回転軸４４が一回転方向へ回転している状態で、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂが下側に位置するときには、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂと共に２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂが上側に位置している。 Here, as shown in FIG. 14, in the banknote storages 18 to 22, the plurality of blades 58 </ b> B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61, with the second rotating shaft 44 rotating in one rotation direction. When 61B is positioned on the lower side, a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, and 62B of four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62, and push-up plates 63B and 64B of two push-up portions 63 and 64 are on the upper side Is located.
　そして紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２では、この際、上述したように左側の補助ローラ５２の左側面において下側の部分に左側の押上部６３の押上板６３Ｂが近接すると共に、右側の補助ローラ５３の右側面において下側の部分に右側の押上部６４の押上板６４Ｂが近接する。 At this time, in the banknote storages 18 to 22, the push-up plate 63 </ b> B of the left push-up portion 63 comes close to the lower portion of the left side surface of the left auxiliary roller 52 as described above, and The push-up plate 64B of the right push-up portion 64 is close to the lower portion on the right side surface.
　また図１５に示すように、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２では、第２回転軸４４が一回転方向へ回転している状態で、４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂと共に２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂが下側に位置するときには、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂが上側に位置している。 Further, as shown in FIG. 15, in the banknote storages 18 to 22, the plurality of blades of the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 with the second rotation shaft 44 rotating in one rotation direction. When the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 are located on the lower side together with 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B, the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are located on the upper side. is doing.
　そして紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２では、この際、上述したように左側の補助ローラ５２の左側面において下側の部分に左側の可変羽根車５８の複数の羽根５８Ｂが近接すると共に、右側の補助ローラ５３の右側面において下側の部分に右側の可変羽根車６１の複数の羽根６１Ｂが近接する。 In the banknote storages 18 to 22, at this time, as described above, the plurality of blades 58B of the left variable impeller 58 are close to the lower portion of the left side surface of the left auxiliary roller 52, and the right side auxiliary roller. A plurality of blades 61 </ b> B of the right variable impeller 61 are close to the lower portion of the right side surface of 53.
　すなわち、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２は、紙幣取込時、２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂと２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂとを順次交互に取込繰出路４２内に入り込ませて２個の補助ローラ５２、５３の外側に位置させている。 That is, the banknote storages 18 to 22 sequentially alternate the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up parts 63 and 64 and the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 when the banknotes are taken in. Is taken into the take-in delivery path 42 and is positioned outside the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53.
　よって紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２は、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個の取込ローラ５５、５６との間に紙幣９５を挟み込んだときに２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂが上側に位置すると、当該紙幣９５の一端部及び他端部（すなわち、２個の補助ローラ５２、５３の外側の部分）を、その押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂによって押し上げるようにして変形させる。 Therefore, the banknote storages 18 to 22 have the push-up plates 63B of the two push-up parts 63 and 64 when the banknote 95 is sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56. , 64B is positioned on the upper side, the one end and the other end of the bill 95 (that is, the outer portions of the two auxiliary rollers 52, 53) are deformed by being pushed up by the push-up plates 63B, 64B.
　そして紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２は、第２回転軸４４が一回転方向へ回転し続けると、２個の押上部６３、６４も一回転方向へ回転し続けて押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂが下側へ変位するものの、２個の可変羽根車５８、６１が一回転方向へ回転していることで、当該２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを上側に変位させる。 In the bill storage boxes 18 to 22, when the second rotating shaft 44 continues to rotate in one rotation direction, the two push-up portions 63 and 64 continue to rotate in one rotation direction, and the push-up plates 63B and 64B move downward. Although displaced, the two variable impellers 58 and 61 rotate in one rotation direction, whereby the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the two variable impellers 58 and 61 are displaced upward.
　このため紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２は、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個の取込ローラ５５、５６との間に挟み込んでいた紙幣９５において押し上げるように変形させた一端部及び他端部から２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂが離れても、当該紙幣９５の一端部及び他端部を、垂れ下がる前に２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂで押し上げるようにして変形させ続けることができる。 For this reason, the banknote storages 18 to 22 are deformed so as to be pushed up in the banknote 95 sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56. Even if the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up parts 63, 64 are separated from each other, the plurality of blades 58B of the two variable impellers 58, 61 before the one end and the other end of the bill 95 are suspended. The deformation can be continued by pushing up with 61B.
　このようにして紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２は、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個の取込ローラ５５、５６との間に紙幣９５を搬送用に挟み込んでいる間は、当該紙幣９５の一端部及び他端部を２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂと２個の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂとにより常に押し上げるようにして変形させることができる。 In this manner, the banknote storages 18 to 22 have the banknotes 95 of the banknote 95 while the banknotes 95 are sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56. One end and the other end can be deformed so as to be always pushed up by the push-up plates 63B, 64B of the two push-up portions 63, 64 and the plurality of blades 58B, 61B of the two variable impellers 58, 61. .
　よって紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２は、取込繰出路４２から紙幣９５を、その一端部及び他端部のばたつきを抑えながら紙幣収納空間へ放出することができる。 Therefore, the banknote storages 18 to 22 can discharge the banknote 95 from the take-out feeding path 42 to the banknote storage space while suppressing flapping at one end and the other end.
　ところで、制御ユニット１０は、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上に新たに１枚の紙幣９５を載せる毎に、ステージ駆動モータを間欠的に動作させてステージ昇降部を駆動することで、ステージ３５を僅かに下降させる。 By the way, every time a new banknote 95 is placed on one surface 35A of the stage 35, the control unit 10 intermittently operates the stage drive motor to drive the stage elevating unit, thereby slightly moving the stage 35. Lower.
　これにより制御ユニット１０は、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上に新たに載せた紙幣９５（すなわち、新たな最上位紙幣９５）を紙幣取込位置に位置させる。 Thereby, the control unit 10 positions the banknote 95 newly placed on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 (that is, the new uppermost banknote 95) at the banknote taking-in position.
　このようにして制御ユニット１０は、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２において紙幣収納空間に複数の紙幣９５を常に同一の取込条件で取り込ませる。 In this way, the control unit 10 always causes a plurality of banknotes 95 to be taken into the banknote storage space in the banknote storages 18 to 22 under the same taking-in conditions.
　従って制御ユニット１０は、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２において紙幣収納空間に複数の紙幣９５を順次、取込繰出路４２内、又は複数のピッカローラ７３と最上位紙幣９５との間等で詰まらせることなく取り込んでステージ３５の一面３５Ａに順に積層するようにして収納することができる。 Therefore, the control unit 10 sequentially packs the plurality of banknotes 95 in the banknote storage space in the banknote storages 18 to 22 in the take-out feeding path 42 or between the plurality of picker rollers 73 and the top banknote 95. It can be accommodated without being taken in and stacked in order on one surface 35A of the stage 35.
　一方、図１６に示すように、制御ユニット１０は、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２による紙幣９５の繰出処理時、収納部３１においてステージ駆動モータを動作させてステージ昇降部を駆動することによりステージ３５を上昇させる。 On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 16, the control unit 10 operates the stage lift motor by operating the stage drive motor in the storage unit 31 during the feeding process of the banknote 95 by the banknote storage 18 to 22, thereby driving the stage 35. Raise.
　この際、制御ユニット１０は、例えば、紙幣到達検出部３６を介して、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上の最上位紙幣９５が紙幣取込位置に到達したことを検出すると、その時点からさらに一定時間、ステージ駆動モータを動作させてステージ３５を上昇させた後、当該ステージ駆動モータの動作を停止させて、ステージ３５を停止させる。 At this time, for example, when the control unit 10 detects that the uppermost banknote 95 on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 has reached the banknote take-in position via the banknote arrival detection unit 36, a further predetermined time from that time point, After operating the stage drive motor to raise the stage 35, the operation of the stage drive motor is stopped and the stage 35 is stopped.
　これにより制御ユニット１０は、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上の最上位紙幣９５（すなわち、最上位紙幣９５の一面）を、４個のピッカローラ７３の外周面の下側の部分に所定の押圧力で押し付ける。 As a result, the control unit 10 applies the uppermost banknote 95 (that is, one surface of the uppermost banknote 95) on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 to the lower part of the outer peripheral surface of the four picker rollers 73 with a predetermined pressing force. Press.
　この状態で制御ユニット１０は、取込繰出部３２においてローラ駆動モータを紙幣９５の繰出用に動作させる。 In this state, the control unit 10 operates the roller drive motor for feeding the bills 95 in the take-out feeding unit 32.
　この際、制御ユニット１０は、第２回転軸４４についてはワンウェイクラッチの作用により回転させないものの、第１回転軸４３と共に２個のフィードローラ５０、５１及び２個の補助ローラ５２、５３を一回転方向へ回転させると共に、その回転に連動させて第３回転軸４５と共に２個のプレッシャローラ６８を他回転方向へ回転させる。 At this time, the control unit 10 does not rotate the second rotating shaft 44 by the action of the one-way clutch, but rotates the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 with the first rotating shaft 43 once. The two pressure rollers 68 are rotated in the other rotation direction together with the third rotation shaft 45 in conjunction with the rotation.
　また制御ユニット１０は、この際、第１回転軸４３の一回転方向への回転に連動させて、第４回転軸４６及び第５回転軸と共に４個のピッカローラ７３も一回転方向へ回転させる。 At this time, the control unit 10 also rotates the four picker rollers 73 in the one rotation direction together with the fourth rotation shaft 46 and the fifth rotation shaft in conjunction with the rotation in the one rotation direction of the first rotation shaft 43. .
　これにより制御ユニット１０は、４個のピッカローラ７３により、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上から最上位紙幣９５を取込繰出路４２側へずらすようにして、その内側開口部へ送り出す。 Thus, the control unit 10 causes the four picker rollers 73 to shift the uppermost banknote 95 from the upper surface 35A of the stage 35 to the take-out feeding path 42 side and send it out to the inner opening.
　また制御ユニット１０は、ステージ３５上から取込繰出路４２の内側開口部へ送り出した紙幣９５（すなわち、最上位紙幣９５）を当該内側開口部から取込繰出路４２内に取り込んで２個のフィードローラ５０、５１により２個のプレッシャローラ６８側へ送り出す。 In addition, the control unit 10 takes in the bill 95 (that is, the uppermost bill 95) fed from the stage 35 to the inner opening of the take-out feeding path 42 into the take-out feeding path 42 from the inner opening. The feed rollers 50 and 51 feed out to the two pressure rollers 68 side.
　さらに制御ユニット１０は、その紙幣９５を、互いに逆回転している２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個のプレッシャローラ６８との間に挟み込みながら取込繰出路４２の外側開口部へ送る。 Further, the control unit 10 sends the banknote 95 to the outer opening of the take-out feeding path 42 while being sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two pressure rollers 68 that are rotating in reverse to each other.
　このようにして制御ユニット１０は、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２に収納している紙幣９５を、取込繰出路４２の外側開口部から中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａへ繰り出すことができる。 In this way, the control unit 10 can feed the banknote 95 stored in the banknote storage 18 to 22 from the outer opening of the take-out delivery path 42 to the central banknote transport path 27A.
　因みに、制御ユニット１０は、この際、４個のピッカローラ７３によりステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上から仮に２枚の紙幣９５が上下に重なったまま取込繰出路４２側へ送り出されても、２個の取込ローラ５５、５６の回転を停止させていることで、その２個の取込ローラ５５、５６によって下側の紙幣９５の送り出しを一旦止めて上側の紙幣９５のみを２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個のプレッシャローラ６８との間へ送り出すことができる。 Incidentally, at this time, even if the two bills 95 are fed out from the one surface 35A of the stage 35 to the take-out feeding path 42 side by the four picker rollers 73, the control unit 10 has two pieces. The rotation of the take-in rollers 55 and 56 is stopped, so that the feeding of the lower bill 95 is temporarily stopped by the two take-up rollers 55 and 56, and only the upper bill 95 is fed with two feed rollers. 50, 51 and the two pressure rollers 68 can be sent out.
　すなわち、制御ユニット１０は、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２において４個のピッカローラ７３によりステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上から仮に２枚の紙幣９５が上下に重なったまま取込繰出路４２側へ送り出されても、これら２枚の紙幣９５を２個のフィードローラ５０、５１及び２個の取込ローラ５５、５６の間で分離して１枚ずつ繰り出すことができる。 That is, the control unit 10 is sent out from the one surface 35A of the stage 35 to the take-in / feed-out path 42 side while the two bills 95 are vertically overlapped by the four picker rollers 73 in the bill storages 18 to 22. However, the two bills 95 can be separated between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 and fed out one by one.
　また制御ユニット１０は、この際、例えば、紙幣通過検出部８０を介して取込繰出路４２内での紙幣９５の通過の有無を検出している。 In this case, the control unit 10 detects, for example, whether or not the banknote 95 has passed through the take-out feeding path 42 via the banknote passage detection unit 80.
　そして制御ユニット１０は、例えば、紙幣通過検出部８０を介して取込繰出路４２内を紙幣９５が通過したことを検出する毎に、ステージ駆動モータを間欠的に動作させてステージ昇降部を駆動することで、ステージ３５を僅かに上昇させる。 And every time the control unit 10 detects that the banknote 95 has passed through the take-in / feed-out path 42 via the banknote passage detection unit 80, the control unit 10 intermittently operates the stage drive motor to drive the stage elevating unit. As a result, the stage 35 is slightly raised.
　すなわち、制御ユニット１０は、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上から最上位紙幣９５が２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個の取込ローラ５５、５６との間へ送り出される毎に、ステージ３５により新たな最上位紙幣９５を４個のピッカローラ７３の外周面の下側の部分に所定の押圧力で押し付ける。 That is, each time the uppermost banknote 95 is sent out between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 from the one surface 35A of the stage 35, the control unit 10 renews it. The uppermost banknote 95 is pressed against the lower part of the outer peripheral surface of the four picker rollers 73 with a predetermined pressing force.
　よって制御ユニット１０は、複数のピッカローラ７３により常に同一の送出条件で、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上の複数の紙幣９５を１枚ずつ取込繰出路４２側へ送り出させている。 Therefore, the control unit 10 always feeds the plurality of banknotes 95 on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 to the take-out feeding path 42 side by the plurality of picker rollers 73 under the same delivery conditions.
　これにより制御ユニット１０は、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２に収納している紙幣９５を１枚ずつ的確に取込繰出路４２の外側開口部から中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａへ繰り出すことができる。 Thus, the control unit 10 can accurately feed the banknotes 95 stored in the banknote storages 18 to 22 one by one from the outer opening of the take-in delivery path 42 to the central banknote transport path 27A.
（１－５）実施の形態の動作及び効果
　以上の構成において、現金自動預払機１では、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２に、フィードローラ５０、５１が固設され、紙幣９５の取込及び繰出用に他回転方向及び一回転方向へ回転可能な第１回転軸４３と、取込用固設部品としての取込ローラ５５、５６が固設され、紙幣９５の取込用に一回転方向へ回転可能な第２回転軸４４とを有し、中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａを介して搬送された紙幣９５を、取込繰出路４２を介して紙幣収納空間に取り込み、また紙幣収納空間に収納している紙幣９５を、取込繰出路４２を介して中央紙幣搬送路２７Ａへ繰り出す取込繰出部３２を設けるようにした。 (1-5) Operation and effect of the embodiment In the above configuration, in the automatic teller machine 1, the feed rollers 50 and 51 are fixedly installed in the banknote storages 18 to 22, and the banknote 95 is taken in and taken out. In addition, a first rotation shaft 43 that can rotate in the other rotation direction and one rotation direction, and take-in rollers 55 and 56 as take-in fixed parts are fixed, and rotate in one rotation direction for taking in bills 95. The banknote 95 which has the possible 2nd rotating shaft 44, and was conveyed via the central banknote conveyance path 27A is taken in into a banknote storage space via the taking-out delivery path 42, and is accommodated in a banknote storage space. The taking-out and feeding part 32 for feeding the banknote 95 to the central banknote transporting path 27 </ b> A via the taking-out and feeding path 42 is provided.
　また現金自動預払機１では、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２の取込繰出部３２において第２回転軸４４に取込用固設部品として、本体部５７Ａ、５９Ａ、６０Ａ、６２Ａの外周面の一部に複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂが植設された固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２と、押上部６３、６４とを固設するようにした。 Further, in the automatic teller machine 1, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, and 62A as a fixed component for taking in the second rotating shaft 44 in the take-out feeding portion 32 of the bill storages 18 to 22. The fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 in which a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B are planted, and the push-up portions 63, 64 are fixed.
　さらに現金自動預払機１では、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２の取込繰出部３２において第２回転軸４４に、本体部５８Ａ、６１Ａの外周面の一部に複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂが植設された可変羽根車５８、６１を一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設けるようにした。 Further, in the automatic teller machine 1, a plurality of blades 58B and 61B are implanted on the second rotating shaft 44 in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portions 58A and 61A in the take-out and feeding portion 32 of the bill storages 18 to 22. The variable impellers 58 and 61 are provided to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.
　さらにまた現金自動預払機１では、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２の取込繰出部３２において可変羽根車５８、６１に、第２回転軸４４に対する複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置の制御用として羽根側係合部６１Ｃを設けるようにした。 Furthermore, in the automatic teller machine 1, the variable impellers 58 and 61 in the take-out and feeding unit 32 of the banknote storages 18 to 22 are arranged on the blade side for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B with respect to the second rotating shaft 44. The engaging portion 61C is provided.
　そして現金自動預払機１では、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２の取込繰出部３２において取込用固設部品としての押上部６３、６４に、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車５８、６１の回転に応じて羽根側係合部６１Ｃとの接触箇所を変えて、当該第２回転軸４４に対して可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを、第２回転軸４４に対する固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの突出側へ変位させ、また当該第２回転軸４４に対する固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの否突出側へ変位させるための押上側係合部６４Ｃを設けるようにした。 And in the automatic teller machine 1, rotation of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the 2nd rotating shaft 44 is carried out to the raising parts 63 and 64 as a fixed component for taking in in the taking-out delivery part 32 of the banknote storages 18 thru | or 22. Accordingly, the blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 are changed with respect to the second rotating shaft 44, and the fixed impeller with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 is changed. A plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 59B of the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 are displaced to the projecting side of the blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of 57, 59, 60, 62. , 60B, 62B, a push-up side engaging portion 64C for displacing to the non-projecting side is provided.
　従って現金自動預払機１は、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置の制御用として、当該第２回転軸４４に取込用固設部品とは別部品となるピン等の係合部を特に設けることなく、可変羽根車５８、６１に設けた羽根側係合部６１Ｃと取込用固設部品としての押上部６３、６４に設けた押上側係合部６４Ｃとにより、第２回転軸４４に対して可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを、取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間からの待避用に第２回転軸４４に対する固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの突出側へ変位させ、また紙幣９５の取込繰出路４２を介した紙幣収納空間への取込用に第２回転軸４４に対する固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの否突出側へ変位させることができる。 Therefore, the automatic teller machine 1 is different from the fixed component for taking in the second rotating shaft 44 for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44. Without providing an engaging part such as a pin as a part in particular, the blade side engaging part 61C provided in the variable impellers 58 and 61 and the push-up side engaging provided in the push-up parts 63 and 64 as fixed parts for taking in With the joint portion 64C, the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 are moved with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 to be retracted from the take-in feeding path 42 and the bill storage space. The fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 are displaced to the projecting side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B, and the bill 95 is taken into the bill storage space via the take-out feeding path 42. Fixed impellers 57, 59, 6 for the two rotating shafts 44 A plurality of blades 57B of 62, can be displaced 59B, 60B, to 62B whether protruding side of the.
　以上の構成によれば、現金自動預払機１は、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２において紙幣９５を、取込繰出路４２を介して紙幣収納空間に取り込み、また紙幣収納空間に収納している紙幣９５を、取込繰出路４２を介して繰り出す取込繰出部３２において、紙幣９５の取込用に一回転方向へ回転可能で取込用固設部品が固設される第２回転軸４４に、当該取込用固設部品として本体部５７Ａ、５９Ａ、６０Ａ、６２Ａの外周面の一部に複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂが植設された固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２と、押上部６３、６４とを固設すると共に、これら取込用固設部品以外に本体部５８Ａ、６１Ａの外周面の一部に複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂが植設された可変羽根車５８、６１を一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設ける。当該可変羽根車５８、６１に、第２回転軸４４に対する複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置の制御用として羽根側係合部６１Ｃを設ける。更に、取込用固設部品としての押上部６３、６４に、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車５８、６１の回転に応じて羽根側係合部６１Ｃとの接触箇所を変えて、当該第２回転軸４４に対して可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを、第２回転軸４４に対する固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの突出側へ変位させ、又は当該第２回転軸４４に対する固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの否突出側へ変位させるための押上側係合部６４Ｃを設ける。 According to the above configuration, the automatic teller machine 1 takes the banknote 95 in the banknote storages 18 to 22 into the banknote storage space via the take-out feeding path 42 and stores the banknote 95 in the banknote storage space. In the take-in / feed-out section 32 for taking out the take-in via the take-in / feed-out path 42, the second rotary shaft 44, which is rotatable in one rotation direction for taking in the bills 95 and is fixedly provided with the take-in fixed parts, Fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 in which a plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portions 57A, 59A, 60A, 62A as the fixed parts for taking-in, In addition to fixing the push-up portions 63 and 64, in addition to the fixed components for taking in, a variable impeller 58 in which a plurality of blades 58B and 61B are implanted in part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body portions 58A and 61A, 61 can be rotated in one rotation direction and other rotation directions Kick. The variable impellers 58 and 61 are provided with blade side engaging portions 61C for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44. Further, the push-up parts 63 and 64 as the fixed parts for taking-in are changed in contact positions with the blade-side engaging portion 61C according to the rotation of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44, The plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the two rotation shafts 44, and the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B and 62B of the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60 and 62 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44. Push-up side engaging portion 64C for displacing to the projecting side or displacing to the non-projecting side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B of the fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, 62 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 Is provided.
　これにより現金自動預払機１は、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置の制御用として当該第２回転軸４４に取込用固設部品とは別部品となるピン等の係合部を特に設けることなく、可変羽根車５８、６１に設けた羽根側係合部６１Ｃと取込用固設部品としての押上部６３、６４に設けた押上側係合部６４Ｃとにより、第２回転軸４４に対して可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂを、取込繰出路４２内及び紙幣収納空間からの待避用に固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの突出側へ変位させ、又は紙幣９５の取込繰出路４２を介した紙幣収納空間への取込用に固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２の複数の羽根５７Ｂ、５９Ｂ、６０Ｂ、６２Ｂの否突出側へ変位させることができる。 Thereby, the automatic teller machine 1 is different from the fixed component for taking in the second rotary shaft 44 for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotary shaft 44. Without providing an engaging part such as a pin as a part in particular, the blade side engaging part 61C provided in the variable impellers 58 and 61 and the push-up side engaging provided in the push-up parts 63 and 64 as fixed parts for taking in With the joint portion 64C, the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 are fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 so that the fixed impellers 57 and 59 are retracted from the take-in feeding path 42 and the bill storage space. , 60, 62 are moved to the protruding side of the plurality of blades 57B, 59B, 60B, 62B, or fixed impellers 57, 59, for taking in the bill storage space via the take-out feeding path 42 of the bill 95. 60, 62 blades 57B, 59B, 60B It can be displaced to 62B not protruding side of the.
　よって現金自動預払機１は、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２の取込繰出部３２の構成を簡易化することができ、その結果、当該紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２の構成、及び現金自動預払機１の構成も簡易化することができる。 Therefore, the automatic teller machine 1 can simplify the structure of the take-out / feeding part 32 of the banknote storages 18 to 22, and as a result, the configuration of the banknote storages 18 to 22 and the automatic teller machine 1 The configuration can also be simplified.
　また現金自動預払機１は、係る構成により、第２回転軸４４に取込用固設部品とは別部品となるピン等の係合部を設けなくても良いため、当該現金自動預払機１の製造時に、第２回転軸４４に複数の取込用固設部品を組み付けるための工程を簡易化し得ると共に、その工程に要する時間を短縮することができ、製造コストを下げることができる。 Moreover, since the automatic teller machine 1 does not need to provide an engaging part such as a pin, which is a separate part from the fixed component for taking in, on the second rotating shaft 44 due to such a configuration, the automatic teller machine 1 At the time of manufacturing, it is possible to simplify the process for assembling the plurality of fixed components for taking-in on the second rotating shaft 44, to reduce the time required for the process, and to reduce the manufacturing cost.
（２）他の実施の形態
（２－１）他の実施の形態１
　なお上述した実施の形態においては、可変羽根車５８、６１の右側面又は左側面に第２回転軸４４に対する複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置の制御用として扇状の突起でなる羽根側係合部６１Ｃを設けると共に、押上部６３、６４の左側面又は右側面に第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車６１の複数の羽根６１Ｂの位置の制御用として円弧状の突起でなる押上側係合部６４Ｃを設けるようにした場合について述べた。 (2) Other Embodiment (2-1) Other Embodiment 1
In the above-described embodiment, the blade-side engaging portion formed of a fan-like protrusion for controlling the position of the plurality of blades 58B, 61B with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 on the right side surface or the left side surface of the variable impellers 58, 61. 61C is provided, and a push-up side engaging portion 64C made of an arcuate protrusion is used for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 61B of the variable impeller 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 on the left or right side of the push-up portions 63, 64 The case where it was made to provide was described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、例えば、図１７に示すように、右側に位置する可変羽根車１００の本体部１００Ａの左側面に、第２回転軸４４を挿入するための孔部１００ＡＸの内径よりも大きい所定の内径を有する円形の凹部１００ＡＹを形成する。 However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, as shown in FIG. 17, the hole 100 </ b> AX for inserting the second rotating shaft 44 is inserted into the left side surface of the main body 100 </ b> A of the variable impeller 100 located on the right side. A circular recess 100AY having a predetermined inner diameter larger than the inner diameter is formed.
　また本発明は、その本体部１００Ａの凹部１００ＡＹの内周面において複数の羽根１００Ｂの突出側の所定位置に、第２回転軸４４に対する当該複数の羽根１００Ｂの位置の制御用として略台形状の突起でなる羽根側係合部１００Ｃを設けるようにする。 Further, the present invention provides a substantially trapezoidal shape for controlling the position of the plurality of blades 100B with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 at a predetermined position on the protruding side of the plurality of blades 100B on the inner peripheral surface of the recess 100AY of the main body 100A. A blade side engaging portion 100C made of a protrusion is provided.
　さらに本発明は、左側に位置する可変羽根車を、図１７に示した右側に位置する可変羽根車１００との中間位置で預払機左右方向と垂直な仮想平面に対し、その右側に位置する可変羽根車１００と面対称な形状を有するように形成する。 Further, according to the present invention, the variable impeller positioned on the left side is located on the right side of the virtual plane perpendicular to the left-right direction of the depositing machine at an intermediate position between the variable impeller 100 positioned on the right side shown in FIG. It forms so that it may have a shape symmetrical with the impeller 100.
　そのうえで本発明は、第２回転軸４４に、これら右側の可変羽根車１００及び左側の可変羽根車を、これらの凹部１００ＡＹに、図８について上述した右側の押上部６４及び左側の押上部６３の押上側係合部６４Ｃを挿入した状態で一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設ける。 In addition, the present invention provides the second rotary shaft 44 with the right variable impeller 100 and the left variable impeller, the recess 100AY with the right push-up portion 64 and the left push-up portion 63 described above with reference to FIG. The push-up-side engaging portion 64C is inserted so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction.
　これにより本発明は、第２回転軸４４に対する左右の可変羽根車１００の回転に応じて、当該左右の可変羽根車１００の羽根側係合部１００Ｃと左右の押上部６３、６４の押上側係合部６４Ｃとの接触箇所を変えて、当該第２回転軸４４に対する左右の可変羽根車１００の複数の羽根１００Ｂの位置を変化させるようにしても良い。 Thus, according to the present invention, in accordance with the rotation of the left and right variable impellers 100 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44, the push-up engagement between the blade-side engaging portions 100C of the left and right variable impellers 100 and the left and right push-up portions 63, 64 is achieved. The positions of the plurality of blades 100B of the left and right variable impellers 100 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 may be changed by changing the place of contact with the joint portion 64C.
　本発明は、係る構成によれば、第２回転軸４４に左右の押上部６３、６４を、左右の可変羽根車１００に極力近接させ、又は接触させるようにして固設することができ、当該第２回転軸４４に他の取込用固設部品を設けるための設計の自由度を向上させることができる。 According to the present invention, the right and left push-up portions 63 and 64 can be fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 so as to be as close as possible to or in contact with the left and right variable impellers 100. It is possible to improve the degree of freedom of design for providing the second rotary shaft 44 with another fixed component for taking in.
　また本発明は、例えば、図１８に示すように、右側に位置する押上部１０１の本体部１０１Ａの右側面に、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車６１の複数の羽根６１Ｂの位置の制御用として、押上板としての機能を併せ持つ所定の厚みの円弧状の押上側係合部１０１Ｂを設けるようにする。 Further, for example, as shown in FIG. 18, the present invention is for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 61 </ b> B of the variable impeller 61 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 on the right side surface of the main body 101 </ b> A of the push-up portion 101 positioned on the right side. As described above, an arc-shaped push-up side engaging portion 101B having a predetermined thickness that also has a function as a push-up plate is provided.
　また本発明は、左側に位置する押上部を、図１８に示した右側に位置する押上部１０１との中間位置で預払機左右方向と垂直な仮想平面に対し、その右側に位置する押上部１０１と面対称な形状を有するように形成する。 Further, according to the present invention, the push-up portion 101 located on the left side is located at the middle of the push-up portion 101 located on the right side shown in FIG. And have a shape symmetrical to the plane.
　そのうえで本発明は、第２回転軸４４に、これら右側の押上部１０１及び左側の押上部を、図７について上述した右側の可変羽根車６１及び左側の可変羽根車に近接させた状態で固設する。 In addition, according to the present invention, the right push-up portion 101 and the left push-up portion are fixed to the second rotating shaft 44 in a state in which they are close to the right variable impeller 61 and the left variable impeller described above with reference to FIG. To do.
　これにより本発明は、第２回転軸４４に対する左右の可変羽根車５８、６１の回転に応じて、当該左右の可変羽根車５８、６１の羽根側係合部６１Ｃと左右の押上部１０１の押上側係合部１０１Ｂとの接触箇所を変えて、当該第２回転軸４４に対する左右の可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置を変化させるようにしても良い。 Thus, according to the present invention, in accordance with the rotation of the left and right variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44, the blade side engaging portion 61C of the left and right variable impellers 58 and 61 and the left and right push-up portions 101 are pushed up. The positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the left and right variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 may be changed by changing the contact location with the side engaging portion 101B.
　本発明は、係る構成によれば、左右の押上部１０１の形状を簡易化して、製造コストを下げることができる。 According to the present invention, the shape of the left and right push-up portions 101 can be simplified and the manufacturing cost can be reduced.
　さらに本発明は、例えば、可変羽根車の本体部において一方の側面の所定位置に、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車の複数の羽根の位置の制御用として１個の突起でなる羽根側係合部を設けるようにする。 Further, the present invention provides, for example, a blade-side engagement formed by a single protrusion for controlling the positions of a plurality of blades of the variable impeller relative to the second rotating shaft 44 at a predetermined position on one side surface of the main body of the variable impeller. Provide joints.
　また本発明は、例えば、押上部の本体部において一方の側面の所定の２箇所にそれぞれ、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車の複数の羽根の位置の制御用として突起でなる押上側係合部を設けるようにする。 The present invention also provides, for example, a push-up engagement formed by protrusions for controlling the positions of a plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 at two predetermined positions on one side surface of the main body of the push-up portion. Provide a part.
　そのうえで本発明は、第２回転軸４４に可変羽根車を、その羽根側係合部を押上部の２個の押上側係合部の間に位置させるようにして、一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設ける。 In addition, in the present invention, the variable impeller is positioned on the second rotating shaft 44 so that the blade side engaging portion is positioned between the two push-up side engaging portions of the push-up portion, so that one rotation direction and the other rotation direction. It is provided to be rotatable.
　これにより本発明は、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車の回転に応じて、羽根側係合部と押上部の押上側係合部との接触箇所を変えて、当該第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車の複数の羽根の位置を変化させるようにしても良い。 Thereby, according to rotation of the variable impeller with respect to the 2nd rotating shaft 44, this invention changes the contact location of a blade side engaging part and the pushing-up side engaging part of a raising part, and is with respect to the said 2nd rotating shaft 44. You may make it change the position of the several blade | wing of a variable impeller.
　さらに本発明は、例えば、可変羽根車の本体部において一方の側面の所定の２箇所にそれぞれ、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車の複数の羽根の位置の制御用として突起でなる羽根側係合部を設けるようにする。 Further, the present invention provides, for example, a blade-side engagement formed by protrusions for controlling the positions of a plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 at two predetermined positions on one side of the main body of the variable impeller. Provide joints.
　また本発明は、例えば、押上部の本体部において一方の側面の所定位置に、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車の複数の羽根の位置の制御用として１個の突起でなる押上側係合部を設けるようにする。 Further, according to the present invention, for example, a push-up side engagement formed by a single protrusion is used for controlling the positions of a plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 at a predetermined position on one side surface of the main body portion of the push-up portion. Provide a part.
　そのうえで本発明は、第２回転軸４４に可変羽根車を、２個の羽根側係合部の間に押上部の押上側係合部を位置させるようにして、一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設ける。 In addition, according to the present invention, the variable impeller is positioned on the second rotating shaft 44 so that the push-up side engaging portion of the push-up portion is positioned between the two blade-side engaging portions, so that the one rotating direction and the other rotating direction. Provide to be rotatable.
　これにより本発明は、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車の回転に応じて、羽根側係合部と押上部の押上側係合部との接触箇所を変えて、当該第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車の複数の羽根の位置を変化させるようにしても良い。 Thereby, according to rotation of the variable impeller with respect to the 2nd rotating shaft 44, this invention changes the contact location of a blade side engaging part and the pushing-up side engaging part of a raising part, and is with respect to the said 2nd rotating shaft 44. You may make it change the position of the several blade | wing of a variable impeller.
　本発明は、これらの構成によっても、上述した実施の形態によって得られる効果と同様の効果を得ることができる。 The present invention can obtain the same effects as those obtained by the above-described embodiment even with these configurations.
　これに加えて本発明は、例えば、第２回転軸４４に固設される取込ローラや固定羽根車のような押上部以外の取込用固設部品の一方の側面に、当該第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置の制御用として、その第２回転軸４４に沿わせるように比較的長い円弧状の係合部（以下、これを部品側係合部とも呼ぶ）を設けるようにする。 In addition to this, for example, the second rotation shaft 44 is provided on one side surface of a fixing component other than a push-up portion such as an intake roller and a fixed impeller fixed to the second rotating shaft 44. For controlling the positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the shaft 44, a relatively long arcuate engaging portion (hereinafter referred to as the component side) along the second rotation shaft 44 is used. (Also referred to as an engaging portion).
　そして本発明は、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車５８、６１の回転に応じて、羽根側係合部６１Ｃと取込用固設部品の部品側係合部との接触箇所を変えて、当該第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置を変化させるようにしても良い。 And according to this invention, according to rotation of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the 2nd rotating shaft 44, the contact location of the blade side engaging part 61C and the component side engaging part of the fixation component for taking in is changed, The positions of the plurality of blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44 may be changed.
　因みに、本発明は、可変羽根車５８、６１と部品側係合部が設けられた取込用固設部品との間に他の取込用固設部品が介在していない場合、当該部品側係合部を単に第２回転軸４４に沿わせるようにする。 Incidentally, in the present invention, when there is no other fixed fixing component between the variable impellers 58 and 61 and the fixing fixed component provided with the component side engaging portion, the component side The engaging portion is simply set along the second rotation shaft 44.
　ただし、本発明は、可変羽根車５８、６１と部品側係合部が設けられた取込用固設部品との間に他の１又は複数の取込用固設部品が介在する場合、当該他の取込用固設部品の孔部の一部に、その内径を広げるような円弧状の溝部を形成し、部品側係合部を当該溝部に通して第２回転軸４４に沿わせるようにする。 However, in the present invention, when one or a plurality of intake fixed parts are interposed between the variable impellers 58 and 61 and the fixed fixed parts provided with the component side engaging portions, An arc-shaped groove that widens the inner diameter is formed in a part of the hole of another fixed component for taking-in, and the part-side engaging portion is passed through the groove so as to be along the second rotating shaft 44. To.
　これにより本発明は、このように押上部以外の取込用固設部品に部品側係合部を設けるような場合でも、第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車５８、６１の回転に応じて、羽根側係合部６１Ｃと取込用固設部品の部品側係合部とを接触させて、当該第２回転軸４４に対する可変羽根車５８、６１の複数の羽根５８Ｂ、６１Ｂの位置を変化させることができる。 As a result, according to the present invention, even in the case where the component-side engagement portion is provided in the fixing fixed component other than the push-up portion, according to the rotation of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotation shaft 44, The position of the blades 58B and 61B of the variable impellers 58 and 61 with respect to the second rotating shaft 44 is changed by bringing the blade-side engaging portion 61C into contact with the component-side engaging portion of the fixed component for taking in. be able to.
　なお、本発明は、取込用固設部品の一方の側面に例えば、比較的長い２個の部品側係合部を設けるようにしても良い。 In the present invention, for example, two relatively long component side engaging portions may be provided on one side surface of the fixed component for taking in.
　また本発明は、可変羽根車の一方の側面に１又は２個の比較的長い羽根側係合部を設けると共に、取込用固設部品の一方の側面に２又は１個の比較的短い部品側係合部を設けるようにしても良い。 In addition, the present invention provides one or two relatively long blade side engaging portions on one side surface of the variable impeller and two or one relatively short component on one side surface of the fixing fixed component. A side engaging portion may be provided.
　そして本発明は、このような種々の構成によっても、上述した実施の形態によって得られる効果と同様の効果を得ることができる。 And this invention can acquire the effect similar to the effect acquired by embodiment mentioned above also by such various structures.
（２－２）他の実施の形態２
　また上述した実施の形態においては、押上部６３、６４に押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂを設けるようにした場合について述べた。 (2-2) Other Embodiment 2
In the above-described embodiment, the case where the push-up plates 63B and 64B are provided on the push-up portions 63 and 64 has been described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、押上部６３、６４に押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂを設ける構成に加えて、図１９に示すように、右側に位置する可変羽根車１０５にも本体部１０５Ａの側面において複数の羽根１０５Ｂの突出側となる１８０度以下の所定の角度範囲に例えば、円弧状の押上板１０５Ｃを設けるようにしても良い。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in addition to the configuration in which the push-up plates 63B and 64B are provided on the push-up portions 63 and 64, the variable impeller 105 located on the right side also has a side surface of the main body portion 105A as shown in FIG. For example, an arc-shaped push-up plate 105C may be provided in a predetermined angle range of 180 degrees or less that becomes the protruding side of the plurality of blades 105B.
　また本発明は、左側に位置する可変羽根車を、図１９に示した右側に位置する可変羽根車１０５との中間位置で預払機左右方向と垂直な仮想平面に対し、その右側に位置する可変羽根車１０５と面対称な形状を有するように形成するようにしても良い。 Further, according to the present invention, the variable impeller located on the left side is located on the right side of a virtual plane perpendicular to the left-right direction of the depositing machine at an intermediate position between the variable impeller 105 located on the right side shown in FIG. You may make it form so that it may have a shape symmetrical with the impeller 105. FIG.
　本発明は、係る構成によれば、図１４との対応部分に同一符号を付した図２０に示すように、紙幣収納庫１０６において第２回転軸４４が一回転方向へ回転している状態で、２個の可変羽根車１０５、１０７の複数の羽根１０５Ｂ、１０７Ａ及び押上板１０５Ｃ、１０７Ｂが下側に位置するときには、２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂを上側に位置させることができる。 According to the present invention, as shown in FIG. 20 in which the same reference numerals are assigned to the corresponding parts as in FIG. 14, the second rotating shaft 44 rotates in one rotation direction in the banknote storage 106. When the plurality of blades 105B and 107A of the two variable impellers 105 and 107 and the push-up plates 105C and 107B are located on the lower side, the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 are located on the upper side. be able to.
　また本発明は、図１５との対応部分に同一符号を付した図２１に示すように、紙幣収納庫１０６において第２回転軸４４が一回転方向へ回転している状態で、２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂが下側に位置するときには、２個の可変羽根車１０５、１０７の複数の羽根１０５Ｂ、１０７Ａ及び押上板１０５Ｃ、１０７Ｂを上側に位置させることができる。 Further, in the present invention, as shown in FIG. 21 in which parts corresponding to those in FIG. 15 are assigned the same reference numerals, the two rotary shafts 44 are rotated in one rotation direction in the banknote storage 106 and two push-ups are performed. When the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the parts 63 and 64 are positioned on the lower side, the plurality of blades 105B and 107A and the push-up plates 105C and 107B of the two variable impellers 105 and 107 can be positioned on the upper side.
　よって本発明は、紙幣収納庫１０６において第２回転軸４４を一回転方向へ回転させた場合、２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個の取込ローラ５５、５６との間に挟み込んでいた紙幣９５の一端部及び他端部から、これらを押し上げていた２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂが離れても、当該紙幣９５の一端部及び他端部を、垂れ下がる前に２個の可変羽根車１０５、１０７の押上板１０５Ｃ、１０７Ｂ及び複数の羽根１０５Ｂ、１０７Ａで押し上げるようにして変形させ続けることができる。 Therefore, in the present invention, when the second rotating shaft 44 is rotated in one rotation direction in the banknote storage 106, it is sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56. Even if the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64 that have pushed them up are separated from the one end and the other end of the bill 95, before the one end and the other end of the bill 95 hang down. The two variable impellers 105 and 107 can be continuously deformed by being pushed up by the push-up plates 105C and 107B and the plurality of blades 105B and 107A.
　すなわち、本発明は、紙幣収納庫１０６において２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個の取込ローラ５５、５６との間に紙幣９５を搬送用に挟み込んでいる間は、当該紙幣９５の一端部及び他端部を２個の押上部６３、６４の押上板６３Ｂ、６４Ｂと２個の可変羽根車１０５、１０７の押上板１０５Ｃ、１０７Ｂ及び複数の羽根１０５Ｂ、１０７Ａとにより常に押し上げるようにして変形させることができる。 That is, according to the present invention, while the banknote 95 is sandwiched between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 in the banknote storage 106, one end of the banknote 95 is stored. And the other end are always pushed up by the push-up plates 63B and 64B of the two push-up portions 63 and 64, the push-up plates 105C and 107B of the two variable impellers 105 and 107, and the plurality of blades 105B and 107A. Can be deformed.
　よって本発明は、係る構成によっても、上述した実施の形態と同様に、紙幣収納庫１０６において取込繰出路４２から紙幣９５を、その一端部及び他端部のばたつきを抑えながら紙幣収納空間へ放出することができる。 Therefore, according to the present invention, as in the above-described embodiment, the bill 95 is transferred from the take-in / feed-out path 42 to the bill storage space while suppressing flapping of the one end and the other end in the bill storage 106. Can be released.
（２－３）他の実施の形態３
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、現金自動預払機１内で（すなわち、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２内でも）、長方形の紙幣９５を、紙幣長手方向を預払機左右方向とほぼ平行にして、一方の長辺を搬送方向に向けた搬送姿勢で搬送し、また当該搬送姿勢に準じて取り扱うようにした場合について述べた。 (2-3) Other Embodiment 3
Furthermore, in embodiment mentioned above, in the automatic teller machine 1 (namely, also in the banknote storages 18 thru | or 22), the banknote longitudinal direction is made substantially parallel to the depositing machine left-right direction, A case has been described in which the long side is transported in a transport posture in the transport direction and is handled according to the transport posture.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、現金自動預払機１内で（すなわち、紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２内でも）、長方形の紙幣９５を、紙幣短手方向を預払機左右方向とほぼ平行にして、一方の短辺を搬送方向に向けた搬送姿勢で搬送し、また当該搬送姿勢に準じて取り扱うようにしても良い。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in the automatic teller machine 1 (that is, also in the banknote storages 18 to 22), the rectangular banknote 95 is set so that the short side direction of the banknote is substantially parallel to the left-right direction of the cashier. , One of the short sides may be transported in a transport posture directed in the transport direction, and may be handled according to the transport posture.
（２－４）他の実施の形態４
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２各々において、第１搬送ガイド４０を、当該第１搬送ガイド４０の他端を収納庫筐体３０の後板３０Ｅの上端に接触させて設けるようにした場合について述べた。 (2-4) Other Embodiment 4
Further, in the above-described embodiment, in each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, the first transport guide 40 is brought into contact with the upper end of the rear plate 30 </ b> E of the rear case 30 of the first transport guide 40. The case where it was made to provide was described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２各々において、第１搬送ガイド４０を、当該第１搬送ガイド４０の他端部を収納庫筐体３０の後板３０Ｅの上端には接触させずに、その上端よりも紙幣収納空間へ突出させて設けるようにしても良い。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, the first transport guide 40 and the other end of the first transport guide 40 are the upper end of the rear plate 30 </ b> E of the storage housing 30. You may make it protrude in a banknote storage space rather than the upper end, without contacting.
（２－５）他の実施の形態５
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２各々において、第３回転軸４５に２個のプレッシャローラ６８を固設するようにした場合について述べた。 (2-5) Other embodiment 5
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the two pressure rollers 68 are fixed to the third rotating shaft 45 in each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 has been described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２各々において、収納庫筐体３０に第３回転軸４５を固設して、当該第３回転軸４５に２個のプレッシャローラ６８を、各々の中心に穿設された孔部を介して一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設けるようにしても良い。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, the third rotation shaft 45 is fixed to the storage housing 30, and the two pressure rollers are attached to the third rotation shaft 45. 68 may be provided to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction through a hole formed in each center.
（２－６）他の実施の形態６
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２各々において、第３回転軸４５に固設した２個のプレッシャローラ６８の外周面の一部を、取込繰出路４２内で２個のフィードローラ５０、５１の外周面の凸部の一部（すなわち、後斜め下側の部分）に押し付けるようにした場合について述べた。 (2-6) Other embodiment 6
Further, in the above-described embodiment, in each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the two pressure rollers 68 fixed to the third rotating shaft 45 is taken in the take-out feeding path 42. The case has been described in which the two feed rollers 50 and 51 are pressed against a part of the convex portion on the outer peripheral surface (that is, the rear obliquely lower portion).
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２各々において、第３回転軸４５に固設した２個のプレッシャローラ６８の外周面の一部を、取込繰出路４２内で２個の補助ローラ５２、５３の外周面の一部（すなわち、後斜め下側の部分）に押し付けるようにしても良い。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and in each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, a part of the outer peripheral surface of the two pressure rollers 68 fixed to the third rotating shaft 45 is placed in the take-out feeding path 42. Then, it may be pressed against a part of the outer peripheral surface of the two auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 (that is, the rear obliquely lower part).
　また本発明は、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２各々において、収納庫筐体３０に第３回転軸４５を固設すると共に、当該第３回転軸４５に２個のプレッシャローラ６８を、各々の中心に穿設された孔部を介して一回転方向及び他回転方向へ回転可能に設けるようにし、これら２個のプレッシャローラ６８の外周面の一部を、取込繰出路４２内で２個の補助ローラ５２、５３の外周面の一部（すなわち、後斜め下側の部分）に押し付けるようにしても良い。 In the present invention, in each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, the third rotation shaft 45 is fixed to the storage housing 30, and two pressure rollers 68 are respectively attached to the third rotation shaft 45. It is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and the other rotation direction through a hole formed in the center, and two of the outer peripheral surfaces of these two pressure rollers 68 are provided in the take-out delivery path 42. The auxiliary rollers 52 and 53 may be pressed against a part of the outer peripheral surface (that is, the rear obliquely lower part).
（２－７）他の実施の形態７
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、制御ユニット１０が、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２による紙幣９５の繰出処理時、紙幣到達検出部３６を介して、ステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上の最上位紙幣９５が紙幣取込位置に到達したことを検出すると、その時点から一定時間、ステージ駆動モータを動作させてステージ３５を上昇させることにより最上位紙幣９５を、４個のピッカローラ７３の外周面の下側の部分に所定の押圧力で押し付けるようにした場合について述べた。 (2-7) Other Embodiment 7
Furthermore, in embodiment mentioned above, the control unit 10 is the top banknote 95 on one surface 35A of the stage 35 via the banknote arrival detection part 36 at the time of the delivery process of the banknote 95 by the several banknote storage 18 thru | or 22. When it is detected that the bill has reached the bill take-in position, the stage drive motor is operated for a certain period of time to raise the stage 35 by moving the stage 35 below the outer peripheral surface of the four picker rollers 73. The case where the side portion was pressed with a predetermined pressing force was described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、例えば、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２各々に４個のピッカローラ７３を上側及び下側へ変位可能に設けると共に、当該４個のピッカローラ７３の基準位置からの変位量を検出するための変位量検出部を設ける。 However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 is provided with four picker rollers 73 that can be displaced upward and downward, and the reference positions of the four picker rollers 73. A displacement amount detection unit for detecting the displacement amount from is provided.
　そして本発明は、制御ユニット１０が、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２による紙幣９５の繰出処理時、ステージ駆動モータを動作させてステージ３５を上昇させながら、変位量検出部を介して４個のピッカローラ７３の上側への変位の有無を監視し、当該４個のピッカローラ７３が上側へ所定量変位したことを検出したときにステージ駆動モータの動作を停止させてステージ３５を停止させる。 In the present invention, the control unit 10 operates the stage drive motor to raise the stage 35 during the feeding process of the banknote 95 by the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22, and moves the four through the displacement amount detection unit. The presence or absence of upward displacement of the picker roller 73 is monitored, and when it is detected that the four picker rollers 73 are displaced upward by a predetermined amount, the operation of the stage drive motor is stopped and the stage 35 is stopped.
　本発明は、このようにしてステージ３５上の最上位紙幣９５を、４個のピッカローラ７３の外周面の下側の部分に所定の押圧力で押し付けるようにしても良い。 In the present invention, the uppermost banknote 95 on the stage 35 may be pressed against the lower part of the outer peripheral surface of the four picker rollers 73 with a predetermined pressing force.
（２－８）他の実施の形態８
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、制御ユニット１０が、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２による紙幣９５の繰出処理時、紙幣通過検出部８０を介して取込繰出路４２内を紙幣９５が通過したことを検出する毎に、ステージ駆動モータを間欠的に動作させてステージ昇降部を駆動することで、ステージ３５を僅かに上昇させるようにした場合について述べた。 (2-8) Other embodiment 8
Furthermore, in embodiment mentioned above, the control unit 10 passed the inside of the taking-in delivery path 42 via the banknote passage detection part 80 at the time of the delivery process of the banknote 95 by the several banknote storage 18 thru | or 22. The case where the stage 35 is slightly raised by driving the stage elevating unit by intermittently operating the stage drive motor each time this is detected has been described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、例えば、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２各々に４個のピッカローラ７３を上側及び下側へ変位可能に設けると共に、当該４個のピッカローラ７３の基準位置からの変位量を検出するための変位量検出部を設ける。 However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, each of the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22 is provided with four picker rollers 73 that can be displaced upward and downward, and the reference positions of the four picker rollers 73. A displacement amount detection unit for detecting the displacement amount from is provided.
　そして本発明は、制御ユニット１０が、複数の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２による紙幣９５の繰出処理時、４個のピッカローラ７３によりステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上の最上位紙幣９５を２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個の取込ローラ５５、５６との間へ送り出しながら、変位量検出部を介して４個のピッカローラ７３の下側への変位の有無を監視して、当該４個のピッカローラ７３が下側へ所定量変位したことを検出する毎に、ステージ駆動モータを間欠的に動作させてステージ昇降部を駆動することで、ステージ３５を僅かに上昇させる。 In the present invention, the control unit 10 feeds the uppermost banknote 95 on the one surface 35A of the stage 35 to the two feed rollers by the four picker rollers 73 when the banknote 95 is fed out by the plurality of banknote storages 18 to 22. 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56, while monitoring whether or not there is a downward displacement of the four picker rollers 73 via the displacement amount detection unit, Each time it is detected that the picker roller 73 has been displaced by a predetermined amount, the stage 35 is slightly raised by intermittently operating the stage drive motor to drive the stage elevating unit.
　本発明は、このようにしてステージ３５の一面３５Ａ上から最上位紙幣９５が２個のフィードローラ５０、５１と２個の取込ローラ５５、５６との間へ送り出される毎に、ステージ３５により新たな最上位紙幣９５を４個のピッカローラ７３の外周面の下側の部分に所定の押圧力で押し付けるようにしても良い。 In this way, each time the uppermost banknote 95 is fed between the two feed rollers 50 and 51 and the two take-in rollers 55 and 56 from the one surface 35A of the stage 35, the stage 35 The new uppermost banknote 95 may be pressed against the lower portion of the outer peripheral surface of the four picker rollers 73 with a predetermined pressing force.
（２－９）他の実施の形態９
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、本発明による取込繰出装置を、図１乃至図２１について上述した現金自動預払機１内の紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２に設けられた取込繰出部３２に適用するようにした場合について述べた。 (2-9) Other Embodiment 9
Furthermore, in embodiment mentioned above, the taking-out delivery apparatus by this invention is applied to the taking-out delivery part 32 provided in the banknote storage 18-18 in the automatic teller machine 1 mentioned above about FIG. 1 thru | or FIG. The case where you want to be described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、現金自動支払機（CD：Cash　Dispenser）や両替機、電車の切符、又は観劇のチケット等を販売する券売機、精算機、自動販売機、パチンコ台、又はスロット台のような遊戯機内に設けられた紙幣用の取込繰出部に適用することができる。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and is a cash machine (CD: Cash Dispenser), a money changer, a train ticket, a ticket vending machine, a vending machine, a pachinko machine, The present invention can be applied to a banknote take-out portion provided in a game machine such as a slot base.
　また本発明は、取込繰出装置を、券売機に設けられた切符、又はチケット用の取込繰出部や、有価証券取扱機に設けられた有価証券用の取込繰出部、コピー機に設けられたコピー用紙用の取込繰出部、葉書取扱装置に設けられた葉書用の取込繰出部等のように、この他種々の媒体を取り込み及び繰り出すための取込繰出部にも広く適用することができる。 In addition, the present invention provides a take-out device in a ticket or ticket take-out portion provided in a ticket vending machine, a securities take-out portion provided in a securities handling machine, or a copy machine. The present invention is also widely applied to a fetching and feeding unit for taking in and feeding out various other media, such as a fetching and feeding unit for a copy paper, a fetching and feeding unit for a postcard provided in a postcard handling device. be able to.
（２－１０）他の実施の形態１０
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、本発明による媒体収納庫を、図１乃至図２１について上述した現金自動預払機１の紙幣処理ユニット１１内に固設された紙幣収納庫１８乃至２２に適用するようにした場合について述べた。 (2-10) Other Embodiment 10
Furthermore, in embodiment mentioned above, the medium storage by this invention is applied to the banknote storage 18 to 22 fixedly installed in the banknote processing unit 11 of the automatic teller machine 1 mentioned above about FIG. 1 thru | or FIG. The case was described as above.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、現金自動預払機１の紙幣処理ユニット１１に着脱可能に装着される紙幣収納庫、及び、現金自動支払機、両替機、券売機、精算機、自動販売機、遊戯機に固設又は着脱可能に装着される紙幣収納庫に適用することができる。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a banknote storage detachably attached to the banknote processing unit 11 of the automatic teller machine 1, a cash dispenser, a change machine, a ticket vending machine, a checkout machine, and a vending machine. The present invention can be applied to a banknote storage that is fixedly attached to or removable from a game machine.
　また本発明は、媒体収納庫を、有価証券取扱機に固設又は着脱可能に装着される有価証券収納庫、コピー機に固設又は着脱可能に装着されるコピー用紙収納庫、葉書取扱装置に固設又は着脱可能に装着される葉書収納庫等のように、この他種々の媒体を収納する媒体収納庫にも広く適用することができる。 The present invention also relates to a securities storage box that is fixedly or detachably mounted on a securities handling machine, a copy sheet storage box that is fixed or detachably mounted on a copying machine, and a postcard handling apparatus. The present invention can also be widely applied to a medium storage that stores various other media such as a postcard storage that is fixedly or detachably mounted.
（２－１１）他の実施の形態１１
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、本発明による媒体取扱装置を、図１乃至図２１について上述した現金自動預払機１に適用するようにした場合について述べた。 (2-11) Other Embodiment 11
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the case where the medium handling apparatus according to the present invention is applied to the automatic teller machine 1 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21 has been described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、紙幣を取り扱う現金自動支払機、両替機、券売機、精算機、自動販売機及び遊戯機、切符又はチケットを取り扱う券売機、有価証券を取り扱う有価証券取扱機、コピー用紙を取り扱うコピー機、葉書を取り扱う葉書取扱装置等のように、この他種々の媒体を取り扱う媒体取扱装置に広く適用することができる。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, but is a cash dispenser that handles banknotes, a change machine, a ticket vending machine, a payment machine, a vending machine and a game machine, a ticket vending machine that handles tickets or tickets, and a securities handling machine that handles securities. The present invention can be widely applied to medium handling devices that handle various other media, such as copiers that handle copy paper, postcard handling devices that handle postcards, and the like.
（２－１２）他の実施の形態１２
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、一回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、媒体を所定の取込繰出路を介して媒体収納空間に取り込むための複数種類の取込用固設部品が固設される回転軸として、図１乃至図２１について上述した第２回転軸４４を適用するようにした場合について述べた。 (2-12) Other Embodiment 12
Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, a plurality of types of fixing fixed parts are provided so as to be able to rotate in one rotation direction, and to take in the medium into the medium storage space via a predetermined take-out feeding path. The case where the second rotating shaft 44 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21 is applied as the rotating shaft is described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、例えば、取込用固設部品として１個、又は３個以上の取込ローラが固設される第２回転軸、又は部品側係合部が設けられる取込ローラが固設される第２回転軸等のように、この他種々の構成の回転軸を広く適用することができる。 However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the second rotating shaft on which one or three or more intake rollers are fixed as the fixed component for intake, or the component side engaging portion is provided. Various other types of rotary shafts can be widely applied, such as the second rotary shaft to which the insertion roller is fixed.
（２－１３）他の実施の形態１３
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、回転軸に複数種類の取込用固設部品の１つとして固設され、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設された固定羽根車として、図１乃至図２１について上述した４個の固定羽根車５７、５９、６０、６２を適用するようにした場合について述べた。 (2-13) Other Embodiment 13
Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, as a fixed impeller fixed on the rotating shaft as one of a plurality of types of fixed components for intake and having a plurality of blades planted on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body. The case where the four fixed impellers 57, 59, 60, and 62 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21 are applied has been described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、略Ｃ字状の本体部を有する固定羽根車や、可変羽根車に設けられる複数の羽根とは長さの異なる複数の羽根が設けられる固定羽根車、複数の羽根の一部又は全ての長さが異なる固定羽根車を適用することができる。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, a fixed impeller having a substantially C-shaped main body, a fixed impeller provided with a plurality of blades having different lengths from a plurality of blades provided in the variable impeller, It is possible to apply fixed impellers having different lengths of some or all of the blades.
　また本発明は、固定羽根車として、第２回転軸に固設され、互いに羽根の長さが異なる複数の固定羽根車、第２回転軸に固設され、互いに幅及び外径の少なくとも一方が異なる複数の固定羽根車、第２回転軸に固設される３個以下、又は５個以上の固定羽根車、任意の位置に部品側係合部が設けられる固定羽根車等のように、この他種々の構成の固定羽根車も広く適用することができる。 Further, the present invention provides a fixed impeller fixed to the second rotating shaft and fixed to the second rotating shaft, the plurality of fixed impellers having different blade lengths, and has at least one of a width and an outer diameter. Like a plurality of different fixed impellers, three or less fixed impellers fixed to the second rotating shaft, or five or more fixed impellers, a fixed impeller provided with a part-side engagement portion at an arbitrary position, etc. Other various configurations of fixed impellers can also be widely applied.
（２－１４）他の実施の形態１４
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、回転軸に一回転方向、及び当該一回転方向とは逆の他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設されると共に、回転軸に対する当該複数の羽根の位置の制御用として羽根側係合部が設けられた可変羽根車として、図１乃至図２１について上述した２個の可変羽根車５８、６１、１００を適用するようにした場合について述べた。 (2-14) Other Embodiment 14
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the rotating shaft is provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction and in another rotation direction opposite to the one rotation direction, and a plurality of blades are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body. In addition, the two variable impellers 58, 61, 100 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21 are used as variable impellers provided with the blade-side engaging portions for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades with respect to the rotation shaft. The case where it was made to apply was described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、略Ｃ字状の本体部を有する可変羽根車や、固定羽根車に設けられる複数の羽根とは長さの異なる複数の羽根が設けられる可変羽根車、複数の羽根の一部又は全ての長さが異なる可変羽根車を適用することができる。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, a variable impeller having a substantially C-shaped main body, a variable impeller provided with a plurality of blades having different lengths from a plurality of blades provided in the fixed impeller, It is possible to apply variable impellers having different lengths of some or all of the blades.
　また本発明は、可変羽根車として、第２回転軸に回転可能に設けられ、互いに羽根の長さが異なる複数の可変羽根車、固定羽根車とは幅及び外径の少なくとも一方が異なる可変羽根車を適用することもできる。 The present invention also provides a variable impeller that is rotatably provided on the second rotating shaft and has a variable impeller having at least one of a width and an outer diameter different from those of a plurality of variable impellers and fixed impellers having different blade lengths. A car can also be applied.
　さらに本発明は、可変羽根車として、第２回転軸４４において２個の取込ローラ５５、５６の間に１個だけ回転可能に設けられる可変羽根車、第２回転軸４４に３個以上設けられる可変羽根車、円弧状や扇状、棒状等の種々の形状の１又は２個の羽根側係合部が任意の位置に設けられる可変羽根車等のように、この他種々の構成の可変羽根車も広く適用することができる。 Further, according to the present invention, as the variable impeller, three or more variable impellers provided on the second rotary shaft 44 so as to be rotatable between the two intake rollers 55 and 56 on the second rotary shaft 44 are provided. Variable blades of various configurations such as a variable impeller, or a variable impeller in which one or two blade side engaging portions of various shapes such as an arc shape, a fan shape, and a rod shape are provided at arbitrary positions. Cars can also be widely applied.
（２－１５）他の実施の形態１５
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、固定羽根車を含む複数種類の取込用固設部品のうちの何れかに、回転軸に対する可変羽根車の回転に応じて羽根側係合部との接触箇所を変えて、当該回転軸に対して可変羽根車の複数の羽根を、回転軸に対する固定羽根車の複数の羽根の突出側へ変位させ、また当該回転軸に対する固定羽根車の複数の羽根の否突出側へ変位させるために設けられた部品側係合部として、図１乃至図２１について上述した押上部６３、６４に設けられた円弧状の突起でなる押上側係合部６４Ｃを適用するようにした場合について述べた。 (2-15) Other Embodiment 15
Further, in the above-described embodiment, the contact portion with the blade-side engaging portion according to the rotation of the variable impeller with respect to the rotation shaft on any of a plurality of types of fixed components including the fixed impeller To change the plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the rotating shaft to the protruding side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotating shaft. As the component side engaging portion provided for displacement to the protruding side, the push-up side engaging portion 64C formed by the arc-shaped protrusion provided on the push-up portions 63 and 64 described above with reference to FIGS. 1 to 21 is applied. I mentioned the case.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、取込用固設部品の側面の任意の位置に設けられる円弧状、扇状、又は棒状等の種々の形状の１又は２個の部品側係合部や、取込用固設部品の側面の凹部内の任意の位置に設けられる円弧状、扇状、又は棒状等の種々の形状の１又は２個の部品側係合部等のように、この他種々の構成の部品側係合部を広く適用することができる。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and one or two component-side engagement portions of various shapes such as an arc shape, a fan shape, or a rod shape provided at an arbitrary position on the side surface of the fixed component for taking-in, Various other types such as one or two parts-side engaging portions of various shapes such as an arc shape, a fan shape, or a rod shape provided at an arbitrary position in the concave portion on the side surface of the fixed component for take-in The component side engaging portion having the configuration can be widely applied.
（２－１６）他の実施の形態１６
　さらに上述した実施の形態においては、回転軸に複数種類の取込用固設部品の１つとして可変羽根車の隣に位置するように固設され、本体部に部品側係合部が設けられると共に、取込繰出路を介して媒体が取込用に搬送される際に当該媒体の端部を押し上げるようにして変形させるための押上板が設けられた押上部として、図１乃至図２１について上述した押上部６３、６４、１０１を適用するようにした場合について述べた。 (2-16) Other Embodiment 16
Furthermore, in the above-described embodiment, the rotary shaft is fixed so as to be positioned next to the variable impeller as one of a plurality of types of fixed fixed components, and a component-side engagement portion is provided in the main body. In addition, as a push-up portion provided with a push-up plate for deforming so as to push up an end portion of the medium when the medium is conveyed for take-in via the take-out feeding path, FIGS. The case where the above-described push-up portions 63, 64, 101 are applied has been described.
　しかしながら本発明は、これに限らず、略Ｃ字状の本体部を有する押上部、又は、本体部の一方の側面に第２回転軸４４を挿入するための孔部の内径よりも大きい所定の内径を有する円形又は円弧状の凹部が形成されると共に、当該凹部の内周面に略台形状の突起でなる押上側係合部が設けられた押上部等のように、この他種々の構成の押上部を広く適用することができる。 However, the present invention is not limited to this, and a push-up portion having a substantially C-shaped main body, or a predetermined larger than the inner diameter of the hole for inserting the second rotating shaft 44 into one side surface of the main body. Various other configurations such as a push-up portion in which a circular or arc-shaped concave portion having an inner diameter is formed and a push-up side engaging portion made of a substantially trapezoidal protrusion is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the concave portion. Can be widely applied.
　本発明は、紙幣、有価証券、切符、チケット、コピー用紙、又は葉書等の紙葉類のような媒体を取り込み及び繰り出す取込繰出装置や、紙幣、有価証券、切符、チケット、コピー用紙、又は葉書等の紙葉類のような媒体を収納する媒体収納庫、紙幣、有価証券、切符、チケット、コピー用紙、又は葉書等の紙葉類のような媒体を取り扱う現金自動預払機又は現金自動支払機等の媒体取扱装置に利用することができる。 The present invention relates to a take-out / feed-out device that takes in and feeds out a medium such as paper money such as banknotes, securities, tickets, tickets, copy papers, or postcards, banknotes, securities, tickets, tickets, copy papers, or Automatic cash dispenser or automatic cash dispenser that handles media such as postcards and other media such as paper sheets, banknotes, securities, tickets, tickets, copy paper, or postcards It can be used for a medium handling device such as a machine.
　日本国特許出願２０１２－２８３８７１号の開示はその全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、および技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、および技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。 The entire disclosure of Japanese Patent Application No. 2012-283871 is incorporated herein by reference. All documents, patent applications, and technical standards mentioned in this specification are to the same extent as if each individual document, patent application, and technical standard were specifically and individually described to be incorporated by reference, Incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (6)

  1. 　一回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、媒体を所定の取込繰出路を介して媒体収納空間に取り込むための複数種類の取込用固設部品が固設される回転軸と、
    　上記回転軸に複数種類の上記取込用固設部品の１つとして固設され、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設された固定羽根車と、
    　上記回転軸に上記一回転方向、及び当該一回転方向とは逆の他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設されると共に、上記回転軸に対する当該複数の羽根の位置の制御用として羽根側係合部が設けられた可変羽根車と
    　を具え、
    　上記固定羽根車を含む複数種類の上記取込用固設部品のうちの何れかに、上記回転軸に対する上記可変羽根車の回転に応じて羽根側係合部との接触箇所を変えて、当該回転軸に対して上記可変羽根車の上記複数の羽根を、上記回転軸に対する上記固定羽根車の上記複数の羽根の突出側へ変位させ、又は当該回転軸に対する上記固定羽根車の上記複数の羽根の否突出側へ変位させるための部品側係合部が設けられた
    　取込繰出装置。     A rotary shaft provided rotatably in one rotation direction and fixed with a plurality of types of fixed components for taking in the medium into the medium storage space via a predetermined take-out path;
    A fixed impeller fixed on the rotating shaft as one of a plurality of types of fixed components for taking-in, and having a plurality of blades planted on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body;
    The rotating shaft is rotatably provided in the one rotation direction and in another rotation direction opposite to the one rotation direction, and a plurality of blades are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body, and the rotation shaft A variable impeller provided with a blade-side engaging portion for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades with respect to the
    According to the rotation of the variable impeller with respect to the rotation shaft, the contact portion with the blade side engaging portion is changed to any one of a plurality of types of fixed components including the fixed impeller. The plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the rotation shaft are displaced toward the protruding side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotation shaft, or the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotation shaft A take-out / feeding device provided with a component-side engagement portion for displacing to the non-projecting side.
  2. 　上記回転軸に複数種類の上記取込用固設部品の１つとして上記可変羽根車の隣に位置するように固設され、本体部に上記部品側係合部が設けられると共に、上記取込繰出路を介して上記媒体が取込用に搬送される際に当該媒体の端部を押し上げるようにして変形させるための押上板が設けられた押上部
    　を具える請求項１に記載の取込繰出装置。     The rotating shaft is fixed so as to be positioned next to the variable impeller as one of a plurality of types of fixed components for taking-in, and the component-side engaging portion is provided in the main body, and the taking-in The take-up portion according to claim 1, further comprising a push-up portion provided with a push-up plate for deforming the medium so as to push up an end portion of the medium when the medium is conveyed for taking-in via the feeding path. Feeding device.
  3. 　上記可変羽根車は、
    　上記本体部の一方の側面に円形又は円弧状の凹部が設けられると共に、当該凹部の内周面に上記羽根側係合部が設けられ、
    　上記押上部は、
    　上記本体部の一方の側面に突起でなる上記部品側係合部が設けられ、当該部品側係合部を上記可変羽根車の上記凹部に挿入した状態で上記回転軸に固設された
    　請求項２に記載の取込繰出装置。     The variable impeller is
    A circular or arc-shaped concave portion is provided on one side surface of the main body, and the blade-side engaging portion is provided on the inner peripheral surface of the concave portion.
    The upper part is
    The component-side engaging portion made of a protrusion is provided on one side surface of the main body, and the component-side engaging portion is fixed to the rotating shaft in a state of being inserted into the concave portion of the variable impeller. 2. The take-out and feeding device according to 2.
  4. 　上記押上部は、
    　上記本体部に、上記押上板としての機能を併せ持つ上記部品側係合部が設けられた
    　請求項２に記載の取込繰出装置。     The upper part is
    The take-out and feeding device according to claim 2, wherein the component-side engaging portion having a function as the push-up plate is provided in the main body portion.
  5. 　一回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、本収納庫の外部から媒体を所定の取込繰出路を介して上記本収納庫の内部の媒体収納空間に取り込むための複数種類の取込用固設部品が固設される回転軸と、
    　上記回転軸に複数種類の上記取込用固設部品の１つとして固設され、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設された固定羽根車と、
    　上記回転軸に上記一回転方向、及び当該一回転方向とは逆の他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設されると共に、上記回転軸に対する当該複数の羽根の位置の制御用として羽根側係合部が設けられた可変羽根車と
    　を具え、
    　上記固定羽根車を含む複数種類の上記取込用固設部品のうちの何れかに、上記回転軸に対する上記可変羽根車の回転に応じて上記羽根側係合部との接触箇所を変えて、当該回転軸に対して上記可変羽根車の上記複数の羽根を、上記回転軸に対する上記固定羽根車の上記複数の羽根の突出側へ変位させ、又は当該回転軸に対する上記固定羽根車の上記複数の羽根の否突出側へ変位させるための部品側係合部が設けられた
    　媒体収納庫。     A plurality of types of fixed components for taking-in, which are provided so as to be rotatable in one rotation direction, and for taking a medium from the outside of the main storage into a medium storage space inside the main storage via a predetermined take-out feeding path. A rotating shaft to which
    A fixed impeller fixed on the rotating shaft as one of a plurality of types of fixed components for taking-in, and having a plurality of blades planted on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body;
    The rotating shaft is rotatably provided in the one rotation direction and in another rotation direction opposite to the one rotation direction, and a plurality of blades are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body, and the rotation shaft A variable impeller provided with a blade-side engaging portion for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades with respect to the
    According to the rotation of the variable impeller with respect to the rotation shaft, the contact location with the blade side engaging portion is changed to any one of the plurality of types of fixed components including the fixed impeller, The plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the rotation shaft are displaced toward the protruding side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotation shaft, or the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotation shaft A medium storage provided with a component side engaging portion for displacing the blade to the non-projecting side.
  6. 　一回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、取扱対象の媒体を所定の取込繰出路を介して媒体収納空間に取り込むための複数種類の取込用固設部品が固設される回転軸と、
    　上記回転軸に複数種類の上記取込用固設部品の１つとして固設され、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設された固定羽根車と、
    　上記回転軸に上記一回転方向、及び当該一回転方向とは逆の他回転方向へ回転可能に設けられ、本体部の外周面の一部に複数の羽根が植設されると共に、上記回転軸に対する当該複数の羽根の位置の制御用として羽根側係合部が設けられた可変羽根車と
    　を具え、
    　上記固定羽根車を含む複数種類の上記取込用固設部品のうちの何れかに、上記回転軸に対する上記可変羽根車の回転に応じて上記羽根側係合部との接触箇所を変えて、当該回転軸に対して上記可変羽根車の上記複数の羽根を、上記回転軸に対する上記固定羽根車の上記複数の羽根の突出側へ変位させ、又は当該回転軸に対する上記固定羽根車の上記複数の羽根の否突出側へ変位させるための部品側係合部が設けられた
    　媒体取扱装置。     A rotary shaft provided rotatably in one rotation direction, and fixed with a plurality of types of fixed components for taking in a medium to be handled into a medium storage space via a predetermined take-out feeding path;
    A fixed impeller fixed on the rotating shaft as one of a plurality of types of fixed components for taking-in, and having a plurality of blades planted on a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body;
    The rotating shaft is rotatably provided in the one rotation direction and in another rotation direction opposite to the one rotation direction, and a plurality of blades are implanted in a part of the outer peripheral surface of the main body, and the rotation shaft A variable impeller provided with a blade-side engaging portion for controlling the positions of the plurality of blades with respect to the
    According to the rotation of the variable impeller with respect to the rotation shaft, the contact location with the blade side engaging portion is changed to any one of the plurality of types of fixed components including the fixed impeller, The plurality of blades of the variable impeller with respect to the rotation shaft are displaced toward the protruding side of the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotation shaft, or the plurality of blades of the fixed impeller with respect to the rotation shaft A medium handling device provided with a component side engaging portion for displacing the blade to the non-projecting side.
PCT/JP2013/080151 2012-12-27 2013-11-07 Accepting and dispensing device, media storage, and media handling device WO2014103526A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201380064500.5A CN104837753B (en) 2012-12-27 2013-11-07 It is taken into carrying device, media storing storehouse and media processing apparatus

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2012-283871 2012-12-27
JP2012283871A JP6089693B2 (en) 2012-12-27 2012-12-27 Take-out and feeding device, medium storage, and medium handling device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014103526A1 true WO2014103526A1 (en) 2014-07-03

Family

ID=51020625

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2013/080151 WO2014103526A1 (en) 2012-12-27 2013-11-07 Accepting and dispensing device, media storage, and media handling device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6089693B2 (en)
CN (1) CN104837753B (en)
WO (1) WO2014103526A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105046810A (en) * 2015-07-30 2015-11-11 深圳怡化电脑股份有限公司 Banknote processing device and processing method
CN105374115A (en) * 2014-08-27 2016-03-02 光荣株式会社 Paper processing device

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6511764B2 (en) * 2014-10-14 2019-05-15 沖電気工業株式会社 Medium storage device and medium transaction device
CN106144727A (en) * 2016-08-12 2016-11-23 长兴正贸物流设备有限公司 A kind of roller for transporting soft object

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009132519A (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-06-18 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Impeller mechanism
JP2010116264A (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-05-27 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Impeller mechanism
JP2011006250A (en) * 2009-06-29 2011-01-13 Oki Electric Industry Co Ltd Medium stacking device
JP2011065347A (en) * 2009-09-16 2011-03-31 Oki Electric Industry Co Ltd Impeller mechanism and accumulation device using the impeller mechanism

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009143713A (en) * 2007-12-17 2009-07-02 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Medium accumulation and feeding device
JP5617343B2 (en) * 2010-05-20 2014-11-05 沖電気工業株式会社 Medium stacking and feeding device

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009132519A (en) * 2007-11-30 2009-06-18 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Impeller mechanism
JP2010116264A (en) * 2008-11-14 2010-05-27 Oki Electric Ind Co Ltd Impeller mechanism
JP2011006250A (en) * 2009-06-29 2011-01-13 Oki Electric Industry Co Ltd Medium stacking device
JP2011065347A (en) * 2009-09-16 2011-03-31 Oki Electric Industry Co Ltd Impeller mechanism and accumulation device using the impeller mechanism

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105374115A (en) * 2014-08-27 2016-03-02 光荣株式会社 Paper processing device
CN105046810A (en) * 2015-07-30 2015-11-11 深圳怡化电脑股份有限公司 Banknote processing device and processing method
CN105046810B (en) * 2015-07-30 2019-03-26 深圳怡化电脑股份有限公司 Bank note treatment device and processing method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2014125323A (en) 2014-07-07
JP6089693B2 (en) 2017-03-08
CN104837753B (en) 2017-03-29
CN104837753A (en) 2015-08-12

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP5974624B2 (en) Paper sheet conveying device and paper sheet handling device
JP4292012B2 (en) Banknote deposit and withdrawal device
WO2014199711A1 (en) Medium protection device and medium separation/collection device
JP2013041451A (en) Sheet paper conveyance device and automatic teller machine
WO2014103526A1 (en) Accepting and dispensing device, media storage, and media handling device
JP2016224869A (en) Cash automatic transaction machine
WO2014188805A1 (en) Media accumulating device and media processing device
JP6547344B2 (en) Medium storage and medium handling device
JP2014044543A (en) Paper sheet handling device and paper sheet storage
JP5789562B2 (en) Paper sheet handling equipment and automatic transaction equipment
WO2014061594A1 (en) Paper sheet handling device with transport unit
JP5484935B2 (en) Paper sheet processing apparatus and paper sheet processing method
JP6490482B2 (en) Banknote transaction device, power transmission mechanism
JP2019119570A (en) Paper sheet handling device, automatic transaction device and paper sheet handling method
KR101865141B1 (en) Paper currency processing device
JP6197615B2 (en) Coin storage, coin storage control method, and coin processing apparatus
JP6834248B2 (en) Media processing equipment and media trading equipment
JP2003176073A (en) Paper sheet processing device and transaction processing device
JP2016062235A (en) Sheet delivery mechanism and sheet processing device
JP6020303B2 (en) Paper sheet storage device, paper sheet handling device, and paper sheet conveying device
AU2020343703C1 (en) Banknote deposit-withdrawal system and architecture
JP6152780B2 (en) Small bundle storage and small bundle processing device
JP2019104607A (en) Paper sheet storage device, and paper sheet processing device
JP7279472B2 (en) COIN HANDLING DEVICE, AUTOMATIC TRADING DEVICE AND COIN HANDLING METHOD
JP6268934B2 (en) Small bundle storage and small bundle processing device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 13866544

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 13866544

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1